UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 20-F

o   REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934; or

x   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009; or

o   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period ________ to ________; or

o   SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Date of event requiring this shell company report

For the transition period from September 1, 2008 to August 31, 2009

Commission File No. 0-30895

EXFO ELECTRO-OPTICAL ENGINEERING INC. /
EXFO INGÉNIERIE ÉLECTRO-OPTIQUE INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Canada
(Jurisdiction of Incorporation or organization)

400 Godin Avenue
Quebec, Quebec, G1M 2K2, Canada
(418) 683-0211
(Address, including zip code and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
Name of each exchange on which registered
Subordinate Voting Shares without par value
NASDAQ
Subordinate Voting Shares without par value
TSX

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:

None
 

 
 

 

As of November 2, 2009, the registrant had 22,749,965 Subordinate Voting Shares outstanding.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Yes o   No x

If this report is an annual report or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Yes o   No x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes x   No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).

Yes x   No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer       o
Accelerated filer       x
Non-accelerated filer       o

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

U.S. GAAP       o
International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the       o
International Accounting Standards Board
Other       x

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.
Item 17 o   Item 18 x

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
Yes o          No x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Sections 12, 13 of 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court.

Yes o          No x


 
 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I.

Item 1.                    Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisors

Item 2.                    Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

Item 3.                    Key Information
A.        Selected Financial Data
B.        Capitalization and Indebtedness
C.        Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds
D.        Risk Factors

Item 4.                    Information on the Company
A.        History and Development of the Company
B.        Business Overview
C.      Organizational Structure
D.        Property, Plant and Equipment

Item 4A.                 Unresolved Staff Comments

Item 5.                   Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

Item 6.                   Directors, Senior Management and Employees
A.        Directors and Senior Management
B.        Compensation
C.        Board Practices
D.        Employees
E.        Share Ownership

Item 7.                   Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions
A.        Major Shareholders
B.        Related Party Transactions

Item 8.                   Financial Information
A.        Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information
B.       Significant changes

Item 9.                   Offer and Listing
A.      Offer and Listing Details
C.      Markets

Item 10.                  Additional Information
A.        Share Capital
B.        Memorandum and Articles of Association
C.        Material Contracts
D.        Exchange Controls
E.        Taxation
F.        Dividends and Paying Agents
G.        Statement by Experts
H.        Documents on Display
I.        Subsidiary Information



 
 
Item 11.                  Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Item 12.                  Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities


PART II.

Item 13.                  Defaults, Dividends Arrearages and Delinquencies

Item 14.                  Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

Item 15.                  Controls and Procedures

Item 16.                  [Reserved]

Item 16A.               Audit Committee Financial Expert

Item 16B.                Code of Ethics

Item 16C.                Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Item 16D.               Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

Item 16E.                Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

Item 16F.            Change in Registrant's Certifying Accountant

Item 16G.            Corporate Governance


PART III

Item 17.                  Financial Statements
 
Item 18.                  Financial Statements

Item 19.                  Exhibits

 
 

DISCLOSURE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

This annual report contains or incorporates by reference statements which constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and we intend that such forward-looking statements be subject to the safe harbors created thereby. Forward-looking statements are statements other than historical information or statements of current condition that refer to expectations, projections or other characterizations of future events and circumstances. They are not guarantees of future performance and involve risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ materially from those in forward-looking statements due to various factors including those that are discussed under “Risk Factors” set forth in Item 3D of this annual report. Assumptions relating to forward-looking statements involve judgments and risks, all of which are difficult or impossible to predict and many of which are beyond our control. When used in this annual report, the words “believe”, “anticipate”, “plan”, “expect”, “intend”, “estimate” or similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain such identifying words. We believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable based on information currently available to us, but we cannot assure you that the expectations will prove to have been correct. Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. These statements speak only as of the date of this document. Unless required by law or applicable regulations, we undertake no obligation to revise or update any of them to reflect events or circumstances that occur after the date of this document.

All dollar amounts in this annual report are expressed in US dollars, except as otherwise noted.
 

PART I.                       

Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisors
 
           Not Applicable.


Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable
 
           Not Applicable.


Key Information
 
A.      Selected Financial Data
 
The consolidated statements of earnings data for the years ended August 31, 2005 and 2006 and the consolidated balance sheets data as at August 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this annual report. The consolidated statements of earnings data for each of the three years ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the consolidated balance sheets data as at August 31, 2008 and 2009 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this annual report.

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in Canada (“Canadian GAAP”) and significant differences in measurement and disclosure from generally accepted accounting principles in United States (“U.S. GAAP”) are set out in note 20 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report. The historical results below are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future periods.
 
 
 
 
The selected financial data should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this annual report, and “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” of this annual report.
 
   
Years ended August 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
   
2005
 
   
(in thousands of US dollars, except share and per share data)
 
Consolidated Statements of Earnings Data:
                             
Amounts under Canadian GAAP
                             
Sales                                                                  
  $ 172,878     $ 183,790     $ 152,934     $ 128,253     $ 97,216  
Cost of sales (1)
    66,892       75,624       65,136       57,275       44,059  
Gross margin
    105,986       108,166       87,798       70,978       53,157  
                                         
Operating expenses
                                       
Selling and administrative
    63,808       61,153       49,580       40,298       31,782  
Net research and development
    27,698       26,867       16,668       15,404       12,190  
Amortization of property, plant and equipment
    4,607       4,292       2,983       3,523       4,256  
Amortization of intangible assets
    5,067       3,871       2,864       4,394       4,836  
Impairment of long-lived assets
                      604        
Restructuring and other charges
    1,171                         292  
Government grants
                (1,079 )     (1,307 )      
Impairment of goodwill
    21,713                          
Total operating expenses
    124,064       96,183       71,016       62,916       53,356  
Earnings (loss) from operations
    (18,078 )     11,983       16,782       8,062       (199 )
Interest income
    597       4,639       4,717       3,253       2,524  
Foreign exchange gain (loss)
    1,157       442       (49 )     (595 )     (1,336 )
Earnings (loss) before income taxes and extraordinary gain
    (16,324 )     17,064       21,450       10,720       989  
Income taxes
    261       1,676       (20,825 )     2,585       2,623  
Earnings (loss) before extraordinary gain
    (16,585 )     15,388       42,275       8,135       (1,634 )
Extraordinary gain
          3,036                    
Net earnings (loss) for the year
  $ (16,585 )   $ 18,424     $ 42,275     $ 8,135     $ (1,634 )
Basic and diluted earnings (loss) before extraordinary gain per share
  $ (0.27 )   $ 0.22     $ 0.61     $ 0.12     $ (0.02 )
Basic and diluted net earnings (loss) per share
  $ (0.27 )   $ 0.27     $ 0.61     $ 0.12     $ (0.02 )
Basic weighted average number of shares used in per share calculations (000’s)
    61,845       68,767       68,875       68,643       68,526  
Diluted weighted average number of shares used in per share calculations (000’s)
    61,845       69,318       69,555       69,275       68,526  
Other consolidated statements of earnings data:
                                       
Gross research and development
  $ 35,757     $ 32,454     $ 25,201     $ 19,488     $ 15,878  
Net research and development
  $ 27,698     $ 26,867     $ 16,668     $ 15,404     $ 12,190  
Amounts under U.S. GAAP
                                       
Net earnings (loss) for the year                                                                  
  $ (8,179 )   $ 18,424     $ 42,257     $ 8,135     $ (2,920 )
Basic and diluted net earnings (loss) per share
  $ (0.13 )   $ 0.27     $ 0.61     $ 0.12     $ (0.04 )
Basic weighted average number of shares used in per share calculations (000’s)
    61,845       68,767       68,875       68,643       68,526  
Diluted weighted average number of shares used in per share calculations (000’s)
    61,845       69,318       69,555       69,275       68,526  
       
   
As at August 31,
 
      2009       2008       2007       2006       2005  
   
(in thousands of US dollars)
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets Data:
                                       
Amounts under Canadian GAAP
                                       
Cash                                                                  
  $ 10,611     $ 5,914     $ 5,541     $ 6,853     $ 7,119  
Short- term investments                                                                   
    59,105       81,626       124,217       104,437       104,883  
Total assets                                                                  
    240,371       293,066       279,138       219,159       190,957  
Long-term debt (excluding current portion)
                      354       198  
Share capital                                                                  
    104,846       142,786       150,019       148,921       521,875  
Shareholders’ equity                                                                  
  $ 208,045     $ 259,515     $ 250,165     $ 196,234     $ 173,400  
Amounts under U.S. GAAP
                                       
Cash                                                                  
  $ 10,611     $ 5,914     $ 5,541     $ 6,853     $ 7,119  
Short-term investments                                                                  
    59,105       81,626       124,217       104,437       104,883  
Total assets                                                                  
    236,492       280,426       268,389       212,702       182,852  
Long-term debt (excluding current portion)
                      354       198  
Share capital                                                                  
    417,342       568,917       599,519       598,421       597,664  
Shareholders’ equity                                                                  
  $ 204,093     $ 246,802     $ 239,343     $ 189,777     $ 165,295  

(1)  
The cost of sales is exclusive of amortization, shown separately.
 
 

 
B.      Capitalization and Indebtedness
 
Not Applicable.
 
 
C.      Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds
 
Not Applicable.
 
 
D.      Risk Factors
 
Fluctuations in the exchange rates between the Canadian dollar, US dollar and other currencies may adversely affect our operating results.
 
Most of our sales are denominated in US dollars and Euros. However, most of our operating expenses and capital expenditures are denominated in Canadian dollars and foreign currencies such as Euros, Sterling Pound (Great Britain), Rupee (India) and Renminbi (China). As a result, even though we manage to some extent our exposure to currency risks with forward exchange contracts (to sell US dollars for Canadian dollars) and certain operating expenses denominated in currencies other than the Canadian dollar, we are exposed to fluctuations in the exchange rates between the US dollar on one hand and the Canadian dollar, Euro and other currencies on the other. For example, the average exchange rate of the Canadian dollar versus the US dollar was 1.1782 in fiscal 2009 compared to 1.0071 in fiscal 2008. Moreover, from March 1, 2009 to May 31, 2009, the Canadian dollar increased 16.4% against the US dollar which negatively affected our operating results for the third quarter of fiscal 2009. Any further decrease in the value of the US dollar relative to the Canadian dollar and other currencies, and any variance between the value of the Canadian dollar and the contractual rate of our forward exchange contracts, could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and provide competitive advantages to our competitors.
 
If the global economic recession persists or worsens, our business may continue to be adversely affected by unfavorable general economic and market conditions.
 
Our business is subject to the effects of general economic conditions in North America and throughout the world and, more particularly, market conditions in the telecommunications industry. During fiscal 2009, our operating results were adversely affected by unfavorable economic conditions and reduced capital spending in the Americas, Europe, Middle East and Africa (EMEA), and Asia-Pacific (APAC). The global economic crisis included significant reductions in available capital and liquidity from banks and other providers of credit, substantial reductions and/or fluctuations in equity and currency values worldwide, and concerns that the worldwide economy will endure a prolonged recessionary period. Due to the unfavorable changes in economic and market conditions, capital spending was lower among our customers for test and service assurance solutions and, therefore, demand for our products declined which adversely affected our revenue level in 2009. Challenging economic and market conditions also impaired the ability of some customers to pay for the products and services they purchased. As a result, our reserves for doubtful accounts receivable increased. In addition, economic condition may also negatively affect the ability of some of our suppliers to supply us in a timely fashion.
 
Further effects of the global economic crisis, as well as other unforeseeable ones, are difficult to forecast and mitigate. If unfavorable economic and market conditions persist, we may continue to experience a material adverse impact on our business, operating results and financial condition.
 

 
 
We must continue to overcome significant competition in our targeted industries in order to gain market share and achieve our growth strategy.
 
The market for our primary business activity ─ namely designing, manufacturing, marketing and selling telecommunications test, measurement and service assurance equipment ─ is rapidly evolving and is marked by intense competition and technical innovation. Likewise, the market for our selected life sciences and industrial solutions is very competitive. We anticipate the pace of change to remain high or even accelerate for our targeted industries in the future. We might see the emergence of new competitors or the consolidation of current competitors, as the markets for telecommunications test, measurement and service assurance equipment as well as for life sciences and industrial solutions evolve in response to technical innovations and economic conditions. Achieving a compound annual growth rate of 20% in sales in the next three years, as we have targeted in our updated corporate performance objectives, will largely depend on our ability to gain market share by increasing sales of current products at existing accounts, expanding into new accounts, introducing new products and enhancements, and exploiting new market opportunities, all of which will be challenging given the competitive environment.
 
During the past few years, the telecommunications test, measurement and service assurance industry has witnessed consolidation. IXIA acquired Catapult Communications and Agilent Technologies’ data networks product testing line in June 2009 and October 2009, respectively. Danaher Corporation acquired Tektronix, Inc., in November 2007. Anritsu Corporation acquired NetTest A/S in August 2005 and JDS Uniphase Corporation (JDSU) acquired Acterna Corporation in the same month.
 
Competitors in test and measurement include global suppliers like Agilent, Anritsu, JDSU, Spirent and Yokogawa. Other players like AFL Noyes, Anacise, BlueLight Technologies, Dadi, Digital Lightwave, Electrodata, Empirix, Fluke Networks and Tektronix, operating divisions within Danaher Corporation, Grandway, Greenlee Tempo, Ineoquest, IXIA, Kingfisher, Nethawk, Shenick, Shunra, Sunrise Telecom and VeEX compete against us in niche test and measurement markets. On the service assurance side, we compete against Agilent, Danaher, Empirix, Ineoquest, Infovista, IXIA, Nexus Telecom, Radcom, Spirent, TTI Telecom and Whitbe. Some network equipment manufacturers also sell their in-house service assurance systems.
 
Some competitors may have greater financial, technical and/or marketing resources than us. Consequently, they may be able to devote greater resources to the development, marketing, manufacturing, selling and support of their products in order to capture market share.
 
Competitors also may be better positioned than us to capture market share or to acquire companies and new technologies that would potentially displace our products or render them obsolete. We cannot predict whether current or future competitors will develop or market products that offer higher performance, more features, or are more cost-effective than our current or future products. To remain competitive and achieve our growth strategy, we must increase our sales and develop cost-effective products and product enhancements that offer higher performance and more functionality, in current and new sectors, so that we can increase our market share. Our failure to do so may harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
One of our customers has accounted for a high percentage of our sales in the past several years, and any adverse factor affecting this customer or our relationship with this customer could cause our sales to decrease.
 
A Tier-1 carrier in the US accounted for 11.6% of our sales in fiscal 2009, 7.4% in fiscal 2008, 14.7% in fiscal 2007, 13.8% in fiscal 2006 and 23.3% in fiscal 2005. Although we have reduced our exposure to this customer in recent years, we may not be able to offset lower sales at this particular account in the future. Despite the fact that this customer has a supply contract with us, it could change its purchasing practice, force us to renegotiate prices and is not obligated to purchase a specific amount of products from us or provide us with binding purchase forecasts for any period. In addition, our customers typically purchase our products under individual purchase orders and may cancel or defer purchases on short notice without significant penalties.
 
The loss of such a customer or the reduction, delay, or cancellation of orders from this customer or other significant customers could cause our sales and, therefore, net earnings to decline.
 

 
 
We have faced pricing pressure on our existing products and expect that this pressure will continue. If we do not keep lowering our manufacturing costs or introduce new products with higher margins, our gross margins may decrease and our operating results may be adversely affected.
 
We continue to implement measures to attempt to protect our gross margin, despite sharp fluctuations between the US and Canadian currencies. In addition, since September 2007, we began transferring and ramping manufacturing of our higher-volume, lower-complexity telecom products at a wholly-owned production facility in Shenzhen, China, with a goal of lowering our production costs. However, increased competition in the telecommunications test, measurement and service assurance industry and consolidation among our customers, will likely result in ongoing downward pressure on average selling prices, which may in turn negatively affect our gross margins. Pricing pressure can result from a number of factors such as:
 
·  
increased competition for business;
·  
reduced demand;
·  
limited number of potential customers;
·  
competition from companies with lower production costs, including companies operating in lower cost environments;
·  
introduction of new products by competitors;
·  
greater economies of scale for higher-volume competitors;
·  
large customers, who buy in high volumes, can exert substantial negotiating leverage over us; and
·  
resale of used equipment.
 
In addition, gross margins may also be negatively affected by increased costs of raw materials as well as obsolescence and excess costs, product and customer mix and under-absorption of fixed manufacturing costs.
 
As pricing pressure will likely continue to affect our existing products, we may have to increase the number of units sold to maintain our existing sales levels. If we are unable to increase our sales levels, lower our manufacturing costs, or introduce new products with higher margins, our gross margins may decline and our operating results may suffer.
 
Our products may have unforeseen defects that could harm our reputation, impede market acceptance of our products and negatively impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
Given their complexity, our products may contain undetected software or hardware defects, inaccurate calibration or compatibility problems, or regulatory compliance issues, particularly when they are first introduced or when new versions are released. There can be no assurance that, despite our testing and diligent efforts, defects will not be found in new products after they have been fully deployed and operated under peak stress conditions, or that customized products will meet customer sign-off acceptance requirements. If we are unable to fix defects or other problems or meet custom requirements, we could experience, among other things:
 
·  
costly repairs;
·  
product returns or recalls;
·  
damage to our brand reputation;
·  
loss of customers, failure to attract new customers or achieve market acceptance;
·  
diversion of development and engineering resources;
·  
legal actions by our customers, including claims for consequential damages and loss of profits; and
·  
legal actions by governmental entities, including actions to impose product recalls and/or forfeitures.
 
The occurrence of any one or more of the foregoing could seriously harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 

 
 
We may not be able to make the acquisitions or strategic alliances needed for the development of our business or, if we do make such acquisitions or strategic alliances, we cannot assure you that we will successfully integrate the businesses, products, technologies and personnel. In addition, such acquisitions could distract management’s attention from our day-to-day business and operations. Ultimately, the failure to make strategic acquisitions or the inability to effectively integrate them could disrupt our overall business and harm our financial condition.
 
We intend to carefully seek businesses, whose products and technologies are complementary to ours, or which will enable us to expand our markets and/or our market share. There can be no assurance that we will ultimately make any such transactions. Our competitors may be in a better position to acquire the same businesses, products and technologies that we wish to acquire. In addition, our fluctuating stock price, our cash position, or our ability to raise capital or issue debt on favorable terms, or at all at the time of an acquisition, may affect our ability to complete such an acquisition.
 
In fiscal 2009, we  acquired  PicoSolve Inc., a  test and measurement company offering the industry’s fastest optical sampling oscilloscopes for 40G and 100G R&D, manufacturing and deployment applications We intend to continue making acquisitions of businesses, products and technologies as part of our overall growth strategy. In the event of any future acquisition, we could:
 
·  
issue shares that would dilute individual shareholder percentage ownership;
·  
incur debt;
·  
assume liabilities and commitments;
·  
incur significant expenses related to amortization of additional intangible assets;
·  
incur significant impairment losses of goodwill and intangible assets related to such acquisitions; and
·  
incur losses from operations.
 
These acquisitions also involve numerous risks, including:
 
·  
risk of not realizing the expected benefits or synergies of such acquisitions;
·  
problems integrating the acquired operations, technologies, products and personnel;
·  
risks associated with the transfer of acquired know-how and technology;
·  
unanticipated costs or liabilities;
·  
diversion of management’s attention from our core business;
·  
adverse effects on existing business relationships with suppliers and customers;
·  
risks associated with entering markets in which we have no or limited prior experience; and
·  
potential loss of key employees, particularly those of acquired organizations.
 
If we fail to adapt appropriately to the challenges associated with operating internationally, the expected growth of our business may be impeded and our operating results may be affected.
 
For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, customers outside of the United States and Canada accounted for 47.2% of our sales. Our international sales will be limited if we cannot establish and maintain relationships with international distributors, set up additional foreign operations, expand international sales channel management, hire additional personnel, develop relationships with international service providers and operate adequate after-sales support internationally.
 
In the third quarter of fiscal 2007, we established a software development center in Pune, India, to supplement the efforts of our R&D centers in Quebec City, Canada, Montreal, Canada, Concord, Canada, and since the third quarter of fiscal 2008, Boston, Massachusetts, United States. We also began manufacturing high-volume, low-complexity telecom products at our wholly-owned production facility in Shenzhen, China, in the first quarter of fiscal 2008 with the goal of lowering our manufacturing costs.
 

 
 
Even if we are able to successfully expand our international operations, we may not be able to maintain or increase international market demand for our products. Our international operations are subject to a number of risks, including:
 
·  
challenges in staffing and managing foreign operations due to the limited number of qualified candidates, employment laws and business practices in foreign countries, any of which could increase the cost and reduce the efficiency of operating in foreign countries;
·  
our inability to comply with import/export, environmental and other trade compliance regulations of the countries in which we do business, together with unexpected changes in such regulations;
·  
measures to ensure that we design, implement and maintain adequate controls over our financial processes and reporting in the future, especially in light of setting up new operating companies in India and China or the future acquisition of companies;
·  
failure to adhere to laws, regulations and contractual obligations relating to customer contracts in various countries;
·  
difficulties in establishing and enforcing our intellectual property rights;
·  
inability to maintain a competitive list of distributors for indirect sales;
·  
tariffs and other trade barriers;
·  
economic instability in foreign markets;
·  
wars, acts of terrorism and political unrest;
·  
language and cultural barriers;
·  
lack of integration of foreign operations;
·  
currency fluctuations;
·  
potential foreign and domestic tax consequences;
·  
technology standards that differ from those on which our products are based, which could require expensive redesign and retention of personnel familiar with those standards;
·  
longer accounts receivable payment cycles and possible difficulties in collecting payments which may increase our operating costs and hurt our financial performance; and
·  
failure to meet certification requirements.
 
Any of these factors could harm our international operations and negatively affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. The recurrence of weakness in these economies or of weakness in other foreign economies could have a significant negative effect on our future operating results.
 
We may make misjudgments in our strategic planning that could have material adverse effects on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
We devise a three-year strategic business plan, which is prepared by management and approved by our Board of Directors. This strategic plan, reviewed by management on a regular basis, is mainly based on market research and analysis related to future market trends and demands. In our strategic plan, we have made and will continue to make judgments based on our analysis of future market trends and requirements. These decisions may involve substantial investments in the development of new product lines, diversification of our business on a geographic basis, as well as expansion into new market segments — either organically or through acquisitions. We may make misjudgments in our strategic planning that could have material adverse effects on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
Our quarterly revenues and operating results are subject to significant fluctuations and you should not rely on them as an indication of our future performance.
 
Our sales and operating results have fluctuated from quarter to quarter in the past and significant fluctuations may occur in the future, especially following the acquisition of Brix Networks (renamed EXFO Service Assurance Inc.) in the third quarter of fiscal 2008. EXFO Service Assurance Inc. offers service assurance systems that monitor next-generation, converged IP networks. Given that these systems are more complex and mission-critical than traditional test equipment, the orders are much larger and the sales cycles are relatively longer. Therefore, sales levels for our service assurance business could fluctuate significantly quarter-over-quarter depending on when revenue is recognized.
 

 
 
In addition, our sales and operating results generally depend on the volume and timing of the orders we receive from customers as well as our ability to fulfill received orders. Our operating expenses, which include manufacturing overhead costs, selling and administrative, research and development, and amortization expenses, are relatively fixed in the short term. If we sell fewer products than anticipated, if there is a delay in the launch of new products, or if prices for our products decline, we may not be able to quickly reduce our operating expenses in response to lower sales. Factors that could affect the amount and timing of our sales, and cause quarterly fluctuations in our revenue and operating results include:
 
·  
length of the product sales cycle for certain products, especially those that are higher priced and more complex;
·  
timing of product launches and market acceptance of new products for us as well as our competitors;
·  
our ability to sustain product volumes and high levels of quality across all product lines;
·  
timing of shipments for large orders;
·  
effect of seasonality on sales and bookings; and
·  
losing key accounts and not successfully developing new ones.
 
Our sales and operating results could also be affected by the following factors, some of which we have little or no control over:
 
·  
fluctuating demand for telecommunications test, measurement and service assurance equipment as well as life sciences and industrial solutions;
·  
changes in the capital spending and operating budgets of our customers, which may cause seasonal or other fluctuations in product mix, volume, timing and number of orders we receive from our customers;
·  
order cancellations or rescheduled delivery dates;
·  
pricing changes by our competitors or suppliers;
·  
customer bankruptcies and difficulties in collecting accounts receivable;
·  
restructuring and impairment charges;
·  
foreign exchange rate fluctuations, as a portion of our operating expenses are denominated in Canadian dollars; and
·  
general economic conditions, including a slowdown or recession.
 
We may in the future choose to reduce prices, increase spending, or modify our product portfolio in response to actions by competitors or as an effort to pursue new market opportunities. These actions may also adversely affect our business and operating results and may cause our quarterly results to be lower than the results of previous quarters. Due to these factors, you should not rely on quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our results of operations as an indication of our future performance.
 
If we are unable to adapt to current and future changes in technology or if we are unable to introduce new and enhanced products on a timely basis, our products may become obsolete, which could prevent us from achieving our growth strategy and adversely affect our operating results.
 
The industries that we target are characterized by rapidly evolving technology and industry standards that result in frequent new product introductions. Any failure by us to anticipate or respond to new technological developments, customer requirements or evolving standards could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. The development of proprietary technology entails significant technical and business risks and requires substantial expenditures and lead-time. The success of our new product introductions will depend on several factors, including our ability to:
 
·  
properly identify and anticipate customer needs;
·  
innovate and develop new products;
·  
gain timely market acceptance for new products;
·  
manufacture and deliver our new products on time, in sufficient volume and with adequate quality;
 
 
 
 
·  
price our products competitively;
·  
continue investing in our research and development programs; and
·  
anticipate competitors’ announcements of new products.
 
Failure to do the above could be exploited by our competitors. If we lose market share as a result of lapses in our product development, our business would suffer.
 
Our intellectual property and proprietary technology are important to the continued success of our business. Our failure to protect this proprietary technology may significantly impair our competitive position.
 
Our success and ability to compete depend to a significant extent on our proprietary technology, with which we attempt to keep others from using the innovations that are central to our existing and future products. As of August 31, 2009, we own 46 actively maintained granted patents from the U.S. (including one “design” patent), ten from Canada, four from China, five from Germany (including one “Utility Model”), four from the United Kingdom, four from France, as well as a patent in each of four other European countries.  In addition, we have in process 20 US patent applications, seven Canadian patent applications, two European applications, one application in China, and one direct national entry in Germany (not via the European application), and as well five applications under the Patent Cooperation Treaty, which have not yet entered the national phase.  We also rely on a combination of copyright and trademark laws, trade secrets, confidentiality procedures, contractual provisions and license agreements to protect our proprietary technology. We may have to engage in litigation in order to protect our patents and other intellectual property rights, or to determine the validity or scope of the proprietary rights of others. Such litigation can be time-consuming and expensive, regardless of whether we win or lose.
 
The process of seeking patent protection can be long and expensive and we cannot be certain that any currently pending or future applications will actually result in issued patents, or that, even if patents are issued, they will be of sufficient scope or strength to provide meaningful protection or any commercial advantage to us. We also rely on trade secret protection for our technology, in part through confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, distributors and third parties. However, these agreements may be breached or otherwise not effective and we may not have adequate remedies for any breach or shortfall of these agreements. In any case, others may come to know about our trade secrets through a variety of methods. In addition, the laws of some territories in which we sell our products may not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws of Canada and the United States.
 
Our intellectual property rights, particularly our existing or future patents, may be invalidated, circumvented, challenged or required to be licensed to others. Furthermore, others may develop technologies that are similar or superior to our technology, duplicate or reverse engineer our technology, or design around the patents owned or licensed by us. We cannot be sure that the steps that we take to protect our technology will prevent misappropriation or infringement. If we fail to protect our technology so that others may copy or use it, we will be less able to differentiate our products and our sales may decline.
 
Others may claim that our products infringe upon their intellectual property rights, or they may infringe our intellectual property, and we may expend significant resources enforcing or defending our rights or suffer competitive injury.
 
Litigation regarding intellectual property rights is common in the technology industry and third-party infringement claims involving technologies may increase. If an infringement claim is filed against us, we may be prevented from using some of our technologies and may incur significant costs to resolve the claim. Conversely, we may be required to spend significant resources to monitor and enforce our intellectual property rights.
 
We could incur substantial costs in defending ourselves and our customers against infringement claims or in bringing infringement claims against others. Litigation could also adversely affect sales of the challenged product or technology and divert the efforts of our management and technical personnel. In the event of an infringement claim, we may be required to obtain one or more licenses from third parties. We cannot assure you that we, or our customers, could obtain necessary licenses from third parties at a reasonable cost or at all. If we fail to obtain a license where one is required, we could incur substantial liabilities and be forced to suspend the marketing of the challenged products.
 

 
 
If customers fail to meet their financial commitments to us, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
Some of our customers experienced cash flow problems during the global economic recession and may continue to do so. Consequently, we may have customers who delay payments or may not be able to meet their financial commitments to us. Furthermore, they may not order as many products from us as originally forecasted or they may cancel their orders outright. The failure of customers to order products would result in decreased revenues for us. If customers fail to meet their financial commitments to us, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
As our customers consolidate, they may reduce or halt purchases of our products, which would harm our sales and operating results.
 
Consolidation in the telecommunications industry could reduce the number of customers to which our products are sold. Some of our customers have been subject to consolidation and could obtain products from a vendor other than us, or demand more favorable terms and conditions from us, which would harm our sales and operating results. In addition, some customers may merge with or acquire our competitors and discontinue their relationships with us.
 
If we fail to predict our supply requirements accurately, we may have excess inventory or insufficient inventory, either of which could cause us to incur additional costs and/or experience manufacturing delays.
 
We provide non-binding forecasts of our requirements to some of our suppliers up to six months prior to scheduled delivery of products to our customers. If we overestimate our forecasted requirements, we may have excess inventory, which could harm our relationships with our suppliers due to reduced future orders, increase our costs and require inventory write-offs. If we underestimate our requirements, we may have an inadequate inventory of parts, which could interrupt manufacturing of our products and result in shipment delays. The likelihood of misjudging our inventory requirements increased with the onset of the global economic recession and opening of a telecom manufacturing facility in Shenzhen, China, in September 2007 for high-volume, low-complexity products. This manufacturing facility complements the low-volume, high-complexity telecom products produced at our plant in Quebec City, Canada. In addition, lead times for materials and parts that we order may be long and depend on factors such as the procedures of, or supply terms with, a specific supplier and demand for each part at a given time.
 
We depend on a single supplier or a limited number of suppliers for some key components and materials in our products, which makes us susceptible to supply shortages or price fluctuations that could adversely affect our operating results.
 
We depend on a limited number of suppliers for some of the parts used to manufacture our products for which alternative sources may not be readily available. In addition, all our orders are placed through individual purchase orders and, therefore, our suppliers may stop supplying parts to us at any time. The reliance on a single source or limited number of suppliers could result in increased costs, delivery problems and reduced control over product pricing and quality. Financial difficulties of suppliers could also affect our ability to obtain necessary parts in a timely manner. Any interruption or delay in the supply of any of these parts could significantly harm our ability to meet scheduled product deliveries to our customers and cause us to lose sales. Furthermore, the process of qualifying a new manufacturer for complex parts, designed to our specifications, such as our optical and mechanical parts, is lengthy and would consume a substantial amount of time of our technical personnel and management. If we were required to change a supplier in a short period of time, our business would be disrupted. In addition, we may be unsuccessful in identifying a new supplier capable of meeting and willing to meet our needs on terms that we would find acceptable. Consolidation involving suppliers could further reduce the number of alternatives available to us and increase the cost of parts, which would make our products less competitive and result in lower margins.
 

 
 
Our manufacturing employees in Quebec City, Canada, are unionized. Failure to renew the collective bargaining agreement may cause disruptions to our manufacturing process and could adversely affect our operating results.
 
Our collective bargaining agreement (CBA) with unionized manufacturing employees in Quebec City, Canada, expired in February 2009. Negotiations for the renewal of the CBA are underway, but no agreement has been reached. If we do not conclude negotiations that are satisfactory to both parties or in the event of a work stoppage, any extended interruption or delay to scheduled product deliveries to our customers may cause us to lose sales. Our manufacturing employees in Quebec City are the only unionized members within the company, and we’ve never had a work stoppage during the 24-year history of EXFO.
 
If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to accurately report our financial information or prevent fraud, which could harm our operating results and cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information.
 
Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable and accurate financial information and effectively prevent fraud. We devote significant resources and time to comply with the internal control over financial reporting requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. In addition, Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires that we assess and that our auditors attest to the design and operating effectiveness of our controls over financial reporting. Our compliance with the annual internal control report requirement for each fiscal year will depend on the effectiveness of our financial reporting as well as data systems and controls throughout our company and operating subsidiaries. Furthermore, we cannot be certain that these measures will ensure that we design, implement and maintain adequate controls over our financial processes and reporting in the future, especially in the likelihood of acquiring companies that are not in compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. As well, the complexity of our systems and controls may become more difficult to manage as we transform our operating structure and continue to reduce infrastructure costs. To effectively manage these changes, we will need to continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls and our reporting systems and procedures. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, difficulties encountered in their implementation or operation, or difficulties in the assimilation of acquired businesses into our control system could harm our operating results or cause it to fail to meet our financial reporting obligations. Inferior internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on our share price and our access to capital.
 
Regulatory changes may cause us to incur increased costs.
 
Changes in the laws and regulations affecting public companies may increase our expenses as we may have to devote resources to respond to these new requirements. In particular, we incurred and may incur additional general administrative expenses to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which requires management to report on internal controls over financial reporting. In addition, the process of moving from Canadian GAAP to IFRS, which extends from fiscal 2009 to 2011, will require management’s time and attention, and cause our general and administrative expenses to increase. Compliance with new rules could require the further commitment of significant financial resources and result in the diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities. Finally, the impact of these changes could make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our Board of Directors or as executive officers, which could harm our business.
 
We require employees and management resources who are knowledgeable about the specialized nature of our business. If we are unable to attract and retain sufficient numbers of highly skilled technical, sales, marketing, senior management and other personnel, our operations and financial results will suffer.
 
Due to the specialized nature of our business, we are highly dependent on the continued service of and on the ability to attract qualified engineering, sales, marketing, senior management and other personnel. If we are unable to attract and retain such qualified personnel, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 

 
 
We must also provide significant training for our employee base due to the highly specialized nature of telecommunications test, measurement, and service assurance as well as life sciences and industrial technologies. Our current personnel may be inadequate and we may fail to assimilate and train new employees. Highly skilled employees with the education and training that we require – especially employees with significant experience and expertise in international business development, product management, sales, engineering and operations – may be difficult to find. Once trained, our employees may also be hired by our competitors or leave the organization.
 
Our insurance may not be sufficient to cover all potential liability. A successful claim exceeding our policy limits will reduce our cash position, increase our expenses and have a negative effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.
 
Our products are designed to help network service providers, cable operators and manufacturers of optical networks and components ensure network reliability. We also leverage our core telecom technologies for life sciences and industrial applications. The failure of our products to perform to customer expectations could give rise to product liability and warranty claims. We carry insurance for product liability and take accounting reserves for warranty claims that we consider adequate in view of industry practice.
 
In addition, we may face other types of claims by third parties in relation to the conduct of our business; a successful claim against us for an amount exceeding our policy limits would force us to use our own resources to pay the claim, which could result in a reduction of our cash available for other uses, increase our expenses and have a negative effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
Our reported financial results could suffer if there is additional impairment of goodwill.
 
We are required to test annually, and review when circumstances warrant, our goodwill associated to business combinations, and determine if impairment has occurred. Recoverability of goodwill is determined at the reporting unit level, using a two-step approach. First, the carrying value of the reporting units is compared to their fair value. If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step is undertaken to determine the amount of the impairment loss. Impairment of goodwill would result in an incremental charge which would adversely impact our operating results for the period in which the impairment was determined to have occurred.
 
In the third quarter of fiscal 2009, we performed our annual impairment test for goodwill for all reporting units. Following the decrease in our stock price in June, 2009, we came to the conclusion that the carrying value of one of our reporting units exceeded its fair value and recorded an impairment charge of $21.7 million.
 
The recent turmoil in credit markets and the broader economy has contributed to share price and volume fluctuations in global stock markets that have reduced the market price of many technology stocks, including ours. Further declines in our stock price or the failure of our stock price to recover from previous declines, as well as any additional decline in our level of revenues or margins, could increase the risk that additional goodwill may become impaired in future periods. We currently have $22.5 million of goodwill on our balance sheet mainly related to the acquisition of Brix Networks. Any additional impairment of goodwill would negatively impact our operating results.
 
We may become involved in costly and time-consuming litigation that may substantially increase our costs and harm our business.
 
We may from time to time become involved in various lawsuits and legal proceedings. For example, we are a defendant in a putative securities class action suit filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York involving approximately 300 other issuing companies. Litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties, and an adverse result in these or other matters that may arise from time to time could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition. Any litigation to which we are subject could require significant involvement of our senior management and may divert management attention from our business and operations.
 

 
 
If we suffer loss to our factories or facilities, our operations could be seriously harmed.
 
Our factories and facilities are subject to catastrophic losses due to fire, vandalism, terrorism or other natural or man-made disasters. We do not have redundant multiple-site capacity and if any of our facilities or factories were to experience a catastrophic loss, it would disrupt our operations, delay production, shipments and revenue and result in large expenses, thereby harming our results of operation.
 
Unexpected declines in our research and development and other tax credits and grants may have an adverse effect on our business.
 
Our historical operating results reflect substantial benefits from programs sponsored by federal and provincial governments for the support of research and development activities, as well as in relation to other activities. For example, research and development tax credits and grants represented 17.2% of our gross research and development expenses for the year ended August 31, 2009.
 
If unexpected changes in the laws or government policies terminate or adversely modify the Canadian and Quebec government programs, under which we receive the majority of our research and development and other tax credits and grants, or if we unexpectedly become unable to participate in or take advantage of these programs, then our net research and development and other expenses will materially increase or we may decrease our research and development activities. In addition, to the extent that we have increased our research and development activities outside of Canada and Quebec, resulting from the hiring of additional personnel at our software development center in Pune, India and the acquisition of Brix Networks, or potential future acquisitions, our increased R&D activities may not be eligible for these programs. If we were required to decrease our research and development activities, or were unable to benefit from other tax credits and grants, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
Changes in our effective tax rate or adverse outcomes resulting from tax audits may have an adverse impact on our results.
 
As an international corporation, we are subject to taxation in the various jurisdictions in which we conduct business. Significant judgment is required in the determination of our worldwide provision for income taxes and this determination requires the interpretation and application of complex tax laws and regulations. Our effective tax rate may be adversely impacted by the level of earnings, by changes in the mix of earnings among companies and countries which may have different statutory tax rates, by the valuation of our deferred tax assets, and by changes in tax rules and regulations. We are also subject to income tax audits and transfer pricing audits in the respective jurisdictions in which we conduct business and we regularly assess the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from these audits to ascertain the adequacy of our provisions for income taxes and transfer pricing policies. There can be no assurance that the outcomes of these tax audits, if any, will not have an adverse impact on our result and financial condition.
 
Our current principal stockholder has effective control over our business.
 
As of November 2, 2009, Germain Lamonde, our Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer, held 94.16% of the voting rights in our stock. By virtue of such stock ownership, Mr. Lamonde has effective control over all matters submitted to our stockholders, including the election of our Directors, and exercises significant control over our policies and affairs. Such concentration of voting power could have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control or other business combinations that might otherwise be beneficial to our stockholders and may harm the market price of our shares.
 

 
 
If we complete major acquisitions of complementary businesses, products or technologies, we may need additional capital, and may not be able to raise additional capital on favorable terms or at all, which could limit our ability to grow and could increase our costs.
 
Our future liquidity and capital requirements are difficult to predict because they depend on numerous factors, including the success of our existing and new product offerings as well as competing technological and market developments. As a result, we may not be able to generate sufficient cash flows from our operations to meet additional working capital requirements, support additional capital expenditures or take advantage of acquisition opportunities. In fiscal 2009, the respective cash payments of $6.9 million, $2.4 million and $26.9 million for the purchase of capital assets, the contingent cash consideration for the acquisition of Brix Networks and the redemption of share capital, exceeded the $22.6 million provided by cash flows from operations. As at August 31, 2009, we held $69.7 million in cash and short-term investments.
 
We may need to raise additional capital in the future. Our ability to obtain additional financing will be subject to a number of factors, including market conditions, effects of the financial crisis, reduced access to credit facilities and our operating performance. These factors may render the timing, amount, terms and conditions of additional financing unattractive for us. If we raise additional funds by selling equity securities, the relative ownership of our existing investors could be diluted or new investors could obtain terms more favorable than previous investors. If we raise funds through debt financing, we could incur significant borrowing costs and meet more restrictive debt covenants. If we are unable to raise additional funds when needed or at terms satisfactory to us, our ability to operate and grow our business could be impeded.
 
Our business and operations would suffer in the event of a failure of our information technology infrastructure.
 
We rely upon the capacity, efficiency and security of our information technology hardware and software infrastructures as well as our ability to expand and update these infrastructures in response to our evolving needs. Any failure to manage, expand or update our information technology infrastructures or any failure in the operation of this infrastructure could harm our business.
 
Our information systems are vulnerable to damages from computer viruses, natural disasters, unauthorized access and other similar disruptions. Any system failure, accident or security breach could result in disruptions to our operations. To the extent that any disruption or security breach results in a loss or damage to our data, or inappropriate disclosure of our confidential information, it could harm our business. In addition, these events may force us to devote more money and resources in order to protect ourselves against damages caused by these disruptions or security breaches in the future.

 
 

Information on the Company
 
A.      History and Development of the Company
 
Our legal name and commercial name is EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc. / EXFO Ingénierie électro-optique inc. Our head office is located at 400 Godin Avenue, Quebec, Quebec, Canada, G1M 2K2 and our main telephone number is (418) 683-0211. Our e-mail address is info@EXFO.com and our website is www.EXFO.com. Information on our website is not incorporated by reference in this annual report. Our agent for service in the United States is CT Corporation System, 111 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10011. Our Transfer Agent and Registrar is CIBC Mellon Trust Company, 2001 University Street, Suite 1600, Montreal, Quebec, Canada, H3A 2A6. This annual report contains trademarks and registered trademarks of us and other companies.
 
We were incorporated on September 18, 1985 pursuant to the Canada Business Corporations Act. Since that date, we have amended our articles on various occasions mainly to modify our legal and corporate names and our share capital.
 
On December 20, 2000, we acquired all of the shares of EXFO Burleigh Products Group Inc. (formerly Burleigh Instruments, Inc.) (“EXFO Burleigh”), Burleigh Instruments GmbH and Burleigh Instruments (U.K.) Ltd. for an aggregate purchase price of US$189.3 million, comprised of 6,488,816 of our subordinate voting shares and US$42.5 million in cash pursuant to the terms of an Agreement of Merger and Plan of Reorganization among us, EXFO Sub, Inc. and the selling shareholders, dated November 4, 2000, as amended on December 20, 2000.  In April   2002, the name of Burleigh Instruments, Inc. was changed to EXFO Burleigh Products Group Inc.  On November 12, 2002, Burleigh Instruments (UK) Ltd. was dissolved. EXFO Burleigh is a U.S. company that manufactures precision scientific instruments used in basic and applied research engineering and production test applications in a variety of fields.
 
On March 15, 2001, we acquired all of the shares of EXFO Photonic Solutions Inc. (formerly EFOS Inc.) (“EXFO Photonic”), a privately held company in Toronto, Canada, for a total consideration of US$110.1 million, of which US$25.1 million was paid in cash. We also issued 3,700,000 of our subordinate voting shares in connection with the acquisition. In September 2001, the name EFOS Inc. was changed to EXFO Photonic Solutions Inc.
 
EXFO Photonic, operating since 1984, is a supplier of precision light-based adhesive spot curing products as well as curing process control for the global optical component manufacturing market and other non-telecom markets. Its products deliver precise doses of the appropriate spectral light into photo-sensitive and heat-cured adhesives to significantly reduce bonding time and increase repeatability in optical component and other manufacturing activities. EXFO Photonic light-based curing technologies are supported by an extensive understanding of bonding and material sciences and by a broad intellectual property portfolio. EXFO Photonic, as of November 2, 2009, has 28 patents and 9 patents pending.
 
Also on March 16, 2001, our wholly owned subsidiary, Burleigh Automation Inc. (“Burleigh Automation”), acquired substantially all the assets of Vanguard Technical Solutions, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of DT Industries, Inc. for a purchase price of US$600,000 paid in cash. Vanguard, an automation equipment manufacturer in Tucson, Arizona, specialized in the design and manufacturing of ultra-precision assembly equipment for sensitive process and critical assembly challenges on the production floor.  This acquisition, which complemented our acquisition of Burleigh, was planned to fit with our overall strategy at that time of providing customers with a comprehensive solution for the assembly, alignment and testing of optical components and subsystems. Since September 2001, Burleigh Automation has ceased operations and we have transferred all material intellectual property assets and most of the physical assets of Burleigh Automation to EXFO Burleigh.
 

 
 
In November 2001, we acquired all of the shares of Avantas Networks Corporation and simultaneously changed the name of that company to EXFO Protocol Inc. (“EXFO Protocol”).  We paid a total consideration of US$69.4 million (or US$95.0 million for the equity minus US$25.6 million of cash in the hands of the acquired company) to acquire EXFO Protocol. Consideration paid consisted of 4,374,573 of our subordinate voting shares and US$9.8 million in cash, net of cash acquired. EXFO Protocol, a company based in Montreal, Canada operating since 1998 is a supplier of fiber-optic testing and optical network performance management equipment that supports a wide range of protocols and data transmission rates.
 
During fiscal 2001, we were forced to align our cost structure to market conditions. On June 27, 2001, we announced the reduction of non-customer-related expenses, postponement of plans to build a new facility in the Quebec Metro High-Tech Park, termination of non-cure operations of Nortech, a subsidiary that specialized in manufacturing fiber-optic temperature sensors and reduction of our work force by 15%. Our plan to build a new facility has been cancelled since then.
 
During fiscal 2002, we were forced to   re-align our cost structure to market conditions. First, on December 5, 2001, we announced the lowering of our operating expenses, a freeze in employee salaries, and the reduction of our workforce by 10%.  Then, on May 15, 2002, we announced a further 20% reduction of our global workforce in an effort to lower our cost structure. In May 2002, we performed an assessment of the carrying value of goodwill and intangible assets recorded in conjunction with the three acquisitions made during the previous 18 months. Considering the ongoing unfavorable market conditions, we recorded a charge of US$222.2 million to write down a significant portion of goodwill and a charge of US$23.7 million to write down a significant portion of acquired core technology. Also, overall for fiscal 2002, we wrote off US$18.5 million in excess and obsolete inventories.
 
In October 2002, our newly created, wholly owned subsidiary, EXFO Gnubi Products Group Inc. (“EXFO Gnubi”), acquired substantially all the assets of gnubi communications L.P., including its technology, expertise, customer base, inventories and capital assets.  Consideration paid consisted of US$1.9 million in cash and 1,479,290 of our subordinate voting shares.  Furthermore, an additional cash amount of US$241,000, based on sales volumes, was paid in fiscal 2004 in accordance with earn out provisions. With the acquisition of these assets, EXFO Gnubi, based in Dallas, Texas, continues the operations of gnubi communications, L.P., as a supplier of multi-channel telecom and datacom testing solutions serving optical transport equipment manufacturers and research and development laboratories.  At the time of the asset acquisition, 30 employees of gnubi communications, L.P. transferred to EXFO Gnubi.
 
During fiscal 2003, we were required to implement further restructuring measures as a result of depressed spending levels in the telecommunications industry and economic uncertainty. We reduced our workforce by 30%, rationalized our business activities and consolidated certain manufacturing operations. These measures incurred charges of US$4.1 million. The rationalization and consolidation initiatives involved the reorganization of our business into two new reportable market segments: Telecom Division and Photonics and Life Sciences Division and the exiting of the optical component manufacturing automation business. Our Telecom Division consists of the former Portable and Monitoring and telecom related Industrial and Scientific product lines. Our Photonics and Life Sciences Division includes previous non-telecom Industrial and Scientific product lines. Each division has been structured with its own sales, marketing, manufacturing, research and development and management teams.
 
In May 2003, we performed our annual impairment test on goodwill recorded in conjunction with the acquisitions of EXFO Burleigh, EXFO Photonic and EXFO Protocol and also reviewed the carrying value of intangible assets related to these acquisitions. As a result of this assessment, we concluded that the carrying value of goodwill related to EXFO Burleigh and the carrying value of intangible assets related to EXFO Burleigh and EXFO Photonic was impaired and we recorded a charge of US$4.5 million to write down goodwill and a pre-tax charge of US$2.9 million to write down acquired core technology. Of the total impairment loss of US$7.4 million, US$6.9 million is related to EXFO Burleigh for goodwill and acquired core technology and US$0.6 million is related to EXFO Photonic for acquired core technology.
 
In addition, in an effort to simplify our structure and stream-line our operations, the operations of EXFO Protocol were merged with those of the Corporation as of September 1, 2003 and effective December 1, 2003, the operations of EXFO Gnubi were merged with those of EXFO America Inc.
 

 
 
In fiscal 2004, EXFO also closed a public offering of 5.2 million subordinate voting shares to a syndicate of Canadian-based underwriters for net proceeds of US$29.2 million (CA$38.4 million).
 
Furthermore in fiscal 2004, we consolidated our protocol test operations (EXFO Protocol and EXFO Gnubi) in Montreal, Canada to improve efficiency and reduce costs.
 
In March 2004, we renewed our collective bargaining agreement with unionized manufacturing employees in Quebec City, Canada. This agreement expired in February 2009.
 
During fiscal 2005, our Photonics and Life Sciences Division was renamed the Life Sciences and Industrial Division to better reflect its market focus.
 
During fiscal 2005, we completed the consolidation of our Life Sciences and Industrial Division in Toronto, Canada and we recorded US$482,000 in restructuring expenses. Altogether, we incurred US$2.5 million in restructuring and other charges since the fourth quarter of 2004 in conjunction with this consolidation process. Following this process all of the operating activities of EXFO Burleigh were transferred mainly in Toronto, Canada.
 
In January 2006, we acquired substantially all the assets of Consultronics Limited (“Consultronics”), a leading supplier of test equipment for copper-based broadband access networks. Consultronics is a privately held company based in Toronto, Canada with subsidiaries in the United Kingdom and Hungary. We acquired all of the subsidiaries’ respective issued and outstanding shares. Consultronics specializes in x-Digital Subscriber Line (xDSL), Internet Protocol TV (IPTV) and Voice-over-Internet Protocol (VoIP) test solutions for the broadband access market. We paid consideration equal to approximately US$19.1 million, including debt assumption and other acquisition-related costs.
 
In November 2006, we incorporated EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering India Private Limited as our wholly-owned subsidiary to establish a software development center in Pune, India. In October 2007, we acquired substantially all of the assets of JamBuster Technologies Private Limited, for an immaterial consideration, a company duly incorporated in Pune, India which is engaged in the business of software development services.
 
In April 2007, we established a wholly-owned foreign entity in Shenzhen China, EXFO Telecom Equipment (Shenzhen) Co. Ltd. for manufacturing purposes. We started ramping up manufacturing in September 2007 at our Chinese facility.
 
On November 5, 2007, we announced the approval by the Board of Directors of a share repurchase program, by way of a normal course issuer bid on the open market of up to 9.9% of our public float (as defined by the Toronto Stock Exchange), or 2,869,585 shares at the prevailing market price. The period of the normal course issuer bid commenced on November 8, 2007, and ended on November 7, 2008. We repurchased a total of 1,859,835 shares. All shares repurchased under the bid were cancelled.
 
In March 2008, we acquired all the issued and outstanding shares of Navtel Communications Inc. (“Navtel”), a leading provider of Internet Protocol Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) and Voice-over-Internet Protocol (VoIP) test solutions for Network Equipment Manufacturers (NEMs) and Network Service Provider (NSP) labs. Navtel is a privately held company based in Toronto, Canada with subsidiaries in the Province of Ontario, Canada, United States and Germany. We paid a consideration of US$11.5 million, or US$11.3 million net of US$145,000 of cash acquired. The total consideration included acquisition-related costs of US$172,000.
 
In April 2008, we acquired all the issued and outstanding shares of Brix Networks Inc. (“Brix”), a global provider of open and extensible converged service assurance solutions. Brix is a privately held company based near Boston, Massachusetts, USA with a subsidiary in the United Kingdom. We paid consideration of US$29.7 million, or US$29.7 million net of US$12,000 of cash acquired, plus a contingent cash consideration of US$2.4 million, based upon the achievement of a bookings volume in the 12 months following this acquisition.
 

 
 
On November 6, 2008, we announced the approval by the Board of Directors of a renewal of the share repurchase program by way of a normal course issuer bid on the open market of up to 10% of our public float (as defined by the Toronto Stock Exchange), or 2,738,518 subordinate voting shares at the prevailing market price. The period of the normal course issuer bid commenced on November 10, 2008 and ended on November 9, 2009. We repurchased a total of 311,872 shares. All shares repurchased under the bid were cancelled.
 
On November 10, 2008 we announced a substantial issuer bid (the “Offer”) to purchase for cancellation up to 8,823,529 subordinate voting shares for an aggregate purchase price not to exceed CA$30 million. The Offer was made by way of a “modified Dutch Auction” pursuant to which shareholders could tender all or a portion of their shares (i) at a price not less than CA$3.40 per share and not more than CA$3.90 per share, in increments of CA$0.05 per share, or (ii) without specifying a purchase price, in which case their shares would have been purchased at the purchase price determined in accordance with the Offer. The Offer expired at 5 p.m. (Eastern Time) on December 16, 2008. We used cash and short-term investments to fund the purchase of shares. The Offer was not conditional upon any minimum number of shares being tendered, but it was subject to certain other conditions. A complete description of the terms and conditions of the Offer were contained in the Offer to Purchase and Issuer Bid Circular and related documents filed with the applicable securities regulatory authorities in Canada and the United States and mailed to holders of shares.
 
Based on final reports from CIBC Mellon Trust Company, the depositary for the Offer, we confirmed that we had taken up and accepted for purchase and cancellation, at a price of CA$3.90 per share, a total of 7,692,307 subordinate voting shares for a total cost of CA$30 million (excluding fees and expenses relating to the Offer) in accordance with the terms of the Offer.
 
Upon the approval of the Offer, we had suspended the normal course issuer bid that we had renewed on November 6, 2008 referred above. The bid was resumed on January 26, 2009, the date that we begun repurchasing shares under such bid.
 
In February 2009, the collective bargaining agreement effective since March 2004 with unionized manufacturing employees in Quebec City, Canada, expired. We received the requests of the union in August 2009 and we began the negotiations for the renewal of the collective bargaining agreement in October 2009. It has not been renewed as of this day and remains effective until renewed.
 
In February 2009, we acquired substantially all of the assets of PicoSolve, Inc., a private test and measurement company offering the industry’s fastest optical sampling oscilloscopes   for 40G and 100G R&D, manufacturing and deployment applications. This company was founded in 2004 by researchers at Chalmers University of Technology in Gothenburg, Sweden, and provides ultra-high-speed optical sampling oscilloscopes to network equipment manufacturers (NEMs) involved in the design and production of next-generation optical networks. Network service providers (NSPs) will also require such high-end test equipment for their deployment initiatives.
 

 
 
On November 6, 2009 we announced that our Board of Directors approved the second renewal of our share repurchase program, by way of a normal course issuer bid on the open market of up to 10% of our public float (as defined by the Toronto Stock Exchange), or 2,256,431 subordinate voting shares at the prevailing market price. We expect to use cash, short-term investments or future cash flow from operations to fund the repurchase of shares. The normal course issuer bid started on November 10, 2009, and end on November 9, 2010, or on an earlier date if we repurchase the maximum number of shares permitted under the bid. The program does not require that we repurchase any specific number of shares, and it may be modified, suspended or terminated at any time and without prior notice. All shares repurchased under the bid will be cancelled. We shall provide to any person or company, upon request to our Secretary, at 400 Godin Avenue, Quebec, Province of Quebec, Canada, G1M 2K2, phone number (418) 683-0913 ext. 3704 or fax number (418) 683-9839 a copy of the notice sent to the Toronto Stock Exchange (TSX) according to our normal course issuer bid.
 
In the third quarter of fiscal 2009, we performed our annual impairment test for goodwill for all reporting units. Recoverability of goodwill is determined at the reporting unit level, using a two-step approach. First, the carrying value of the reporting units is compared to their fair value. If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step is performed to determine the amount of the impairment loss. Following the decrease in our stock price in June 2009, we came to the conclusion that the carrying value of one of our reporting units exceeded its fair value and we recorded an impairment charge of $21.7 million in the third quarter of fiscal 2009, to bring the goodwill of this reporting unit to its fair value. This reporting unit reports to the Telecom Division.
 
We will be submitting for the approval of our shareholders at our upcoming annual and special meeting in January 2010, a proposition with respect to an amendment to our articles of incorporation, for the change of the name of the corporation to “EXFO Inc.”. We believe that the present name no longer reflects our actual business activities. We shall provide to any person or company, upon request to our Secretary, at 400 Godin Avenue, Quebec, Province of Quebec, Canada, G1M 2K2, phone number (418) 683-0913 ext. 3704 or fax number (418) 683-9839, a copy of the Management Proxy Circular dated November 2, 2009 filed on SEDAR and on EDGAR under Form 6-K.
 
 
Business Overview
 
 
Company Overview
 
EXFO is a leading provider of test and service assurance solutions for network service providers and equipment manufacturers in the global telecommunications industry. The Telecom Division, which accounts for almost 90% of the company’s revenues, offers a wide range of innovative solutions to assess optical networks, from the core to access, as well as next-generation IP infrastructures and related triple-play services. The Life Sciences and Industrial Division offers solutions in medical device and opto-electronics assembly, fluorescence microscopy and other life science sectors.
 
We were founded in 1985 in Quebec City, Canada. Our original products were focused on the needs of installers and operators of fiber-optic networks. Customers use these field-portable testing products for the installation, maintenance, monitoring and troubleshooting of optical networks. In 1996, we supplemented our product portfolio with an extensive line of high-end products that are mainly dedicated to research and development as well as manufacturing activities of optical component manufacturers and system vendors.
 
Over the past several years, we have enhanced our competitive position through acquisitions of protocol, copper/xDSL and service assurance test businesses.
 
In February 2009, we closed the acquisition of Sweden-based PicoSolve Inc., a supplier of ultra-high-speed optical sampling oscilloscopes for 40G and 100G R&D, manufacturing and deployment applications.
 

 
 
In April 2008, we acquired all issued and outstanding shares of Brix Networks Inc. (renamed EXFO Service Assurance Inc.), for a cash consideration of $32.1 million. Brix Networks, a privately held company located in the Boston (MA) area, offers VoIP and IPTV service assurance solutions across the three areas most affecting the success of a real-time service: signaling quality (signaling path performance), delivery quality (media transport performance) and content quality (overall quality of experience). Brix Networks’ service assurance solutions are mainly designed for network service providers (NSPs) and large enterprises.
 
In March 2008, we acquired all issued and outstanding shares of Navtel Communications Inc., for a cash consideration of $11.3 million. Navtel Communications, a privately held company in Toronto, Canada, is a leading provider of Internet protocol multimedia subsystem (IMS) and VoIP test solutions for network equipment manufacturers (NEMs) and NSP labs. Navtel Communications specializes in testing next-generation IP networks that are increasingly combining wireline and wireless technologies. Subsequent to the acquisition, Navtel Communications was merged into the parent company.
 
In fiscal 2008, we opened our own telecom manufacturing facilities in Shenzhen, China. We now have two main manufacturing sites for our Telecom Division and one plant for our Life Sciences Division. Over time, low-volume, high-complexity telecom products will be manufactured in Quebec City, whereas high-volume, low-complexity telecom products will be manufactured in Shenzhen.
 
In fiscal 2008 and 2009, we accelerated the deployment of a software development center in Pune, India, to supplement the research and development capabilities of our labs in Boston, Toronto, Montreal and Quebec City. This enables us to benefit from the wealth of IP expertise in India, to accelerate product development especially for our software-intensive protocol test and service assurance solutions to take advantage of a lower cost structure.
 
In January 2006, we acquired substantially all the assets of Consultronics Limited (now merged with the parent company) a leading supplier of test equipment for copper-based broadband access networks, for a total cash consideration of $19.1 million. Above and beyond copper/xDSL test solutions, Consultronics had a rich product portfolio for testing next-generation technologies, such as IPTV and VoIP, which are critical for NSPs in their deployment of triple-play services (voice, data, video) over optical and copper links in access networks.
 
In November 2001, we acquired Avantas Networks Corporation (renamed EXFO Protocol Inc. and now merged with the parent company), a supplier of protocol-testing and optical-network performance management equipment for NSPs. This transaction enabled us to combine optical and protocol test modules inside a single field-portable test platform in order to help our customers increase revenues and reduce operating costs. In October 2002, our wholly-owned subsidiary, EXFO Gnubi, purchased substantially all the assets of gnubi communications, L.P. , a supplier of multichannel telecom and datacom testing solutions for the system manufacturer market. EXFO Protocol and EXFO Gnubi were consolidated in Montreal, Canada, in fiscal 2004.
 
Previously, we had completed two acquisitions to bolster growth in the optical component manufacturing market. We acquired Burleigh Instruments, Inc. (renamed EXFO Burleigh Products Group Inc.) in December 2000 for its wavelength measurement instruments and nanopositioning alignment systems. We also added EFOS Inc. (renamed EXFO Photonic Solutions Inc.) in March 2001 for its precision light-based, adhesive spot-curing technology. We have since exited the optical component manufacturing automation business, and the remaining operations of EXFO Burleigh have mostly been consolidated with those of EXFO Photonic Solutions in Toronto, Canada.
 

 
 
We launched 26 new products in fiscal 2009, including three in the fourth quarter, compared to 27 in fiscal 2008. Key product introductions in fiscal 2009 included among others a portable test solution for characterizing 100 Gbit/s Ethernet and 40/43 Gbit/s SONET/OTN networks; a patent-pending distributed PMD analyzer that allows network operators to cost-effectively upgrade their networks to 40G and 100G by measuring the level of potentially debilitating PMD on each fiber section; new software releases for the IMS InterWatch platform and Packet Blazer product lines that support the migration of voice and video applications to the IPv6 (Internet protocol, version 6) addressing scheme; 1 Gbit/s and 10 Gbit/s test probes for carrier Ethernet and mobile backhaul service assurance applications; and the next-generation FTB-500 multilayer platform for high-end test applications in the field and central office. Following the year-end, we released the first turnkey optical modulation analyzer for complete characterization of signals up to 100 Gbaud. Sales from products on the market two years or less accounted for 38.4% of total sales in fiscal 2009.
 
Overall for fiscal 2009, sales decreased 5.9% to $172.9 million from $183.8 million in 2008. This decrease in sales mainly resulted from the global economic recession as well as from currency fluctuations on our sales and the impact of such fluctuations on our forward exchange contracts since the beginning of the fiscal year. However, global sales for fiscal 2009 included $25.3 million from Brix Networks and Navtel Communications, compared to $5.4 million in fiscal 2008, which mitigated in part the decrease in sales year-over-year. These two acquisitions were closed approximately two months and one month into the third quarter of fiscal 2008, respectively. Excluding the positive impacts of these two acquisitions, our sales would have decreased 17.3% in fiscal 2009 compared to 2008, reflecting the impact of the global economic recession and the negative effects of the currency fluctuations on our sales and the impact of such fluctuations on our forward exchange contracts in fiscal 2009, compared to 2008.
 
We reported a GAAP net loss of $16.6 million, or $0.27 per share, in fiscal 2009, compared to net earnings of $18.4 million, or $0.27 per diluted share, in fiscal 2008. Net loss for fiscal 2009 included a non-cash pre-tax impairment of goodwill of $21.7 million. GAAP net loss for fiscal 2009 also included pre-tax charges of $1.2 million in severance expenses for the 65 employees who were terminated throughout the company. However, GAAP net loss included a pre-tax R&D tax credits recovery of $1.9 million and $372,000 for the recognition of previously unrecognized future income tax assets. Finally, GAAP net loss for fiscal 2009 included $4.3 million in after-tax amortization of intangible assets and $1.4 million in stock-based compensation costs. Net earnings for fiscal 2008 included $5.3 million for the recognition of previously unrecognized future income tax assets, $2.7 million for income tax recovery following the review of our tax strategy related to the changes in substantively enacted income tax rates in Canada, $1.5 million of income tax expense to account for the changes in substantively enacted income tax rates on our future income tax assets in Canada, an extraordinary gain of $3.0 million related to the negative goodwill of the Navtel acquisition, as well as $3.0 million in after-tax amortization of intangible assets and $1.3 million in stock-based compensation costs.
 
EBITDA (net earnings (loss) before interest, income taxes, amortization of property, plant and equipment, amortization of intangible assets, impairment of goodwill and extraordinary gain) were at $14.5 million, or 8.4% of sales in fiscal 2009, compared to $20.6 million, or 11.2% of sales in 2008 (see pages 77 and 78 of this document for a comprehensive reconciliation of EBITDA to GAAP net earnings (loss)). EBITDA for fiscal 2009 included pre-tax charges of $1.2 million in severance expenses for the 65 employees who were terminated throughout the company and stock-based compensation costs of $1.4 million. However, EBITDA included a pre-tax R&D tax credits recovery of $1.9 million.
 
On November 6, 2008, we announced that our Board of Directors had authorized a renewal of our share repurchase program, by way of a normal course issuer bid on the open market, of up to 10% of our public float (as defined by the Toronto Stock Exchange), or 2.7 million subordinate voting shares, at the prevailing market price. The period of the normal course issuer bid started on November 10, 2008 and ended on November 9, 2009. All shares repurchased under the bid were cancelled. In fiscal 2009, we repurchased 488,786 subordinate voting shares for an aggregate net purchase price of $1.4 million.
 

 
 
On November 10, 2008, we announced that our Board of Directors had authorized a substantial issuer bid (the “Offer”) to purchase for cancellation subordinate voting shares for an aggregate purchase price not to exceed CA$30 million. On December 18, 2008, pursuant to the Offer, we purchased for cancellation 7.7 million subordinate voting shares for the aggregate purchase price of CA$30 million (US$24.9 million), plus related fees of $576,000. We used cash and short-term investments to fund the purchase of shares.
 
On November 6, 2009, we announced that our Board of Directors had authorized the second renewal of our share repurchase program, by way of a normal course issuer bid on the open market, of up to 10% of our public float (as defined by the Toronto Stock Exchange), or 2,256,431 million subordinate voting shares, at the prevailing market price. We expect to use cash, short-term investments or future cash flows from operations to fund the repurchase of shares. The period of the normal course issuer bid will start on November 10, 2009, and end on November 9, 2010, or on an earlier date if we repurchase the maximum number of shares permitted under the bid. The program does not require that we repurchase any specific number of shares, and it may be modified, suspended or terminated at any time and without prior notice. All shares repurchased under the bid will be cancelled.
 
In the third quarter of fiscal 2009, we performed our annual impairment test for goodwill for all reporting units. Recoverability of goodwill is determined at the reporting unit level, using a two-step approach. First, the carrying value of the reporting units is compared to their fair value. If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step is performed to determine the amount of the impairment loss. Following the decrease in our stock price in June 2009, we came to the conclusion that the carrying value of one of our reporting units exceeded its fair value and we recorded an impairment charge of $21.7 million in the third quarter of fiscal 2009, to bring the goodwill of this reporting unit to its fair value. This reporting unit reports to the Telecom Division.
 
In June 2009, we laid off a number of employees across the organization as part of a restructuring plan to cope with currently difficult market conditions. This action resulted in a one-time pre-tax restructuring charge of $1.2 million that was recorded in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009 but is expected to deliver about $6 million in annual savings.
 
During the third quarter of fiscal 2009, we were named recipient of the Growth Strategy Leadership Award by Frost & Sullivan for the fifth consecutive time. The award is presented to the company whose growth strategy generates the largest market-share gains in the global fiber-optic test equipment (FOTE) market during the previous research period. According to Frost & Sullivan, a leading global growth consulting firm, we captured first place overall in the FOTE market with a market share of 18.0% in 2008, up from a third-place 12.7% in 2006 (Frost & Sullivan did not grant an award in 2008 for market-share gains in 2007). Frost & Sullivan estimated the FOTE market to be $567.4 million in 2008, including $247.9 million for the portable installation and maintenance (I&M) test market. Based on Frost & Sullivan’s market data, we improved our leadership position in the portable I&M test market from 25.5% in 2006 to 33.3% in 2008.
 
Key Industry Trends
 
The fundamental drivers for increased bandwidth and Internet Protocol (IP) fixed-mobile convergence in the global telecommunications industry remain intact, but they were constrained by the economic recession that has forced network operators and network equipment manufacturers to reduce their capital and operating expenses in calendar 2008 and 2009. Due to the recession, several of these players announced significant reductions in capital expenditures and staffing levels during the course of the year.
 
Despite this challenging macro-economic environment, the telecom market dynamics in 2009 are completely different from those during the industry downturn of 2001. First, there is a myriad of bandwidth-intensive applications generating strong growth in bandwidth demand, both in wireless and wireline networks. For example, monthly traffic is at the exabyte level (1 exabyte equals 1 quintillion bytes) in 2009, while in 2001 there were few applications outside of regular e-mail delivery. Second, the ongoing demand for bandwidth has placed a strain on access, metro rings and long-haul routes, whereas in 2001 there was an overabundance of bandwidth capacity in optical backbone networks, which drove bandwidth prices down significantly. Finally, most network operators have healthy balance sheets today, while in 2001 many of them were financially overextended with some declaring bankruptcy.
 

 
 
According to Cisco’s Visual Networking Index, global IP traffic will nearly double every two years (compound annual growth rate of 46%) from 2007-2012, reaching just under 44 exabytes per month in 2012. Global bandwidth demand is driven by a wide range of applications including peer-to-peer file sharing, social networking, Internet gaming as well as various forms of IP video. For example, according to Cisco, YouTube consumed more bandwidth in 2008 than traffic crossing the entire US network backbone in 2000.
 
As telecommunication networks are being transformed to deliver IP-based voice, video and data capabilities, legacy SONET/SDH standards, which were first established in the mid-1980s and implemented until 2005, do not have the payload flexibility to seamlessly mix and transport these services. Such networks are not capable of efficiently carrying IP-based services, since they were designed for public switched telephone network (PSTN), point-to-point voice transmission only. As a result, new optical transport network (OTN) standards have been defined to carry IP applications over Ethernet and are at the very foundation of what the industry is labeling next-generation networks. Network operators are increasingly turning to such next-generation, IP-based networks to allow for more flexible and efficient transport of applications and services, and to offer customers higher-margin triple-play services ― and even quadruple-play services ― as wireline and wireless technologies become increasingly interconnected. Finally, as subscribers of these new services reach a critical mass, network operators are relying on service assurance solutions to ensure that the quality of service (QoS) and quality of experience (QoE) are optimal in the post-deployment phase.
 
As well, fiber-to-the-home (FTTH) is becoming the access network architecture of choice for network operators wishing to provide a superior user experience for a combined video, data and voice offering. This architecture allows them to meet heightened bandwidth requirements and future-proof their access networks, as residential bandwidth demands are growing from the 1 to 5 Mbit/s (megabits per second) of the past to 30 to 100 Mbit/s required for the long term. Some projects, however, may be delayed due to reduced funding. Hybrid architectures, combining copper and fiber (fiber-to-the-curb, or FTTC, and fiber-to-the-node, or FTTN), will also expand in the short term, since they are less expensive methods to increase bandwidth and can be mass-deployed more quickly.
 
FTTH investment decisions are applicable not only to green-field deployments and high-rise buildings, but also to larger-scale rollouts as long-term operating costs are less than FTTC and FTTN. It should be noted that FTTH deployment costs have largely dropped over the years as increased volume and improved test tools, like those we offer, are rendering rollouts increasingly simple and efficient. FTTH is also proving to be a low-cost alternative for multi-dwelling units (MDUs) as this network architecture can deliver large amounts of bandwidth at a minimal cost per apartment. We are merely at the early stages of fiber deployments in access networks, both in North America and around the world. It is also worth noting that Western Europe and even China have become increasingly committed to deploying FTTH networks, given their high-population density.
 
As bandwidth growth in access networks continues to increase, it has begun placing a strain on metro rings and core networks. It is also driving the need for higher-speed technologies. For example, 43 Gbit/s   (gigabits per second)   SONET/SDH is now becoming mainstream, while a few network operators are expected to begin 100 Gbit/s Ethernet field trials later in this calendar year. In the long run, these solutions will offer a more economical way to add capacity on saturated network sections, especially if trenches need to be dug in order to deploy new fiber in metro and long-distance routes.
 
These market dynamics affected telecom test and service assurance suppliers in fiscal 2009. However, the tail-end of the economic recession in the United States and Western Europe could continue to delay network investments and necessarily reduce demand for our test and service assurance solutions.
 
For our Life Sciences and Industrial Division, key market trends for the niche markets that we serve include:
 
·  
Industrial UV Spot-Curing: Overall, the end-markets for precision assembled products manufactured with UV curing remains healthy, especially for the assembly of medical devices, despite weaker economic conditions. The optoelectronics market, dominated by high-volume manufacturing in Asia has been significantly affected by the global recession in 2009, but we expect it to begin to recover in 2010 and it is increasingly adopting LED (light emitting diode) UV spot curing equipment.
 
 
 
 
·  
Life Sciences: The fluorescence microscopy market is stable with the majority of the growth happening in live cell and quantitative imaging applications.
·  
Industrial UV Digital Print Ink Curing: The digital print markets that we target are exhibiting flat growth to light decline, due to the global recession in 2009. However, there are indications that they will resume stronger growth in 2010 as printing press equipment continues to make the transition from analog to digital technology.
 
Three-Year Corporate Objectives
 
Our goal is to become a strong market leader in the global telecom test and service assurance industry, mostly with Network Service Providers (NSPs). We are committed to offering the most advanced market-driven solutions that help NSPs efficiently install, commission and run their converged IP fixed-mobile networks. Given the myriad of applications and resultant explosion in bandwidth demand, we are increasingly covering the service and applications layers on a network infrastructure to enable quadruple-play services.
 
To achieve our long-term vision, we plan to expand our leadership position in the portable optical segment, while growing our protocol business even faster to surpass optical in terms of sales. This plan is largely based on profitable organic growth, but it will be supported by strategic acquisitions of typically small to mid-size companies with best-of-class technologies in nascent, high-growth markets complementary to EXFO’s. We also intend to improve our competitive position through strategic alliances and partnerships.
 
In our fiscal 2008 Annual Report, we had established three corporate performance objectives to gauge the success of our overall plan over the next three years:
 
o  
Increase sales significantly faster than the industry growth rate (20% CAGR*)
o  
Grow EBITDA** in dollars faster than sales (>20% CAGR)
o  
Continue raising gross margin (62%)
 
*
Compound annual growth rate
**
EBITDA is defined as net earnings (loss) before interest, income taxes, amortization of property, plant and equipment, amortization of intangible assets, impairment of goodwill and extraordinary gain.
 
Given the global economic recession in fiscal 2009, we adjusted our corporate performance metrics over a new three-year period extending from fiscal 2010 to 2012. We have maintained our 20% sales CAGR objective, proposed to double EBITDA in dollars, and raised our gross margin target to 64% for the newly defined three-year period.
 
 
Corporate Performance Objectives for FY 2010-2012
 
 
Increase sales by a CAGR of 20% or more
 
 
Raise gross margin to 64%
 
 
Double EBITDA in dollars
 
 
We expect these three-year objectives to guide our actions in upcoming years as we are committed to maximizing shareholder value, although there can be no assurance that we will be successful in meeting the objectives.
 
In fiscal 2009, sales and EBITDA decreased 5.9% and 29.7%, respectively, compared to 2008. Most of these come from the negative effect of the global economic recession in fiscal 2009 as well as from currency fluctuations since the beginning of the fiscal year. However, gross margin improved to 61.3% in fiscal 2009 from 58.9% in 2008 despite difficult market conditions and currency fluctuations, due to the contribution of newly acquired Brix Networks and Navtel Communications. See Item 5 - Operating and Financial Review and Prospects for a comprehensive analysis of our sales and gross margin.
 
The EXFO Solution
 
We offer an extensive range of test, measurement and service assurance solutions to the global telecommunications industry. Our success has been largely predicated on our core expertise in producing test equipment for optical telecommunications. We also leverage this expertise to develop products for life sciences and high-precision assembly applications. Our solution is based on the following key attributes:
 

 
 
Modular System Design. In 1996, we established an industry-first by launching the original modular optical test platform. This system design consists of a PC-based, MS Windows-driven platform that can accommodate several test modules performing various types of measurements. We have since developed additional compatible test platforms, including the release of the FTB-500 field-testing platform in 2009, and extended our test module offering for both NSPs and system manufacturers based on the same modular design. Our modular product design provides the following advantages:
 
·  
unlike stand-alone units, new test modules can be rapidly developed to address changing industry requirements;
·  
as customers’ testing requirements change, they can purchase additional modules that are compatible with their previously purchased platforms, thus protecting their initial investments;
·  
our standard graphical user interface reduces training costs because customers are familiar with previously acquired software products;
·  
the flexibility of our systems allows customers to develop customized and automated solutions for their specific test requirements;
·  
our test platforms are PC-based and MS Windows-driven, thus they can support third-party software solutions.
 
High Degree of Technological Innovation. We have established a strong reputation for technological innovation over the last 24 years. We believe this attribute represents a key differentiator for us within a competitive marketplace. Following are some of our industry firsts:
 
·  
the first PC-based modular test platform for field applications;
·  
the first all-in-one optical loss test set combining several instruments;
·  
the first modular platform to combine optical and protocol test solutions;
·  
the first line of portable test instruments designed for FTTx testing;
·  
the first fully integrated Ethernet-over-SONET test solution;
·  
the first distributed PMD analyzer; and
·  
the first portable test solution for characterizing 100 Gbit/s networks.
 
High-Quality Products.   Product quality is an integral part of our solution. Our Quebec City, Canada, operations have maintained ISO 9001 certification since 1994 and they are now certified to the new 2000 edition of the standard. Our manufacturing plant in Shenzhen, China, which started operations in September 2007, is responsible for the production of high-volume, low-complexity telecom products. Our Shenzhen plant follows the same corporate quality standards and was certified ISO-9001 in January 2009. All of our products meet required industry standards, and some of our products meet additional voluntary standards, such as those set by Telcordia, formerly Bellcore, IEC, IETF, ETSI and other industry-leading standards bodies. During manufacturing, each product has a related quality-assurance plan, with rigorous checkpoints, to ensure product conformity. Various tasks in the quality assurance process include quality control, conformity testing, product documentation, product improvement, regulatory compliance, metrology and calibration.
 
Our product designs comply with Directive 2002/96/EC, a legislation enacted by the European Union regarding the disposal of waste electrical and electronic equipment (WEEE), for all products exported to Europe. In regard to the Directive 2002/96/EC (RoHs), test and measurement manufacturers have been provided a limited exemption until 2012.
 

 
 
Products
 
Our test platforms, namely the AXS-200 SharpTESTER, FTB-200 Compact Platform, FTB-500 Platform, and IQS-600 Intelligent Test System, are at the core of our product portfolio. The AXS-200 SharpTESTER is a multi-service, multi-medium handheld test platform designed for characterizing and troubleshooting commercial and residential access networks. It can easily be configured for copper/DSL/triple-play, Ethernet or optical testing applications. The FTB-200 Compact Platform is a two-slot portable test unit optimized for multi-technology, multi-application characterization of metro and access networks. The newly launched FTB-500, which is available in four-slot and eight-slot configurations, provides NSPs with a simple, yet efficient way to perform multiple, advanced test operations for installation, maintenance and troubleshooting applications. Our IQS-600 platform is designed for manufacturing and R&D applications. It tests optical as well as transport and data communications technologies increasingly based on IP. All platforms and related test modules are supported by integrated and highly intuitive graphical user interfaces (GUIs), enabling the user to easily store, handle and retrieve test results and measurement data. In addition, EXFO offers a number of handheld and benchtop test and measurement products, some of which are modular in nature.
 
Following the acquisition of Navtel Communications in March 2008, we offer the InterWatch platform series, a line of advanced hardware and software-based test systems that enable network equipment manufacturers and network service provider labs to fully test their complex digital telecommunications equipment and services more quickly and cost-effectively, while helping to ensure interoperability and reliability. These advanced software and hardware solutions assist customers in the design, integration, installation and acceptance testing of a broad range of Internet Protocol Multimedia Subsystem (IMS)/Next-Generation Network (NGN) telecommunications equipment and services by performing a variety of test functions:
 
·  
Design and feature verification;
·  
Interoperability testing;
·  
Load and stress testing; and
·  
Monitoring and analysis.
 
Following the acquisition of Brix Networks in April 2008, we also offer comprehensive service assurance and performance monitoring systems for advanced IP and carrier Ethernet services such as IPTV, voice-over-IP, IP/MPLS, virtual private networks (VPNs), video on demand, and video conferencing. The Brix System, a family of integrated software and hardware components, proactively monitors quality by providing complete visibility across all IP services, throughout the lifecycle of the service, and across the entire network.
 
Within the Brix System, advanced performance management applications, running on a central-site software engine, called BrixWorx, analyze and display performance data collected from the measurement sources, like Brix Verifiers and native network elements deployed throughout the network being monitored. Brix Verifiers execute protocol-specific tests to precisely calculate crucial availability and performance metrics through proactive testing, ongoing monitoring, and the collection of data directly from infrastructure devices.
 
BrixWorx provides all performance data analysis, configuration, and management for the distributed Brix System, while test suites offer broad and deep visibility into the performance of converged network services.
 
Furthermore, EXFO offers network monitoring systems and test probes used in third-party network monitoring solutions.
 

 
 
The following table summarizes the principal types of test instruments for the telecommunications industry, typical applications and the formats in which we offer them:
 
Instrument Type
Typical Application
NSP Market
Manufacturer
/R&D Market
   
FTB 500 Modules
FTB 200 Modules
AXS 200 Modules
Handhelds
IQS-600
Modules
Bench top Instruments
               
ADSL/ADSL2+ Service Verification Tool
Based on a DSL “golden modem”, these units are used to test the function, speed and quality of a DSL service at the subscriber premises.
   
X
X
   
               
Broadband source
Used for testing wavelength-dependent behavior of fiber cables and dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) optical components.
       
X
X
               
Chromatic dispersion analyzer
Measures increasing levels of chromatic dispersion in high-capacity optical networks.  Chromatic dispersion is a physical phenomenon inherent to optical fiber and optical components that causes information bits to spread along a network.  This degrades the quality of the transmission signal and, in turn, limits the transmission speed carried by optical networks.
X
         
               
Clip-on coupling device
Clips to an optical fiber and allows non-invasive testing.
     
X
   
               
Fibre Channel tester
Brings FC-0, FC-1 and FC-2 logical layer Fibre Channel testing to services delivered via transport protocols, such as dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM), SONET/SDH and dark fiber. It provides valuable timing information and buffer credit estimation for Fibre Channel network deployment.
X
X
   
X
 
               
Gigabit Ethernet tester
Measures data integrity for high-speed Internet protocol telecommunications in metro and edge networks.
X
X
X
 
X
 
               
10 Gigabit Ethernet tester
Benchmarks and verifies high-speed 10 Gbit/s Ethernet network performance and service-level agreements.
X
X
   
X
 
               
HDTV, SDTV and IPTV service test instrument
Used to test the quality and functionality of standard and high definition television signals that are delivered over higher-rate ADSL, ADSL2+ and VDSL2 transmission technologies.
     
X
   
               
Laser spectrum analyzer
Performs high-resolution, spectral characterization of continuous CW laser sources
         
X
               
Telephone for traditional voice and VoIP service testing
Used by telephone line and DSL installers to test the proper functioning of both traditional and next-generation voice and data communication services.
     
X
   
               
Live fiber detector
Clips on to a fiber and is used to detect the presence and direction of a signal without interrupting the traffic.
     
X
   
               
Loss test set
Integrates a power meter and a light source to manually or automatically measure the loss of optical signal along a fiber.
X
X
X
X
X
X
               
Narrowly tunable laser
A laser that can be precisely tuned to simulate a DWDM light sources.  Used primarily for testing optical amplifiers.
       
X
 
               
Next-generation SONET/SDH analyzer
Full SONET/SDH protocol testing functionality, including support for generic framing procedure (GFP), virtual concatenation (VCAT), and link-capacity adjustment scheme (LCAS) next generation enhancements.
X
     
X
 
               
Optical coupler
Used in test system to combine sources or signals.  Also uses as splitters to monitor signals.
       
X
 
               
Optical power meter
Measures the power of an optical signal.  It is the basic tool for the verification of transmitters, amplifiers and optical transmission path integrity.
X
X
 
X
X
X
               
Optical power reference module
Provides a highly accurate and traceable measurement of power for the calibration or verification of other power measurement instruments.
       
X
 
 
 
 
 
Instrument Type
Typical Application
NSP Market
Manufacturer
/R&D Market
   
FTB 500 Modules
FTB 200 Modules
AXS 200 Modules
Handhelds
IQS-600
Modules
Bench top Instruments
               
Optical return loss meter
Combines a laser and a power meter to measure the amount of potentially degrading back reflection.
X
X
 
X
X
 
               
Optical spectrum analyzer
Produces a graphical representation of power versus wavelength for an optical signal. Useful for measuring the drift, power and signal-to-noise ratio for each wavelength in a DWDM system.
X
         
               
Optical switch
Provides switching between fibers. Used to provide flexible and automated test setups such as the measurement of multiple fibers or components with multiple ports with one instrument.
X
     
X
 
               
Optical time domain reflectometer
(OTDR)
Like a radar, it measures the time of arrival of reflections of an optical signal to determine the distance to the breaks or points of excessive loss in a fiber network.
X
X
 
X
   
               
Passive component analyzer
Characterizes passive wavelength-selective devices, such as multiplexers, demultiplexers and add/drop filters, with respect to absolute wavelength in order to guarantee their performance within dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) systems.
         
X
               
Passive optical network (PON) power meter
Determines the power level of various signal types, including continuous (e.g., TV signal at 1550 nm) and framed (e.g., ATM or Ethernet at 1490 nm or 1310 nm) within a passive optical network. Various baud rates are covered, ranging from 155 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s, for both synchronous and non-synchronous signals.
     
X
   
               
Polarization-dependent loss meter
Measures the difference in loss of power for the different states of polarization.
       
X
 
               
Polarization mode dispersion analyzer
Measures the dispersion of light that is caused by polarization. Generally used to determine the speed-distance limitation of fiber and cables.
X
         
               
SONET/ SDH analyzer
Provides accurate bit-error rate and performance analysis of SONET/SDH overhead format that reflects the quality of a transmission system.
X
X
   
X
 
               
Stable light source
Emitting diode or lasers used in connection with a power meter to measure signal loss.
X
   
X
X
X
               
Synchronization analyzer
Portable, stand-alone tester for network synchronization analysis and wander measurement in wireless and wireline transport networks.
         
X
               
Talk set
A device that attaches to an optical fiber and serves as a temporary voice link facilitating coordination of work among installation crews.
X
   
X
   
               
Telephone wire analyzer
Used by telecommunications service providers that have networks that are comprised mostly or partially of twisted-pair local loops to ensure that those loops are of sufficient quality to carry higher-frequency signals required for DSL.
     
X
   
               
Variable optical attenuator
Used in network simulation setups to provide calibrated variable reduction of the strength of an optical signal.
     
X
X
X
               
Visual fault locator
A visible laser that can be connected to an optical fiber network to help locate breaks or points of excessive loss.
X
X
 
X
   
               
Widely tunable laser
Can produce laser light across a broad range of wavelengths. Used to test DWDM components and value-added optical modules.
       
X
X

 
 
 
Products for Network Service Providers
 
Test Equipment
 
We offer an extensive range of field-portable test, measurement and monitoring solutions that are mainly used by network service providers and can also be utilized by network equipment manufacturers. These products are available as handheld test instruments, portable platforms with related modules, and as rack-mount chassis with related modules. Our handheld instruments are durable, compact and easy to use. Our AXS-200 SharpTESTER platform, which is designed for entry-level field technicians in access networks, can easily be configured for copper/DSL/triple-play, Ethernet or optical testing applications. Since the introduction of the AXS-200 SharpTESTER in 2008, we have released several access test solutions, such as Ethernet/IP, 30 MHz copper and ADSL2+ triple-play test modules; several others will be released in upcoming months. Our FTB-200 Compact Platform, designed for the “super field technician”, holds up to two interchangeable modules that are fully compatible with our more advanced FTB-500 platform. Test technologies well-suited for the FTB-200 Compact Platform include a wide range of singlemode and multimode optical time-domain reflectometers (OTDRs), automated optical loss test sets (OLTSs), SONET/SDH analyzers from DS0 up to OC-192, as well as Gigabit Ethernet (GigE) and 10 Gigabit Ethernet testers. Our third-generation field-testing platform, the FTB-500, is available in two configurations. The four-slot model is designed for datacom testing, OTDR analysis, optical loss, and Ethernet (up to 10 Gbit/s) testing. The eight-slot model is a high-performance, multiple-protocol unit that allows users to combine next-generation SONET/SDH functions with Ethernet, Fibre Channel and optical-layer testing capabilities. It also supports dispersion characterization (PMD and CD), as well as DWDM/ROADM testing with optical spectrum analysis. Our portable platforms are PC-centric, Windows-based, highly flexible and fully scalable. Their large robust touchscreens are very practical for field use.
 
Service Assurance Systems
 
We also offer a family of service assurance and performance monitoring solutions, collectively known as the Brix System, to network service provider labs and large enterprises. The following describes the software and hardware elements of the Brix System:
 
Centralized Management and Correlation -- BrixWorx
 
BrixWorx represents the core of the Brix System.   BrixWorx provides network- and service-wide control, visibility, and analysis for the fully integrated Brix System. Using the BrixWorx Operations Center user interface, administrators remotely control each component of the system and can easily configure and modify all aspects of the geographically distributed network of Verifiers and third-party measurement sources, including: choosing the desired performance tests and configuring their parameters, threshold values, and schedules.
 
The BrixWorx unified correlation engine quickly turns data into actionable information through a visualization layer for service-level agreement (SLA) conformance, root-cause analysis, troubleshooting, usage patterns, and trending.
 
The highly scalable BrixWorx architecture easily accommodates hundreds of thousands of Brix Verifier test points and third-party measurement sources.
 
Visualisation and Business Intelligence -- BrixView
 
Seamlessly integrated with the BrixWorx correlation engine, BrixView enables the flexible presentation of performance and quality information to all decision makers. With interactive dashboard views, customizable reporting packages, and individual content portals, BrixView delivers fast, simple access to information when it is needed and in the format it is needed for all levels of users across an organization.
 
BrixView produces visualization and reports of varying levels to allow a broad audience to take the appropriate actions. With the appropriate information, network operators spend less time working with static charts and spreadsheets, and business owners and executives have the information and insights they need to make intelligent decisions and drive business value for the organization.
 

 
 
Testing Across the Entire Network -- Brix Verifiers
 
Installed at customer premise locations, the Brix Verifiers’ various interfaces include Ethernet, ATM, and Euro/ISDN PRI. Similarly, Verifier test capacity scales from the modest requirements of an enterprise branch office running hundreds of tests to a network core running hundreds of thousands of tests.
 
In addition to Brix Verifiers, the Brix System also supports selected third-party measurement sources. Brix Verifiers are designed for long-term 24x7 deployments in the lights-out, production networks of service providers and enterprises. Once a Brix Verifier is deployed, administrators do not need to locally access it again.
 
End-to-End IP/MPLS/Carrier Ethernet Service Assurance:  BrixNGN
 
The network core is the heart of the service delivery network, and where successful providers’ service assurance strategies start. To effectively guarantee end-to-end SLAs and meet customers’ requirements, providers must implement a service assurance solution that provides visibility from the provider edge and to end-users, while allowing segmented views of service quality for problem isolation. By continually monitoring the performance and quality of real-time IP and carrier Ethernet services, and not just the physical network devices, BrixNGN provides the most effective service assurance solution.
 
With BrixNGN, providers can continuously collect, correlate, analyze, and visualize critical quality of service (QoS) and quality of experience (QoE) data from the network core to the customer endpoint for capacity planning, verifying service turn-ups, and identifying, diagnosing, and quickly resolving network and service performance issues before customers are impacted—thereby guaranteeing quality.
 
The BrixNGN software module performs proactive monitoring of the network core, extended Ethernet and IP networks between partners and customers, and data services, including E-mail, web-based applications, file transfers, and more.  BrixNGN enables early detection and quick resolution of service affecting issues.
 
Performance Monitoring for IP Video: BrixVision
 
The BrixVision product line is a family of IPTV service assurance products that measure the end-to-end quality of IP-based video services and validate the performance of video broadcast, on-demand channel, over-the-top video, and video-conferencing quality. The BrixVision product line provides full service lifecycle performance monitoring for IP Video services such as broadcast TV, video on demand, gaming, and videoconferencing. BrixVision provides visibility into service performance using a combination of proactive testing and user transaction generation, passive monitoring, and the collection of performance metrics from service delivery or home network devices.
 
Voice over IP Testing and Monitoring: BrixCall
 
BrixCall provides comprehensive visibility into the performance of live VoIP traffic to ensure call quality from the network core to customer care.  Deployed in conjunction with the Brix family of Verifiers, BrixCall is an integrated component of EXFO Service Assurance’s live call monitoring solution and employs Brix Verifiers to monitor call signaling and media traffic throughout the network with the advanced BrixCall stream correlation and analysis engine.  The solution delivers a single detailed Call Quality Report for each call monitored as well as visibility across all monitored calls.
 
In addition, the BrixCall dashboard presents critical information about the current state of the service, including all performance threshold violations, call disposition, average Mean Opinion Score (MOS), peak call volume and bandwidth utilization, answer seizure and network efficiency ratios, and call duration information.
 
BrixCall features the unique Brix Tri-Q Analysis, and graphically displays the impact of each of the elements that contribute to a user’s satisfaction with a call — signaling quality, delivery quality, and call quality.
 

 
 
The following table summarizes the principal service assurance solutions we provide as well as their typical applications:
 
Service Assurance Solutions
Product Type
Product
Typical Application
Software Products
BrixWorx
Central site operations center
 
BrixCall
Advanced analysis and correlation of VoIP calls
 
BrixVision
Advanced analysis and correlation of live video sessions
 
BrixNGN
Network core and MPLS analysis, correlation and reporting
Brix Verifier
Brix 100M Verifier
Customer premise end point monitoring
 
Brix 1000 Verifier
Network edge and lower capacity monitoring
 
Brix 2500 Verifier
Network core, at a higher capacity
 
Brix 3500T Verifier
PSTN monitoring
 
Brix 4100 Verifier family
In-network live voice or video monitoring
 
Products for Network Equipment/Component Manufacturers
 
Test Equipment
 
Our network equipment/component vendor solutions, mainly built around our IQS-600 platform, are available as test modules or stand-alone benchtop instruments. The next-generation IQS-600 platform can efficiently run as many as 100 optical test modules using a single controller unit. The IQS-600 platform is equipped with the software and hardware technology to support single-button operation for automated testing. Its system-based approach – one box, several test modules – combined with an open architecture (PXI, Windows, LabVIEW™, etc.) and ease of programming, produces a highly flexible test environment.
 
The IQS-600 also provides backward compatibility with recent IQ-generation test modules, while delivering all the power and advantages of a next-generation platform. EXFO’s wide selection of high-performance test modules includes high-speed power meters, light sources, WDM laser sources, tunable laser sources, variable attenuators, multi-wavelength meters, polarization-dependent loss (PDL) and optical return loss (ORL) meters, polarization controllers and optical switches.
 
Our system/component vendor solutions also address testing issues that cannot be handled by standard test modules or stand-alone benchtop instruments. Over the years, we have developed a number of integrated test systems and offer them as off-the-shelf solutions to suit a wide range of customer needs. In addition, we have created a software development kit for developers who prefer writing their own programs for our instruments. Following is a list of integrated test systems that we provide for characterizing optical components, subsystems and networks:
 
·   CWDM/FTTH passive optical component test system
Used to automatically characterize all critical specifications, including spectral insertion loss, polarization-dependent loss and optical return loss of a CWDM passive component or a FTTH splitter with a high degree of accuracy, ease of use and speed.
 
·   Cable assembly and component test system
Used to perform insertion loss and mandrel-free reflection measurements with the highest degree of accuracy and repeatability on short fiber assemblies (including multifiber patchcords, hybrids and fan-out patchcords) and components like PLC splitters and fiber arrays.
 
·   DWDM passive component test system
Used to automatically characterize all critical specifications, including spectral insertion loss, polarization-dependent loss and optical return loss of a DWDM passive component with a high degree of accuracy, ease of use and speed.



 
Following the acquisition of PicoSolve Inc. in February 2009, we also offer advanced test solutions for network equipment manufacturers in the process of developing ultra high-speed optical networks.
 
PSO-200 Optical Modulation Analyzer
 
The PSO-200 is the first turn-key optical modulation analyzer for complete characterization of signals up to 100 GBaud. Very high-speed network transmission is enabled through the efficient modulation of signals, whether it is phase, amplitude or both. To design 100G systems based on such advanced modulation schemes and to make sure they are ready for deployment, network equipment manufacturers (NEMs) have used in-house test solutions, which are often complex or limited. The introduction of the PSO-200 Optical Modulation Analyzer changes the picture as engineers working in R&D labs and manufacturing environments now have access to a turnkey and comprehensive test instrument that makes bandwidth limitation irrelevant.
 
PSO-100 Optical Sampling Oscilloscope Series
 
The PSO-100 Series are the industry's fastest sampling oscilloscopes, allowing characterization of optical signals at data rates up to 640 Gbits/s. The PSO-100 all optical sampling oscilloscopes enable distortion-free, eye-diagram analysis and pattern visualization within existing high-speed optical networks.
 
IMS/VoIP Test Systems
 
InterWatch Product Line
 
In addition, we offer a line of hardware modules and Solaris TM software-based telecommunications test products operating on a common hardware platform range. This product line consists of the QA-604 platform that was introduced in April 2009 and the InterWatch R14 system. Our products simulate both network subscribers and network elements used in emerging IMS and next-generation networks.
 
We maintain a library of software modules that provide test support for a large number of standardized industry protocols and variants. Our emphasis is on testing complex, high-level and emerging protocols, including IP Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) and IP Telephony (Voice over IP or VoIP).
 
Our extensive technical know-how and proprietary software development tools enable us to implement test support for new protocols and protocol variants rapidly in response to customer needs. With their extensive libraries of software protocol test modules, large selection of proprietary hardware physical interfaces and versatile range of hardware platforms, our products are easily configured to support a wide variety of digital testing functions, thereby reducing a customer’s need for multiple test systems. In addition, the systems’ multi-protocol, multi-user capabilities allow multiple complex testing operations to be performed simultaneously, helping our customers to accelerate their product development cycles.
 
Our InterWatch test systems consist of advanced proprietary software together with our proprietary hardware interface and co-processor cards. When acquiring a system, customers typically license one or more software modules and purchase hardware and ongoing software support. Customers may upgrade their systems by purchasing additional software protocol test modules and additional hardware interfaces to meet future testing needs. Prices for our systems vary widely depending upon the overall system configuration parameters, including the number and type of software protocol modules and the number of physical interfaces required by the customer.
 
Applications
 
The principal applications of our InterWatch test systems are:
 
Feature Verification.   Our systems are used to perform feature verification by simulating one or more network devices and testing a wide variety of possible scenarios to establish if the device under test can handle all features specified by the protocol. Users are able to initiate multiple simultaneous calls across one or many links, create correct call scenarios, send messages out of sequence to verify error response mechanisms and verify a voice or data path.
 

 
 
Interoperability Testing.   Our systems are used to simulate one or more network devices, emulating their actions and responses. By simulating various network devices, such as digital switches, network access nodes and network databases, our products assist engineers with the cost-effective development of equipment that will be compatible with other devices in the networks within which they will be deployed. This helps ensure that network equipment will interoperate reliably, thereby reducing costly failures after installation.
 
Load and Stress Testing.   Our systems are used to verify that a device under test can successfully handle its designed traffic capacity and that its performance will degrade gracefully, rather than fail completely, when stressed beyond its specifications. The scalable architectures of the systems significantly improve our ability to address our customers’ growing need to generate and maintain high traffic volumes for load testing.
 
Voice and Video Quality Analysis. Our systems are used to simulate subscribers’ voice and video traffic and measure the impact on the quality of customer experience (QoE). This type of testing helps ensure that the network can deliver an acceptable quality of voice and video to customers even when subjected to large volumes of network traffic.
 
Products for Life Sciences and Industrial Applications
 
Over the years, we have developed and acquired a number of core technologies that we leverage in selected high-precision assembly and life sciences markets. For example, we offer several light-based curing solutions for optical component manufacturing applications and have adapted our approach for other industries, such as semiconductor, microelectronic, and medical device manufacturing, in order to maximize revenues. Our Omnicure ® systems deliver precise doses of the appropriate spectral light onto photosensitive adhesives to significantly reduce bonding time and increase repeatability. These light-based curing systems, supported by patented optical feedback, thermal control and radiometry technology, produce a high-quality bonding solution. Our technology and application knowledge place us at the forefront of this market.
 
Another key product line is the X-Cite fluorescence illumination systems for microscope manufacturers.  X-Cite systems deliver excellent image quality and at least 2000 hours of lamp life, which is over 60% longer than previous models and up to 10 times longer than conventional illumination systems. 
 
X-Cite systems are self-contained illumination units separate from a microscope.  A simple light guide attachment through custom-coupling optics ensures a uniformly illuminated field of view with no heat from the lamp being transferred to the microscope.  Models range from the basic X-Cite 120XL for routine imaging applications to the full-featured X-Cite Exacte, designed to provide maximum illumination stability and control for the most advanced live cell research. 
 
The following table summarizes the principal types of high-precision assembly and life science solutions we provide as well as their typical applications:
 
Light Sources and Accessories
Product Type
Product
Typical Application
UV Curing Light Sources
Omnicure® S1000
Omnicure® S1500
Omnicure® S2000
Used to initiate photo chemical reactions in polymer-based materials for a variety of end use applications. Examples include adhesive curing for manufacturing of high value-added items such as medical devices, micro-electronic and opto-electronic components, displays, and data storage devices.
    UV LED Curing Light Sources     Omnicure® LX300  
Fluorescent Light Sources
X-Cite® 120XL
X-Cite® 120 PC
X-Cite® exacte
Fluorescence light source that attaches directly to most microscopes currently sold by major microscopes manufacturers.
Optical Accessories
 
Optional custom delivery optics used with EXFO UV light sources to tailor the properties of light beams to end-user applications.
 
 
 
 
Light Sources and Accessories
Product Type
Product
Typical Application
High Power Fiber Light Guide
 
Provides an equal distribution of light energy to multiple cure sites with 50% more throughput than standard fiber guides.
UV LED Curing Pinning System
Excelerate TM PIN-100
Excelerate TM PIN-101
Used to pin (partially cure) UV ink immediately after jetting to enhance the management of drop size and image integrity, minimizing the unwanted mixing of drops and providing the highest possible image quality and the sharpest color rendering.
Optical   Instruments
Product Type
Product
Typical Application
Radiometer
R5000
R2000
X-Cite® Radiometer
Handheld, broadband optical radiometers used in conjunction with EXFO UV light sources to ensure process quality control at the end-user location.
Cure-Site Radiometer
 
Attachments for the R2000 and R5000 radiometers that enable optical measurements under customer specific configurations. Examples include the cure-ring radiometer, which measures the output power of light from an EXFO cure ring; ideal for applications that requires a uniform 360° exposure.
Precision Positioning Instruments
Product Type
Product Line
Typical Application
Micromanipulators
PCS-6000 Micromanipulators
Electrophysiology research such as patch clamp recording experiments on cells from the brain and central nervous system.
PCS-5000 Micromanipulators
Microscope Platforms
Gibraltar Platform/Stage
Stable mechanical platforms that facilitate cellular research with micropositioning and microinjection systems.
Microinjection Systems
MIS-5000 Microinjection manipulator
Microinjection and nuclear transfer for genetics and reproductive sciences research.
 
Research and Development
 
We believe that our future success largely depends on our ability to maintain and enhance our core technologies and product functionality. To keep developing new products and enhancements, it is important that we retain and recruit highly skilled personnel. Our Telecom Division’s research and development department is headed by a Vice-President of Research and Development, while our Life Sciences and Industrial Division has a Director of Research and Development.
 
In fiscal 2009, we continued to increase our software development capabilities at our R&D center in India at a lower cost. We had initially acquired a small outsourcing company based in Pune, India. Today, this group is our largest R&D center with 152 employees.
 

 
 
As of November 2, 2009, our research and development departments included 454 full-time engineers, scientists and technicians, of whom 121 hold post-graduate degrees. Gross research and development expenditures in fiscal 2009 reached $35.8 million, compared to $32.5 million in 2008 and $25.2 million in 2007. We launched 26 new products in fiscal 2009 compared to 27 in 2008 and 20 in 2007. Approximately 38% of sales in fiscal 2009 originated from products that have been on the market two years or less compared to 35% in 2008 and 34% in 2007.
 
Through market-oriented product portfolio review processes at our telecom sites in Quebec City, Canada, Montreal, Canada, Concord, Canada, Chelmsford (MA), USA, and Pune, India, we ensure that our investments in research and development are aligned with our market opportunities and customers’ needs. This process enables us to maximize our returns on R&D investments by focusing our resources on prioritized projects. Quarterly product portfolio review meetings enable us to select a realistic, balanced mix of new products and allocate the necessary resources for their development. All our projects, including those already underway, are reviewed, given a priority rating and allocated budgets and resources. Our existing projects can be stopped or substantially redefined if there have been significant changes in market conditions, or if the project development schedule or budget have significantly changed.
 
To manage our research projects once they are underway, we use a structured management process known as the stage-gate approach. The stage-gate approach is based on a systematic review of a project’s progress at various stages of its life cycle. The following are the key review stages of the stage-gate approach:
 
·  
market study and research feasibility;
·  
product definition;
·  
development feasibility;
·  
development;
·  
qualification; and
·  
transfer to production.
 
At each stage, we review our project risks, costs and estimated completion time. We compare our design to anticipated market needs and ensure that our new product development is synchronized with other internal departments and external industry events. Adherence to these inter-related portfolio review and stage-gate processes enabled us to be named winners of the Outstanding Corporate Innovator Award in 2000 by the U.S.-based Product Development and Management Association.
 
We also maintain research and development programs for our life sciences and industrial activities in Toronto, Canada. The product development process is managed using a similar stage-gate process, and projects are reviewed and approved through a quarterly portfolio review. The future success of our life sciences and industrial operations largely depends on our ability to maintain and enhance our core technology in light-based curing, fluorescence illumination systems and piezoelectric positioning.
 
Strong R&D capabilities at our Life Sciences and Industrial Division site in Toronto, Canada have made it possible to bring a number of successful new products to market quickly and retain customer intimacy. In the process, it has enhanced our ability to customize products for special applications and to develop original equipment manufacturing (OEM) products under partnerships and exclusive contracts. Outside consultants are often used for added support in areas like software development, mechanical design and rapid prototyping.
 

 
 
Customers
 
Our global and diversified telecom customer base relies on our test and service assurance solutions to enable optical networks to perform optimally during their complete life cycles: research, development, manufacturing, installation, maintenance and monitoring. We also have selected customers in high-precision assembly and life science sectors that require our solutions to render them more efficient in their respective fields. Our telecom customers include network service providers, cable television companies, public utilities, private network operators, third-party installers, equipment rental companies, large enterprises, network equipment manufacturers, component vendors and laboratory researchers. Our life science and industrial customers consist of major manufacturers of medical devices, microelectronics, optical displays, electronic storage systems, photonic components and microscopes, as well as universities, medical schools, governments, and private and industrial research laboratories. Our UV digital print customers consist of printing equipment manufacturers who develop products for label production and product marking. In fiscal 2009, our top customer accounted for 11.6% of our sales and our top three customers represented 17.8% of our sales. In comparison, in 2008 our top customer accounted for 7.4% of sales and our top three customers represented 13.1%, while in 2007, our top customer accounted for 14.7% of sales and our top three customers represented 19.6%.
 
With regard to geographic distribution, sales to customers in the Americas (US, Canada, Central and Latin America) represented 57% of our sales in fiscal 2009, while sales to customers in EMEA (Europe, Middle East and Africa) and Asia-Pacific accounted for 27% and 16% of sales, respectively. In comparison, the Americas, EMEA and Asia-Pacific accounted for 56%, 28% and 16% of sales, respectively, in 2008, and 59%, 27% and 14%, respectively, in 2007.
 
Sales
 
We sell our telecom test, measurement and service assurance solutions through direct and indirect sales channels in the Americas (US, Canada, Central and South America) and around the world.
 
In the Americas, we use a hybrid model, combining key account management with direct and indirect sales coverage. We typically use key account managers to serve large customers that generate high sales volumes or might potentially represent high sales volumes in the future. These key account managers are supplemented by regional sales managers, sales engineers, sales representatives and distributors in US as well as Central and South American metropolitan areas, and regional sales managers in Canada.
 
We opt for a direct sales approach when selling higher-end, highly technical products to sophisticated buyers. Sales of low- to medium-level complexity products to less stringent technical buyers are usually done through a manufacturer representative organization supported by regional sales managers. Our main sales offices and service centers in the Americas are located in Plano, Texas, Quebec City, Canada, and Concord, Canada. They are supplemented by a regional presence in cities across the US, Central and South America, as well as Canada.
 
On the international front, we have sales personnel covering strategic areas such as the EMEA (Europe, Middle-East and Africa) and APAC (Asia-Pacific) regions. Our sales network in EMEA is supported by a main office and service center in Southampton, UK, which maintains our head of European sales operations and also provides repair and calibration services for our EMEA customers. We also have additional sales offices in multiple countries across EMEA to serve and support our various customers and distributors.
 
As for APAC, our main sales offices for South East Asia is located in Singapore, while our main sales representative offices for mainland China are located in Shenzhen and Beijing, which also acts as a service center to better serve our customer base in that geographic area. In addition, we have other sales offices in strategic locations around the world to support our network of distributors and various customers.
 
We rely on a network of more than 90 distributors worldwide to work with us in supporting mostly our international sales and to participate in a large number of international events. We believe that the local presence and cultural attributes of our distributors allow us to better serve our global markets.
 

 
 
Our direct telecom sales team consists of a Vice-President of Sales for the Americas and a Vice-President of International Sales. They are supported by nine regional sales directors that are leading a widely distributed team of more than 121 people acting as key account managers, regional sales managers, sales engineers and application engineers. Our sales people are located throughout major metropolitan areas around the world. This group of sales professionals has on average more than 15 years of experience in the fields of telecommunications, fiber optics, or test and measurement. We also have an in-house Customer Service Group to meet the needs of existing and new customers. This group is responsible for providing quotations to customers, supporting our sales force, managing demonstration units, order management, technical support and training as well as calibration and repair services.
 
Following the acquisitions of Navtel Communications and Brix Networks (renamed EXFO Service Assurance Inc.) in 2008, sales responsibilities within our Telecom Division were modified. Navtel Communications’ sales team was fully integrated within the Telecom Division, while EXFO Service Assurance’s sales force remained stand-alone as its systems are more complex than traditional test equipment and require longer sales cycles. EXFO Service Assurance, with its main sales office located in Chelmsford, MA, USA, consists of regionally based account executives and sales engineers that target carriers, service providers and cable MSOs. Regional sales offices are located in Southampton, England, Singapore and Beijing, China.
 
EXFO Service Assurance sells its solutions mainly through direct channels in the Americas (US, Canada, Central and Latin America) and around the world. In the EMEA and Asia/Pac regions, its sales teams work with resellers that have a strong local presence.
 
The main office for our Life Sciences and Industrial Division is located in Toronto, Canada. We use mixed sales channels to serve various markets supported by this division, depending on product line and geography. Optical light sources and related accessories used for industrial applications are sold in North America through a network of more than 10 manufacturer representatives and, internationally, through a network of more than 20 distributors. UV light sources for digital print applications are sold directly to customers globally. The X-Cite 120 and Exacte Fluorescence Illumination Systems are sold through value-added reseller agreements with major microscope companies and system integrators in North America and Europe. Positioning products are sold directly to customers in North America, which includes the United States and Canada, and internationally through a network of technical distributors. To gain additional access to the positioning life science research market in the United States and Canada, business relationships are in place with major microscope manufacturers, which include Nikon, Olympus and Zeiss. These companies often combine the sale of their microscopes with our product.
 
Product Management, Marketing/Communications and Global Services
 
Product Management
 
Our telecom test and measurement Product Management Group consists of one Vice-President responsible for our Optical, Transport & Datacom, Copper Access, and IMS/VoIP product lines – as well as directors and product managers who have various degrees in engineering, science and business administration. Directors and product managers, under the direction of the Vice-President, are responsible for all aspects of our telecom marketing program including product strategy, new product introductions, definition of new features and functions, pricing, product launches and advertising campaigns. We follow up our marketing initiatives by attending industry trade shows. Furthermore, we have a customer relationship management (CRM) system to compile market and customer information including forecasts, opportunities, leads and competitive data. We use this information to make strategic business decisions. Finally, strategic marketing specialists analyze our markets of interests, compile competitive information and identify macro-trends in our sector.
 
Our Service Assurance activities fall under the management of a separate Vice-President/General Manager, who is supported by a Director and Product Managers responsible for product strategy, new product introductions, definition of new features and functions, pricing, product launches and advertising campaigns.
 

 
 
Our Life Sciences and Industrial Group consists of a Director – responsible for both life sciences and precision assembly sectors – as well as product managers who have various degrees in engineering, science and business administration. Product managers, under the direction of the Director, are responsible for all aspects of their business line marketing programs including product strategy, new product introductions, definition of new features and functions, pricing, product launches and advertising campaigns.
 
The Telecom Division product management group and the Life Sciences and Industrial Division product management group include 59 and 11 employees, respectively.
 
Marketing/Communications
 
The Telecom Division’s Marketing-Communications team, which mainly consists of project managers, marketing writers, translators and graphic artists, supports our Product Management Group by producing marketing and corporate documentation. Literature includes specification sheets, application notes, product catalogues, advertising copy and an electronic corporate newsletter. This Marketing-Communications team is also responsible for all sales tools required by our worldwide sales force and for updating the marketing contents of our website. This team falls under the responsibility of the Vice-President, Telecom Product Management and Marketing.
 
The Life Sciences & Industrial Division’s Marketing-Communications team shares a variety of marketing initiatives.  This group is assisted by product managers, who provide the technical data and collaborative support required to produce product specification sheets, catalogues, application notes and multimedia marketing tools. This Marketing-Communications team is responsible for all advertising material, Website updates, events planning (including trade shows) and direct promotional marketing such as mass mailings and telemarketing.  This team also provides the sales tools required by the Life Sciences and Industrial Division’s worldwide sales channels, including maintaining our elite partner program. This team falls under the responsibility of the Director of Marketing for the Life Sciences and Industrial Division.
 
Global Services
 
EXFO’s Global Services operation, which falls under the responsibility of a Director, provides customers with a broad array of support and services worldwide. This team has direct staff in North America, Europe, and Asia. It also provides local support in other regions through select partners. Such a strategy enables EXFO to have a global reach while maintaining strong local ties.
 
This team’s objective is to directly contribute to the customer’s success and to achieve EXFO’s long-term mission by providing internal and customer-facing services.  Specifically, it fulfills its mission by offering:
 
·  
Customer Relationship Management (CRM) Administration – Business Ownership of EXFO’s CRM toolset and evolution.
 
·  
Sales Support – Leverage the effectiveness of its sales force by providing pre-sales and demo support, as well as guiding customers in purchasing the correct equipment for their respective applications, issuing quotations, and promoting the Flexcare extended warranty service and support program.
 
·  
Order Management – Accurately process customer orders from entry through fulfillment and delivery.
 
·  
Customer Service – Serve as a primary interface for inbound and outbound customer communication. Provide customers with one central point of contact and work with the customer from purchasing equipment to helping them arrange for service, if necessary.
 
·  
Product Support – Provide expert technical support and deliver product service worldwide. Directly manage EXFO’s Worldwide Service Centers. Where applicable, furnish installation and on-site servicing for more complex equipment and applications.
 

 
 
·  
Systems Services – Provide pre-sale, delivery, post-sale technical support, and system actualization of EXFO’s test and service assurance systems.
 
·  
Education Services – Aggregate expertise, develop material, and deliver free and fee-based training.
 
 
·  
Professional Services – Provide value-added solution services for EXFO’s test and system customers.
 
Manufacturing
 
Our telecom manufacturing operations consist mainly of material planning, procurement, sub-assembly, final assembly and test, software loading, calibration, quality control, shipping, billing and customs management. As at November 2, 2009, we had 314 employees involved in our telecom manufacturing operations. Most of our telecom manufacturing activities, which occupy a total of approximately 115,000 square feet, are spread among four buildings: two in Quebec City, Canada, one in Shenzhen, China, and one in Chelmsford, MA, USA.
 
These manufacturing operations include the following responsibilities:
 
·  
Production.   From production planning to product shipment, our production department is responsible for manufacturing high-quality products on time. Factories are organized in work cells; each cell consists of specialized technicians and equipment and has full responsibility over a product family. Technicians are cross-trained and versatile enough, so that they can carry out specific functions in more than one cell. This allows shorter lead times by alleviating bottlenecks.
 
·  
Product Engineering and Quality.   This department, which supports our production cells, acts like a gatekeeper to ensure the quality of our products and the effectiveness of our manufacturing processes. It is responsible for the transfer of products from research and development to manufacturing, product improvement, documentation, metrology, and the quality control and regulatory compliance process. Quality control represents a key element in our manufacturing operations. Quality is assured through product testing at numerous stages in the manufacturing process to ensure that our products meet stringent industry requirements and our customers’ performance requirements.
 
·  
Supply-Chain Management.   This department is responsible for sales forecasting, raw material procurement, material-cost reduction and vendor performance management. Our products consist of optical, electronic and mechanical parts, which are purchased from suppliers around the world. Approximately one-third of our parts are manufactured to our specifications. Materials represent the biggest portion of our cost of goods. Our performance is tightly linked to vendor performance, requiring greater emphasis on this critical aspect of our business.
 
Our Life Sciences and Industrial Division’s manufacturing operations occupy 8,000 square feet in Toronto, Canada and 23 employees were involved in manufacturing operations as at November 2, 2009 . This group manufactures light sources and related accessories, fluorescence illumination systems and precise positioning equipment for the life sciences and high-precision assembly markets. Operations consist of manufacturing, procurement, warehousing, quality control and document control managed by various elements of the ISO 9001 certified quality system. Recognizing the importance of reduced time-to-market for our solutions, we have focused efforts on designing products with an emphasis on standardization, modularity, as well as ease of fabrication and assembly. Following are key manufacturing responsibilities in Toronto, Canada:
 
Manufacturing – consists primarily of assembly and test capabilities in which all major manufacturing elements are subcontracted to various key suppliers. These components are integrated into assemblies and tested in order to ensure all operating specifications have been met for each product manufactured. Cross-training of assembly technicians for each product group ensures scalability of manufacturing to meet customer demand. In addition, this group is responsible for capacity and production planning, which are necessary on an on-going basis to ensure that adequate resources are available to meet forecasted and actual demand.
 

 
 
Supply Chain Management – is responsible for the planning of materials required by manufacturing and developing key-supplier relationships to ensure materials have been manufactured to our specifications. This group’s main focus is to work with our worldwide supplier base to find effective manufacturing and logistic solutions in order reduce costs and cycle time. Paramount to this process is an effective communication system that provides timely feedback to our suppliers and forms an important element of our supplier evaluation system.
 
Manufacturing Engineering and Quality Assurance – is responsible for product integrity throughout the manufacturing cycle. From the release of new products, through our new product introduction process, and configuration management to manage engineering change, we ensure consistent manufacturing processes throughout the product life cycle. In conjunction with the above process, quality is maintained by performing quality tests at incoming receiving and final product verification. The responsibility for product quality is shared by all team members throughout the company and does not reside solely with the quality group.
 
Competition
 
The telecommunications test, measurement and monitoring industry is highly competitive and subject to rapid change as a result of technological developments and market conditions. We compete with many different companies, depending on product family and geographical market. We believe that the main competitive factors in the industry include the following:
 
·  
product performance and reliability;
·  
price;
·  
level of technological innovation;
·  
product lead times;
·  
breadth of product offerings;
·  
ease of use;
·  
brand-name recognition;
·  
customer service and technical support;
·  
strength of sales and distribution relationships; and
·  
financial stability.
 
Competitors in test and measurement include global suppliers like Agilent Technologies Inc., Anritsu Corporation, JDS Uniphase Corporation, Spirent Communications plc and Yokogawa Electric Corporation. Other players like AFL Telecommunications LLC, AnaCise Testnology Corporation, BlueLight Technology Inc., DADI Telecommunication Equipment CO., Ltd, Digital Lightwave Inc., Electrodata, Inc., Empirix, Inc., Fluke Corporation and Tektronix, Inc. (which both are operating divisions within Danaher Corporation), Shanghai Grandway Telecom Tech. co., Ltd, Greenlee Textron, Inc., Ineoquest Technologies, Inc., IXIA, Kingfisher International Pty Ltd, Nethawk Oyj, Shenick Network Systems Limited, Shunra Software Ltd, Sunrise Telecom Incorporated and VeEX Inc. compete against us in niche test and measurement markets. On the service assurance side, we compete against Agilent Technologies Inc., Anritsu Corporation, JDS Uniphase Corporation, Tektronix, Inc. (which is an operating division within Danaher Corporation), Empirix, Inc., Ineoquest Technologies, Inc., InfoVista S.A., IXIA, Nexus Telecom AG, RADCOM Ltd., Spirent Communications plc, TTI Telecom International Ltd. and Whitbe. Some network equipment manufacturers also sell their in-house service assurance systems.
 
Competition for our life sciences and industrial solutions is quite varied, depending upon product line. OmniCure‘s competitors, which sell light-based curing products, include Dymax Corporation, Henkel Corporation in North America and Europe, as well as Hamamatsu, Photonics K.K., Ushio Inc. and Panasonic Corporation in Asia. Excelerate, a new brand and product line, competes globally with products from well established companies such as Dr. Honle, Nordson and Integration Technologies. With regard to our X-Cite 120 Fluorescence Illumination System, main competitors consist of microscope manufacturers who have developed lamp housings for low-wattage mercury burners in-house. Finally, our motion-control instruments, which are designed for various life science applications, compete against products from companies like Sutter Instruments and Narishige.
 
 
 
 
  Regulatory Environment
 
In most countries where our products are sold, our products must comply with the regulations of one or more governmental entities. These regulations often are complex and vary from country to country. Depending upon the country and the relevant product, the applicable regulations may require product testing, approval, registration, marking and unique design restrictions. Accordingly, we have appointed a team of engineers who are responsible for ensuring that our products comply with all applicable regulations.
 
In the United States, our products must comply with the regulations of several agencies of the U.S. federal government, including the Federal Communications Commission (FCC), the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). Under the FCC’s regulations, our products must comply with certain electro magnetic compatibility (EMC) requirements to insure they do not generate and are immune from electrical noise which could possibly cause undesirable operation, as well as affect other surrounding devices. Depending upon the product, compliance with these rules may necessitate applying for and obtaining an FCC equipment authorization prior to importing into the United States, or marketing, any units of the relevant product. Additionally, some of our products must comply with the FDA’s non-medical   performance standards and related rules concerning light-emitting products, such as lasers. The FDA’s regulations are intended to promote safety by limiting human exposure to harmful non-iodizing radiation. Similarly, our products must comply with safety standards adopted by OSHA. Furthermore, for our Life Science and Industrial Division, certain U.S. states require mandatory product registration and reporting of Mercury-added products being imported. This registration is controlled by the Interstate Mercury Education and Reduction Clearinghouse (IMERC).
 
Similar regulations apply in other countries. For example, in Canada our products must comply with the applicable standards adopted by the Standards Council of Canada (SCC). These include product safety standards developed by the Canadian Standards association as well as EMC requirements adopted by Industry Canada. Countries in the European Union require product compliance as dictated by an applicable directive, often referred to as CE marking. This includes testing to ensure compliance with harmonized European Norm (EN) standards for both product safety and EMC requirements.
 
In Europe, with the implementation of the WEEE directives for recycling of electronic products in selected European Countries (2002-96-CE), we have appointed a task force committee consisting of our management and employees, distributors and other partners as the case may be, to ensure full compliance with regulations and oversee the management, logistics, recycling rate, disposal services and activities related to recycling of electronic equipment and products within the member states.
 
Additionally, to address the issue of environmental compliance, the European Union has mandated the Restriction of the Use of Certain Hazardous Substances or "RoHS" Directive, which applies to all products included within the scope of WEEE directive with the exception of Categories 8 (Medical devices) and 9 (Monitoring and control instruments). Mandatory product compliance includes the ban of certain substances within specified concentrations, unless formally exempted by the directive. To ensure compliance to this directive, a formal restricted substances control (RSC) program was implemented for our products included within the scope of WEEE. This program ensures the design, procurement and manufacturing of affected products prevents the inclusion of the banned substances as specified by the RoHS directive.
 
Other significant types of regulations not described in this annual report also may apply, depending upon the relevant product and country of destination.
 
  Intellectual Property
 
Our success and ability to compete are dependent in part on our ability to develop and protect our proprietary technology. We file U.S. and international applications to protect technology, inventions and improvements important to the development of our business. We also rely on a combination of copyright, trademark, trade secret rights, licensing and confidentiality agreements.
 

 
 
As of August 31, 2009, we held 46 actively maintained granted patents from the U.S. (including one “design” patent), ten from Canada, four from China, five from Germany (including one “Utility Model”), four from the United Kingdom, four from France, as well as a patent in each of four other European countries. In addition, we have in process 20 US patent applications, seven Canadian patent applications, two European applications, one application in China, and one direct national entry in Germany (not via the European application), and as well as five applications under the Patent Cooperation Treaty, which have not yet entered the national phase. The expiration dates of our issued patents range from December 2011 to January 2027.
 
We consider eight of our inventions for which patents have either been granted or are pending to be material. These inventions are:
 
·  
a method and apparatus for measuring a polarization-related parameter of an optical fiber path, such as the differential group delay, the overall polarization mode dispersion, or the cumulative polarization mode dispersion. This invention underlies our FTB-5600 Polarization OTDR and our FTB-5700 Single-ended Dispersion Analyzer products, and may serve as the basis for a number of other potential products;
 
·  
a method and apparatus for characterizing optical power levels in three-wavelength, bidirectional fiber-to-the-home systems. This invention describes how the optical power can be measured at the two-downstream and one upstream wavelengths used to connect a residence or business customer, while maintaining the signal continuity necessary to keep the home-based Optical Network Terminal operating.  This invention underlies the two-port version of our PPM-350B PON Power Meter;
 
·  
an optical spectrum analyzer using optical fibers as input and output “slits”.  This invention forms the basis of our FTB-5240, FTB-5240B and IQ-5250 products;
 
·  
a light-curing system with closed-loop control and work-piece recording which is at the heart of the spot-curing systems manufactured by EXFO Photonic Solutions;
 
·  
a special optical design used in some of the X-Cite adaptors to prevent structure in the beam from reducing the uniformity of illumination at the microscope objective plane, which is a key patent for our X-Cite fluorescent illumination system;
 
·  
a method and apparatus to determine the theoretical and practical data rates for a cable under test. This invention forms the basis of the EXFO CableSHARK product, describing how two test devices, communicating with each other via the cable under test, can predict the performance of a pair of ADSL (Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line) modems, and in case of problems, analyze the cause of the modems failing to synchronize;
 
·  
a method and system for hardware time stamping packetized data to provide sub-microsecond accuracy in test measurements, which is embedded in the Brix100M, Brix1000, and Brix2500 Series Verifiers.
 
·  
a method for actively analyzing a data packet delivery path to provide diagnostics and root cause analysis of network delivery path issues, which is embedded in BrixCall, BrixNGN, and BrixVision applications of EXFO Service Assurance.
 
Confidentiality and proprietary information agreements with our senior management, employees and others generally stipulate that all confidential information developed or made known to these individuals by us during the course of their relationship is to be kept confidential and not disclosed to third parties, except in specific circumstances. The agreements also generally provide that all intellectual property developed by the individual in the course of rendering services to us belongs exclusively to us. These efforts afford only limited protection.
 

 
 
Organizational Structure
 
As of November 2, 2009, the following chart presents our corporate structure, the jurisdiction of incorporation of our subsidiaries and the percentage of shares (which is also the percentage of voting power) that we hold in those subsidiaries.

 


 
 
Property, Plant and Equipment
 
Our head offices and facilities are located in Quebec City, Province of Quebec, Canada where we occupy two buildings. These buildings house our executive and administrative offices, research and development facilities and production facilities. We also have facilities in Montreal, Province of Quebec, Canada (formerly EXFO Protocol), in Concord, Ontario, Canada (formerly Consultronics Limited), in Mississauga, Ontario, Canada (EXFO Photonic Solutions Inc.), in Chelmsford, Massachusetts, United States (EXFO Service Assurance Inc.), in Eastleigh, Hampshire, United Kingdom (EXFO Europe Limited), in Shenzhen, China (EXFO Telecom Equipment (Shenzhen) Co. Ltd.), in Pune, India (EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering India Private Ltd.) and in Gothenburg, Sweden (EXFO Sweden Aktiebolag). EXFO Burleigh Products Group Inc.’s facilities located in Victor, New York, were sold on August 31, 2006.
 
In addition, we maintain sales offices and/or have regional sales managers located in China, Czech Republic, France, Germany, Great Britain, Mexico, Singapore, Spain, United Arab Emirates and the United States.
 
During our 2009 fiscal year, two relocation activities were completed. In September 2008, our Navtel operations were relocated within our Concord, Ontario, facility. The lease of the vacant building was terminated as per the original lease agreement in March 2009. In July 2009, our Shenzhen manufacturing operations were relocated in a brand new and improved facility supporting both the short- and long-term growth plans.
 
The following table sets forth information with respect to the main facilities that we occupy as of November 2, 2009.
 
Location
Use of Space
Square Footage
Type of Interest
436 Nolin Street
Quebec (Quebec)
G1M 1E7
 
Partially occupied for manufacturing of telecom products
   44,164 (1)
Owned
400 Godin Avenue
Quebec (Quebec)
G1M 2K2
 
Fully occupied for research and development, manufacturing, management and administration
 128,800  (2)
Owned
2260 Argentia Road
Mississauga (Ontario)
L5N 6H7
 
Partially occupied for research and development, manufacturing of life science and industrial products, management and administration
 
   25,328 (3)
Leased
2650 Marie-Curie
St-Laurent (Quebec)
H4S 2C3
 
Fully occupied for research and development, management  and administration
 
   26,000
Leased
160 Drumlin Circle
Concord (Ontario)
L4K 3E5
 
Partially occupied for research and development, product management and administration
 
   23,500 (4)
Owned
285 Mill Road
Chelmsford, MA 01824
United States
 
Partially occupied for research and development, manufacturing, management and administration
   23,052 (5)
Leased
Omega Enterprise Park
Electron Way, Chandlers Ford,
Eastleigh, Hampshire S053 4SE
United Kingdom
 
Fully occupied for European customer service, sales management and administration
   10,000
Leased
 
 
 
 
Location
Use of Space
Square Footage
Type of Interest
3 rd Floor, Building 10,
Yu Sheng Industrial Park
(Gu Shu Crossing)
No. 467, National Highway 107
Xixiang, Bao An District
Shenzhen 518126
China
 
Partially occupied for manufacturing of telecom products
   56,000 (6)
Leased
113/1, Lane 4A
Koregaon Park
Pune 411001
India
 
Fully occupied for research and development
     5,986
Leased
Office No 701, Building 1
The Cerebrum IT Park
Wadgaon Sheri, Pune 411014
India
 
Fully occupied for research and development
   16,840
Leased
Arvid Hedvalls Backe 4
SE-411 33 Gothenburg
Sweden
Fully occupied for research and development
    538
Leased

(1)  
Approximately 5% of these premises are not occupied.
(2)  
Including the warehouse space. Premises without the warehouse are approximately 115,000 square feet.
(3)  
9,792 square feet have been subleased to a third party. The total square footage leased is 36,000.
(4)  
Approximately 1/3 of these premises are not occupied.
(5)  
7,950 square feet have been subleased to a third party. The total square footage leased is 31,002.
(6)  
Approximately 60% of this premise is occupied.


Unresolved Staff Comments
 
Not applicable.
 

 
 
Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
 
This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, and we intend that such forward-looking statements be subject to the safe harbors created thereby. Forward-looking statements are statements other than historical information or statements of current condition. Words such as may, will, expect, believe, anticipate, intend, could, estimate, continue, or the negative or comparable terminology are intended to identify forward-looking statements. In addition, any statements that refer to expectations, projections or other characterizations of future events and circumstances are considered forward-looking statements. They are not guarantees of future performance and involve risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ materially from those in forward-looking statements due to various factors including the effect of the worldwide recession and the timing of the expected recovery on the telecom market for our customers and suppliers; fluctuating exchange rates and our ability to execute in these uncertain conditions; consolidation in the global telecommunications test, measurement and service assurance industry; capital spending levels in the telecommunications, life sciences and high-precision assembly sectors; concentration of sales; the effects of the additional actions we have taken in response to such economic uncertainty (including our ability to quickly adapt cost structures with anticipated levels of business, ability to manage inventory levels with market demand); market acceptance of our new products and other upcoming products; limited visibility with regards to customer orders and the timing of such orders; our ability to successfully integrate our acquired and to-be-acquired businesses; our ability to successfully expand international operations; the retention of key technical and management personnel; and future economic, competitive, financial and market condition. Assumptions relating to the foregoing involve judgments and risks, all of which are difficult or impossible to predict and many of which are beyond our control. Other risk factors that may affect our future performance and operations are detailed in this Annual Report, on Form 20-F, including in Item 3D – Risk Factors, and our other filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and the Canadian securities commissions. We believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable based on information currently available to us, but we cannot assure you that the expectations will prove to have been correct. Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. These statements speak only as of the date of this document. Unless required by law or applicable regulations, we undertake no obligation to revise or update any of them to reflect events or circumstances that occur after the date of this document.
 
The following discussion and analysis of the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc. for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report. Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in Canada, or Canadian GAAP. Significant differences in measurement and disclosure from generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or U.S. GAAP, are set out in note 20 to our consolidated financial statements. Our measurement currency is the Canadian dollar although we report our financial statements in US dollars.
 
The following discussion and analysis of the consolidated financial condition and results of operations is dated November 6, 2009.
 
All dollar amounts are expressed in US dollars, except as otherwise noted.
 
 
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
 
The fundamental drivers for increased bandwidth and Internet protocol (IP) fixed-mobile convergence in the global telecommunications industry remain intact, but they were constrained by an economic recession that forced network operators and network equipment manufacturers to reduce their capital and operating expenses in calendar 2009. Several of these players announced significant reductions in capital expenditures and staffing levels during the course of the year. Most industry analysts are forecasting, even in the event of general overall economic conditions, only a moderate improvement rather than a prompt return to previous revenue levels.
 

 
 
Despite this challenging macro-economic environment, it should be noted that telecom market dynamics in 2009 are completely different from those during the industry downturn of 2001. First, there is a myriad of bandwidth-intensive applications generating strong growth in bandwidth demand, both in wireless and wireline networks. For example, monthly traffic is at the exabyte level (1 exabyte equals 1 quintillion bytes) in 2009, while in 2001 there were few applications outside of regular e-mail delivery. Second, the ongoing demand for bandwidth has placed a strain on access links, metro rings and long-haul routes, whereas in 2001 there was an overabundance of bandwidth capacity in optical backbone networks, which drove bandwidth prices down significantly. Finally, most network operators have healthy balance sheets today, while in 2001 many of them were financially overextended with some declaring bankruptcy.
 
According to Cisco’s Visual Networking Index, global IP traffic will nearly double every two years (compound annual growth rate of 46%) from 2007-2012, reaching just under 44 exabytes per month in 2012. Global bandwidth demand is driven by a wide range of applications including peer-to-peer file sharing, social networking, Internet gaming as well as various forms of IP video. For example, YouTube consumed more bandwidth in 2008 than traffic crossing the entire U.S. network backbone in 2000.
 
As telecommunication networks are being transformed to deliver IP-based voice, video and data capabilities, legacy SONET/SDH standards, which were first established in the mid-1980s and implemented until 2005, do not have the payload flexibility to seamlessly mix and transport these services. Such networks are not capable of efficiently carrying IP-based services, since they were designed for public switched telephone network (PSTN), point-to-point voice transmission only. As a result, new optical transport network (OTN) standards have been defined to carry IP applications over Ethernet and are at the very foundation of what the industry is labeling next-generation networks. Network operators are increasingly turning to such next-generation, IP-based networks to allow for more flexible and efficient transport of applications and services, and to offer customers higher-margin triple-play ser vices ― and even quadruple-play services ― as wireline and wireless technologies become increasingly interconnected. Finally, as subscribers of these new services reach a critical mass, network operators are relying on service assurance solutions to ensure that the quality of service (QoS) and quality of experience (QoE) are optimal in the post-deployment phase.
 
As well, it is now clear that fiber-to-the-home (FTTH) is becoming the access network architecture of choice for network operators wishing to provide a superior user experience for a combined video, data and voice offering. This architecture allows them to meet heightened bandwidth requirements and future-proof their access networks, as residential bandwidth demands are growing from the 1 to 5 Mbit/s (megabits per second) of the past to 30 to 100 Mbit/s required for the long term. Some projects, however, may be delayed due to reduced funding. Hybrid architectures, combining copper and fiber (fiber-to-the-curb, or FTTC, and fiber-to-the-node, or FTTN), will also expand in the short term, since they are less expensive methods to increase bandwidth and can be mass-deployed more quickly.
 
FTTH investment decisions are applicable not only to green-field deployments and high-rise buildings, but also to larger-scale rollouts as long-term operating costs are less than FTTC and FTTN. FTTH deployment costs have largely dropped over the years as increased volume and improved test tools, like those we offer, are rendering rollouts increasingly simple and efficient. FTTH is also proving to be a low-cost alternative for multidwelling units (MDUs) as this network architecture can deliver large amounts of bandwidth at a minimal cost per apartment. We are merely at the early stages of fiber deployments in access networks, both in North America and around the world. It is also worth noting that Western Europe and even China have become increasingly committed to deploying FTTH networks, given their high-population density.
 
As bandwidth growth in access networks continues to increase, it has begun placing a strain on metro rings and core networks. It is also driving the need for higher-speed technologies. For example, 43 Gbit/s   (gigabits per second)   SONET/SDH is now becoming mainstream, while a few network operators are expected to begin 100 Gbit/s Ethernet field trials later in this calendar year. In the long run, these solutions will offer a more economical way to add capacity on saturated network sections, especially if trenches need to be dug in order to deploy new fiber in metro and long-distance routes.
 

 
 
These market dynamics affected telecom test and service assurance suppliers in fiscal 2009. However, the tail end of the economic recession in the United States and Western Europe could potentially continue to delay network investments and necessarily reduce demand for our test and service assurance solutions.
 
 
COMPANY OVERVIEW
 
EXFO is a leading provider of test and service assurance solutions for network operators and network equipment manufacturers in the global telecommunications industry. The Telecom Division, which represents nearly 90% of our business, offers a wide range of innovative test and service assurance solutions to assess next-generation and traditional telecom networks. The Life Sciences and Industrial Division offers solutions in medical-device and opto-electronics assembly, fluorescence microscopy and other life sciences sectors.
 
We were founded in 1985 in Quebec City, Canada. Our original products were focused on the needs of installers and operators of fiber-optic networks. Customers use these field-portable testing products for the installation, maintenance, monitoring and troubleshooting of optical networks. In 1996, we supplemented our product portfolio with an extensive line of high-end products that are mainly dedicated to research and development as well as manufacturing activities of optical component manufacturers and system vendors.
 
Over the past several years, we have enhanced our competitive position through acquisitions of protocol, copper/xDSL and service assurance test businesses.
 
In February 2009, we closed the acquisition of Sweden-based PicoSolve Inc., a supplier of ultra-high-speed optical sampling oscilloscopes for 40G and 100G R&D, manufacturing and deployment applications.
 
In April 2008, we acquired all issued and outstanding shares of Brix Networks Inc. (renamed EXFO Service Assurance Inc.), for a cash consideration of $32.1 million. Brix Networks, a privately held company located in the Boston, MA area, offers VoIP and IPTV service assurance solutions across the three areas most affecting the success of a real-time service: signaling quality (signaling path performance), delivery quality (media transport performance) and content quality (overall quality of experience). Brix Networks’ service assurance solutions are mainly designed for network service providers (NSPs) and large enterprises.
 
In March 2008, we acquired all issued and outstanding shares of Navtel Communications Inc., for a cash consideration of $11.3 million. Navtel Communications, a privately held company in Toronto, Canada, is a leading provider of Internet protocol multimedia subsystem (IMS) and VoIP test solutions for network equipment manufacturers (NEMs) and NSP labs. Navtel Communications specializes in testing next-generation IP networks that are increasingly combining wireline and wireless technologies. Subsequent to the acquisition, Navtel Communications was merged into the parent company.
 
In fiscal 2008, we opened our own telecom manufacturing facilities in Shenzhen, China. We now have two main manufacturing sites for our Telecom Division and one plant for our Life Sciences Division. Over time, low-volume, high-complexity telecom products will be manufactured in Quebec City, whereas high-volume, low-complexity telecom products will be manufactured in Shenzhen.
 
In fiscal 2008 and 2009, we accelerated the deployment of a software development center in Pune, India, to supplement the research and development capabilities of our labs in Boston, Toronto, Montreal and Quebec City. This enables us to benefit from the wealth of IP expertise in India, to accelerate product development especially for our software-intensive protocol test and service assurance solutions to take advantage of a lower cost structure.
 
In January 2006, we acquired substantially all the assets of Consultronics Limited (now merged with the parent company), a leading supplier of test equipment for copper-based broadband access networks, for a total cash consideration of $19.1 million. Above and beyond copper/xDSL test solutions, Consultronics had a rich product portfolio for testing next-generation technologies, such as IPTV and VoIP, which are critical for NSPs in their deployment of triple-play services (voice, data, video) over optical and copper links in access networks.
 

 
 
In November 2001, we acquired Avantas Networks Corporation (renamed EXFO Protocol Inc. and now merged with the parent company), a supplier of protocol-testing and optical-network performance management equipment for NSPs. This transaction enabled us to combine optical and protocol test modules inside a single field-portable test platform in order to help our customers increase revenues and reduce operating costs. In October 2002, our wholly-owned subsidiary, EXFO Gnubi, purchased substantially all the assets of gnubi communications, L.P. , a supplier of multichannel telecom and datacom testing solutions for the system manufacturer market. EXFO Protocol and EXFO Gnubi were consolidated in Montreal, Canada, in fiscal 2004.
 
Previously, we had completed two acquisitions to bolster growth in the optical component manufacturing market. We acquired Burleigh Instruments, Inc. (renamed EXFO Burleigh Products Group Inc.) in December 2000 for its wavelength measurement instruments and nanopositioning alignment systems. We also added EFOS Inc. (renamed EXFO Photonic Solutions Inc.) in March 2001 for its precision light-based, adhesive spot-curing technology. We have since exited the optical component manufacturing automation business, and the remaining operations of EXFO Burleigh have mostly been consolidated with those of EXFO Photonic Solutions in Toronto, Canada.
 
We launched 26 new products in fiscal 2009, including three in the fourth quarter, compared to 27 in fiscal 2008. Key product introductions in fiscal 2009 included among others a portable test solution for characterizing 100 Gbit/s Ethernet and 40/43 Gbit/s SONET/OTN networks; a patent-pending distributed PMD analyzer that allows network operators to cost-effectively upgrade their networks to 40G and 100G by measuring the level of potentially debilitating PMD on each fiber section; new software releases for the IMS InterWatch platform and Packet Blazer product lines that support the migration of voice and video applications to the IPv6 (Internet protocol, version 6) addressing scheme; 1 Gbit/s and 10 Gbit/s test probes for carrier Ethernet and mobile backhaul service assurance applications; and the next-generation FTB-500 multilayer platform for high-end test applications in the field and central office. Following the year-end, we released the first turnkey optical modulation analyzer for complete characterization of signals up to 100 Gbaud. Sales from products on the market two years or less accounted for 38.4% of total sales in fiscal 2009.
 
Overall for fiscal 2009, sales decreased 5.9% to $172.9 million from $183.8 million in 2008. This decrease in sales mainly resulted from the global economic recession as well as from currency fluctuations on our sales and the impact of such fluctuations on our forward exchange contracts since the beginning of the fiscal year. However, global sales for fiscal 2009 included $25.3 million from Brix Networks and Navtel Communications, compared to $5.4 million in fiscal 2008, which mitigated in part the decrease in sales year-over-year. These two acquisitions were closed approximately two months and one month into the third quarter of fiscal 2008, respectively. Excluding the positive impact of these two acquisitions, our sales would have decreased 17.3% in fiscal 2009 compared to 2008, reflecting the impact of the global economic recession and the negative effects of the currency fluctuations on our sales and the impact of such fluctuations on our forward exchange contracts in fiscal 2009, compared to 2008.
 
We reported a GAAP net loss of $16.6 million, or $0.27 per share, in fiscal 2009, compared to net earnings of $18.4 million, or $0.27 per diluted share, in fiscal 2008. Net loss for fiscal 2009 included a non-cash pre-tax impairment of goodwill of $21.7 million. GAAP net loss for fiscal 2009 also included pre-tax charges of $1.2 million in severance expenses for the 65 employees who were terminated throughout the company. However, GAAP net loss included a pre-tax R&D tax credits recovery of $1.9 million and $372,000 for the recognition of previously unrecognized future income tax assets. Finally, GAAP net loss for fiscal 2009 included $4.3 million in after-tax amortization of intangible assets and $1.4 million in stock-based compensation costs. Net earnings for fiscal 2008 included $5.3 million for the recognition of previously unrecognized future income tax assets, $2.7 million for income tax recovery following the review of our tax strategy related to the changes in substantively enacted income tax rates in Canada, $1.5 million of income tax expense to account for the changes in substantively enacted income tax rates on our future income tax assets in Canada, an extraordinary gain of $3.0 million related to the negative goodwill of the Navtel Communications acquisition, as well as $3.0 million in after-tax amortization of intangible assets and $1.3 million in stock-based compensation costs.
 

 
 
EBITDA (net earnings (loss) before interest, income taxes, amortization of property, plant and equipment, amortization of intangible assets, impairment of goodwill and extraordinary gain) were at $14.5 million, or 8.4% of sales in fiscal 2009, compared to $20.6 million, or 11.2% of sales in 2008 (see pages 76 and 77 of this document for a comprehensive reconciliation of EBITDA to GAAP net earnings (loss)). EBITDA for fiscal 2009 included pre-tax charges of $1.2 million in severance expenses for the 65 employees who were terminated throughout the company and stock-based compensation costs of $1.4 million. However, EBITDA included a pre-tax R&D tax credits recovery of $1.9 million.
 
On November 6, 2008, we announced that our Board of Directors had authorized a renewal of our share repurchase program, by way of a normal course issuer bid on the open market, of up to 10% of our public float (as defined by the Toronto Stock Exchange), or 2.7 million subordinate voting shares, at the prevailing market price. We have used and expect to continue to use cash, short-term investments or future cash flows from operations to fund the repurchase of shares. The period of the normal course issuer bid started on November 10, 2008, and will end on November 9, 2009. All shares repurchased under the bid are cancelled. In fiscal 2009, we repurchased 488,786 subordinate voting shares for an aggregate net purchase price of $1.4 million.
 
On November 10, 2008, we announced that our Board of Directors had authorized a substantial issuer bid (the “Offer”) to purchase for cancellation subordinate voting shares for an aggregate purchase price not to exceed CA$30 million. On December 18, 2008, pursuant to the Offer, we purchased for cancellation 7.7 million subordinate voting shares for the aggregate purchase price of CA$30 million (US$24.9 million), plus related fees of $576,000. We used cash and short-term investments to fund the purchase of shares.
 
On November 6, 2009, we announced that our Board of Directors had authorized the second renewal of our share repurchase program, by way of a normal course issuer bid on the open market, of up to 10% of our public float (as defined by the Toronto Stock Exchange), or 2.3 million subordinate voting shares, at the prevailing market price. We expect to use cash, short-term investments or future cash flows from operations to fund the repurchase of shares. The period of the normal course issuer bid will start on November 10, 2009, and end on November 9, 2010, or on an earlier date if we repurchase the maximum number of shares permitted under the bid. The program does not require that we repurchase any specific number of shares, and it may be modified, suspended or terminated at any time and without prior notice. All shares repurchased under the bid will be cancelled.
 
In the third quarter of fiscal 2009, we performed our annual impairment test for goodwill for all reporting units. Recoverability of goodwill is determined at the reporting unit level, using a two-step approach. First, the carrying value of the reporting units is compared to their fair value. If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step is performed to determine the amount of the impairment loss. Following the decrease in our stock price in June 2009, we came to the conclusion that the carrying value of one of our reporting units exceeded its fair value and we recorded an impairment charge of $21.7 million in the third quarter of fiscal 2009, to bring the goodwill of this reporting unit to its fair value. This reporting unit reports to the Telecom Division.
 
In June 2009, we laid off 65 employees across the organization as part of a restructuring plan to cope with currently difficult market conditions. This action resulted in a one-time pre-tax restructuring charge of $1.2 million that was recorded in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009, but is expected to deliver about $6 million in annual savings.
 
During the third quarter of fiscal 2009, we were named recipient of the Growth Strategy Leadership Award by Frost & Sullivan for the fifth consecutive time. The award is presented to the company whose growth strategy generates the largest market-share gains in the global fiber-optic test equipment (FOTE) market during the previous research period. According to Frost & Sullivan, a leading global growth consulting firm, we captured first place overall in the FOTE market with a market share of 18.0% in 2008, up from a third-place 12.7% in 2006 (Frost & Sullivan did not grant an award in 2008 for market-share gains in 2007). Frost & Sullivan estimated the FOTE market to be $567.4 million in 2008, including $247.9 million for the portable installation and maintenance (I&M) test market. Based on Frost & Sullivan’s market data, we improved our leadership position in the portable I&M test market from 25.5% in 2006 to 33.3% in 2008.
 

 
 
Sales
 
We sell our products to a diversified customer base in approximately 95 countries through our direct sales force and channel partners like sales representatives and distributors. Most of our sales are denominated in US dollars and euros.
 
In fiscal 2007 and 2009, our top customer accounted for 14.7% and 11.6% of global sales, respectively. In fiscal 2008, no customer accounted for more than 10% of our global sales, with our top customer representing 7.4% of our global sales. The significant sales concentration with this Tier-1 carrier in fiscal 2007 was largely due to our leadership position in the FTTx test market and the fact that we benefited from aggressive FTTH rollouts from this customer. This sales concentration significantly decreased in fiscal 2008. However, in fiscal 2009, sales to this customer were positively impacted by significant orders for newly acquired Brix service assurance products. Sales levels with this customer may fluctuate year-over-year, based on available budgets, the allocation of such budgets and the timing and scope of projects, especially those related to our service assurance business.
 
We believe that we have a vast array of products, a diversified customer base, and a good spread across geographical areas, which provides us with reasonable protection against the concentration of sales and credit risk.
 
Cost of Sales
 
The cost of sales includes raw materials, salaries and related expenses for direct and indirect manufacturing personnel (net of government grants), as well as overhead costs. Excess, obsolete and scrapped materials are also included in the cost of sales. However, the cost of sales is exclusive of amortization, which is shown separately in the statements of earnings.
 
Operating Expenses
 
We classify our operating expenses into three main categories: selling and administrative expenses, research and development expenses, and amortization expenses.
 
Selling and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and related expenses for personnel, sales commissions, travel expenses, marketing programs, professional services, information systems, human resources and other corporate expenses.
 
Gross research and development expenses consist primarily of salaries and related expenses for engineers and other technical personnel, material component costs as well as fees paid to third-party consultants. We are eligible to receive research and development tax credits and government grants on research and development activities carried out in Canada. All related research and development tax credits and government grants are recorded as a reduction of gross research and development expenses.
 
 
OUR STRATEGY, KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS AND CAPABILITY TO DELIVER RESULTS
 
Three-Year Strategic Objectives
 
Our goal is to become a strong market leader in the global telecom test and service assurance industry, mostly with network service providers (NSPs). We are committed to offering the most advanced market-driven solutions that help NSPs efficiently install, commission and run their converged IP fixed-mobile networks. Given the myriad of video applications and resultant explosion in bandwidth demand, we are increasingly covering the service and application layers on a network infrastructure to enable quadruple-play services.
 
To achieve our long-term vision, we plan to expand our leadership position in the portable optical segment, while growing our protocol business even faster to surpass optical sales. This plan is largely based on profitable organic growth and will be supported by strategic acquisitions of typically small to mid-size companies with best-of-class technologies in nascent, high-growth markets complementary to EXFO’s. We also intend to improve our competitive position through strategic alliances and partnerships.
 

 
 
In our fiscal 2008 Annual Report, we established three corporate performance objectives to gauge the success of our overall plan over the next three years:
 
o  
Increase sales significantly faster than the industry growth rate (20% CAGR*)
o  
Grow EBITDA** in dollars faster than sales (>20% CAGR)
o  
Continue raising gross margin (62%)
 
*
Compound annual growth rate
**
EBITDA is defined as net earnings (loss) before interest, income taxes, amortization of property, plant and equipment, amortization of intangible assets, impairment of goodwill and extraordinary gain (see pages 77 and 78 of this document for a comprehensive reconciliation of EBITDA to GAAP net earnings (loss)).
 
Given the global economic recession in fiscal 2009, we have adjusted our corporate performance metrics over a new three-year period extending from fiscal 2010 to 2012. We have maintained our 20% sales CAGR objective, proposed to double EBITDA in dollars, and raised our gross margin target to 64% for the newly defined three-year period.
 
 
Corporate Performance Objectives for FY 2010-2012
 
 
Increase sales by a CAGR of 20% or more
 
 
Raise gross margin to 64%
 
 
Double EBITDA in dollars
 
 
We expect these three-year objectives to guide our actions in upcoming years as we are committed to maximizing shareholder value, although there can be no assurance that we will be successful in meeting these objectives.
 
Results Achieved in Fiscal 2009
 
In fiscal 2009, sales and EBITDA decreased 5.9% and 29.7%, respectively, compared to 2008. Most of these come from the negative effect of the global economic recession in fiscal 2009 as well as from currency fluctuations since the beginning of the fiscal year. However, gross margin improved to 61.3% in fiscal 2009 from 58.9% in 2008 despite difficult market conditions and currency fluctuations, due to the contribution of newly acquired Brix Networks and Navtel Communications. See further in this discussion and analysis for a comprehensive analysis of our sales and gross margin.
 
 
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES
 
Management’s discussion and analysis of financial conditions and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report. As previously mentioned, they have been prepared in accordance with Canadian GAAP. The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting years. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate these estimates and assumptions, including those related to the fair value of financial instruments,  the allowance for doubtful accounts receivable, the amount of tax credits recoverable, the provision for excess and obsolete inventories, the useful lives of capital assets, the valuation of long-lived assets, the impairment of goodwill, the valuation allowance of future income tax assets, the amount of certain accrued liabilities and deferred revenue as well as stock-based compensation costs. We base our estimates and assumptions on historical experience and on other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the result of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
 
The following summarizes our critical accounting policies as well as other policies that require the most significant judgment and estimates in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.
 

 
 
Revenue recognition. For products in which software is incidental, we recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the product has been delivered, the price is fixed or determinable, and collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured. Provisions are made for estimated returns, warranties and support obligations.
 
For products in which software is not incidental, revenues are separated into two categories: product and post-contract customer support (PCS) revenues, based upon vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value. Product revenues for these sales are recognized as described above. PCS revenues are deferred and recognized ratably over the years of the support arrangement. PCS revenues are recognized at the time the product is delivered when provided substantially within one year of delivery, the costs of providing this support are insignificant (and accrued at the time of delivery) and no (or infrequent) software upgrades or enhancements are provided.
 
Maintenance contracts generally include the right to unspecified upgrades and enhancements on a when-and-if available basis and ongoing customer support. Revenue from these contracts is recognized ratably over the terms of the maintenance contracts on a straight-line basis.
 
Revenue for extended warranties is recognized on a straight-line basis over the warranty period.
 
For all sales, we use a binding purchase order as evidence that a sales arrangement exists.
 
Delivery generally occurs when the product is handed over to a transporter for shipment.
 
At the time of the transaction, we assess whether the price associated with our revenue transaction is fixed or determinable, and whether or not collection is reasonably assured. We assess whether the price is fixed or determinable based on the payment terms associated with the transaction. We assess collection based on a number of factors, including past transaction history and the creditworthiness of the customer. Generally, collateral or other security is not requested from customers.
 
Most sales arrangements do not generally include acceptance clauses. However, when a sales arrangement does include an acceptance provision, acceptance occurs upon the earliest of the receipt of a written customer acceptance or the expiration of the acceptance period. For these sales arrangements, the sale is recognized when acceptance occurs.
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts. We estimate collectibility of accounts receivable on an ongoing basis by reviewing balances outstanding over a certain period of time. We determine our allowance for doubtful accounts receivable based on our historical accounts receivable collection experience and on the information that we have about the status of our accounts receivable balances. If the financial conditions of our customers deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make required payments, additional allowance may be required, which could adversely affect our future results.
 
Reserve for excess and obsolete inventories. We state our inventories at the lower of cost, determined on an average cost basis, and net realizable value, and we provide reserves for excess and obsolete inventories. We determine our reserves for excess and obsolete inventories based on the quantities we have on hand versus expected needs for these inventories, so as to support future sales of our products. It is possible that additional inventory reserves may occur if future sales are less than our forecasts or if there is a significant shift in product mix compared to our forecasts, which could adversely affect our future results.
 
Research and development tax credits and government grants. We record research and development tax credits and government grants based on our interpretation of tax laws and grant programs, especially regarding related eligible projects and expenses, and when there is reasonable assurance that we have complied and will continue to comply with all conditions and laws. Also, our judgment and estimates are based on historical experience. It is possible, however, that the tax authorities or the sponsors of the grant programs have a different interpretation of laws and application of conditions related to the programs or that we do not comply with all conditions related to grants in the future, which could adversely affect our future results. Furthermore, a significant part of our research and development tax credits are refundable against income taxes payable, causing their ultimate realization to be dependent upon the generation of taxable income. If we obtain information that causes our forecast of future taxable income to change or if actual taxable income differs from our forecast, we may have to revise the carrying value of these tax credits, which would affect our results in the period in which the change was made.
 

 
 
Impairment of long-lived assets and goodwill. Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment when events or circumstances indicate that cost may not be recoverable. Impairment exists when the carrying amount of an asset, or a group of assets is greater than the undiscounted future cash flows expected to be provided by the asset or the group of assets. The amount of impairment loss, if any, is the excess of the carrying value over the fair value. We assess fair value of long-lived assets based on discounted future cash flows.
 
We assess impairment of goodwill on an annual basis, or more frequently, if events or circumstances indicate that it might be impaired. Recoverability of goodwill is determined at the reporting unit level, using a two-step approach. First, the carrying value of a reporting unit is compared to its fair value, which is usually determined based on a combination of discounted future cash flows and a market approach. If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step is performed. In this step, the amount of impairment loss, if any, represents the excess of the carrying value of goodwill over its fair value, and the loss is charged to earnings in the period in which it is incurred. For the purposes of this impairment test, the fair value of goodwill is estimated in the same way as goodwill is determined in business combinations; that is, the excess of the fair value of a reporting unit over the fair value of its net identifiable assets.
 
Future income taxes. We provide for income taxes using the liability method of tax allocation. Under this method, future income tax assets and liabilities are determined based on deductible or taxable temporary differences between financial statement values and tax values of assets and liabilities as well as the carry forward of unused tax losses and deductions, using substantively enacted income tax rates expected for the years in which the assets are expected to be realized or the liabilities to be settled. In assessing the recoverability of our future income tax assets, we consider whether it is more likely than not that some or all of the future income tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of our future income tax assets is dependent upon the generation of sufficient future taxable income during the periods in which those assets are expected to be realized.
 
Stock-based compensation costs. We account for all forms of employee stock-based compensation using the fair value-based method. This method requires that we make estimates about the expected volatility of our shares, the expected life of the awards and the forfeiture rate.
 
Adopted in fiscal 2009
 
In December 2006, the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants (CICA) issued three new sections, which provide a complete set of disclosure and presentation requirements for financial instruments: Section 3862, “Financial Instruments − Disclosures”; Section 3863, “Financial Instruments − Presentation”; and Section 1535, “Capital Disclosures”.
 
Section 3862 replaces the disclosure portion of Section 3861, “Financial Instruments − Disclosure and Presentation”. The new standard places increased emphasis on disclosures regarding risks associated with both recognized and unrecognized financial instruments and how these risks are managed. It is also intended to remove any duplicate disclosures and simplify the disclosures about concentrations of risk, credit risk, liquidity risk and price risk previously found in Section 3861.
 
Section 3863 carries forward the presentation requirements from Section 3861, unchanged.
 
Section 1535 applies to all entities, regardless of whether they have financial instruments or are subject to external capital requirements. The new section requires disclosure of information about an entity’s objectives, policies and processes for managing capital, as well as quantitative data about capital and whether the entity has complied with any capital requirements.
 
We adopted these new standards on September 1, 2008 and provided the required disclosure in our consolidated financial statements.
 

 
 
In June 2007, the CICA issued Section 3031, “Inventories”. This standard requires the measurement of inventories at the lower of cost and net realizable value and includes guidance on the determination of cost, including allocation of overheads and other costs to inventory. The standard also requires the consistent use of either first-in, first-out (FIFO) or weighted average cost formula to measure the cost of inventories and requires the reversal of previous write-downs to net realizable value when there is a subsequent increase in the value of inventories. The new standard applies to fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2008. We adopted this new standard on September 1, 2008, and its adoption had no material measurement effect on our consolidated financial statements. The additional disclosure is provided in our consolidated financial statements.
 
In June 2007, the CICA amended Section 1400, “General Standards of Financial Statement Presentation”, to include new requirements regarding an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. These amendments apply to fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2008. We adopted these amendments on September 1, 2008, and their adoption had no material effect on our consolidated financial statements.
 
In January 2009, the CICA issued Emerging Issues Committee 173 (EIC-173), “Credit Risk and the Fair Value of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities”. This abstract clarifies that an entity’s own credit risk and the credit risk of its counterparty should be taken into account in determining the fair value of financial assets and liabilities. We adopted this standard on January 20, 2009, and its adoption had no material effect on our consolidated financial statements.
 
To be adopted after fiscal 2009
 
In February 2008, the CICA issued Section 3064, “Goodwill and Intangible Assets”, which supersedes Section 3062, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”, and Section 3450, “Research and Development Costs”. Various changes have been made to other sections of the CICA Handbook for consistency purposes. Section 3064 establishes standards for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of goodwill subsequent to its initial recognition and of intangible assets by profit-oriented enterprises. Standards concerning goodwill remain unchanged from the standards included in Section 3062. This new section applies to fiscal years beginning on or after October 1, 2008. We will adopt this new standard on September 1, 2009, and have not yet determined the effects its adoption will have on our consolidated financial statements.
 
In January 2009, the CICA issued Section 1582, “Business Combinations”, which replaces Section 1581, “Business Combinations”. This new section establishes the standards for the accounting of business combinations and states that all assets and liabilities of an acquired business will be recorded at fair value. Obligations for contingent considerations and contingencies will also be recorded at fair value at the acquisition date. The standard also states that acquisition-related costs will be expensed as incurred and that restructuring charges will be expensed in the periods after the acquisition date. This standard applies prospectively to business combinations with acquisition dates on or after January 1, 2011; earlier adoption is permitted.
 
In January 2009, the CICA issued Section 1601, “Consolidated Financial Statements”, which replaces Section 1600, “Consolidated Financial Statements”, and establishes the standards for preparing consolidated financial statements. This new section applies to fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2011; earlier adoption is permitted. We have not yet determined the impact that adopting this standard will have on our consolidated financial statements.
 
In January 2009, the CICA issued Section 1602, “Non-controlling Interests”, which establishes standards for the accounting of non-controlling interests of a subsidiary in the preparation of consolidated financial statements subsequent to a business combination. This new section applies to fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2011; earlier adoption is permitted as of the beginning of a fiscal year.
 
Should we decide to adopt one of these three new sections earlier, we must adopt all three on the same date.
 

 
 
In June 2009, the CICA amended section 3862, "Financial Instruments − Disclosures", to include enhanced disclosures on liquidity risk of financial instruments and new disclosures on fair value measurements of financial instruments. The amendments apply to fiscal years ending after September 30, 2009, with early adoption permitted. We will adopt these amendments on September 1, 2010, and have not yet determined the effects their adoption will have on our consolidated financial statements.
 
In February 2008, the Canadian Accounting Standards Board announced that the use of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) established by the International Accounting Standard Board (IASB) will be required for fiscal years beginning January 1, 2011, for publicly accountable profit-oriented enterprises. Accordingly, we will adopt these new standards during our fiscal year beginning on September 1, 2011. The IASB has also stated that during the transition period, companies will be required to provide comparative data for the previous year established under IFRS. IFRS issued by the IASB require the submission of additional information in the financial statements and, although the conceptual framework of IFRS is similar to Canadian GAAP, companies must take into account differences in accounting principles. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting these new standards on our consolidated financial statements. In fact, we have completed the diagnostic phase to assess and scope the significant differences between existing Canadian GAAP and IFRS and the impact on our consolidated financial statements. Following the diagnostic phase, we have begun a detailed analysis of the accounting policies impacted by the adoption of IFRS, which is expected to be completed throughout fiscal 2010. Some transitional options permitted under IFRS are currently under analysis. A summary analysis indicates that in most cases, we   would opt for a prospective application when the choice is available. The changeover to IFRS may result in changes to our accounting and internal control systems.
 

 
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
The following table sets forth certain Canadian GAAP consolidated financial statements data in thousands of US dollars, except per-share data, and as a percentage of sales for the years indicated:
 
Consolidated statements of earnings data:
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Sales
  $ 172,878     $ 183,790     $ 152,934       100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
Cost of sales (1)  
    66,892       75,624       65,136       38.7       41.1       42.6  
Gross margin
    105,986       108,166       87,798       61.3       58.9       57.4  
Operating expenses
                                               
Selling and administrative
    63,808       61,153       49,580       36.9       33.3       32.4  
Net research and development (2)
    27,698       26,867       16,668       16.0       14.6       10.9  
Amortization of property, plant and equipment
    4,607       4,292       2,983       2.7       2.4       1.9  
Amortization of intangible assets
    5,067       3,871       2,864       2.9       2.1       1.9  
Restructuring charges
    1,171                   0.7              
Government grants
                (1,079 )                 (0.7 )
Impairment of goodwill
    21,713                   12.6              
Total operating expenses
    124,064       96,183       71,016       71.8       52.4       46.4  
Earnings (loss) from operations
    (18,078 )     11,983       16,782       (10.5 )     6.5       11.0  
Interest income
    597       4,639       4,717       0.4       2.5       3.0  
Foreign exchange gain (loss)
    1,157       442       (49 )     0.7       0.3        
Earnings (loss) before income taxes and extraordinary gain
    (16,324 )     17,064       21,450       (9.4 )     9.3       14.0  
Income taxes
                                               
Current
    561       (7,094 )     3,741       0.4       (3.9 )     2.4  
Future
    72       14,094             0.0       7.7        
Recognition of previously unrecognized future income tax assets
    (372 )     (5,324 )     (24,566 )     (0.2 )     (2.9 )     (16.0 )
      261       1,676       (20,825 )     0.2       0.9       (13.6 )
Earnings (loss) before extraordinary gain
    (16,585 )     15,388       42,275       (9.6 )     8.4       27.6  
Extraordinary gain
          3,036                   1.6        
Net earnings (loss) for the year
  $ (16,585 )   $ 18,424     $ 42,275       (9.6 )%     10.0 %     27.6 %
Basic and diluted earnings (loss) before extraordinary gain per share
  $ (0.27 )   $ 0.22     $ 0.61                          
Basic and diluted net earnings (loss) per share
  $ (0.27 )   $ 0.27     $ 0.61                          
                                                 
Segment information
                                               
Sales:
                                               
Telecom Division
  $ 153,082     $ 160,981     $ 129,839       88.5 %     87.6 %     84.9 %
Life Sciences and Industrial Division
    19,796       22,809       23,095       11.5       12.4       15.1  
    $ 172,878     $ 183,790     $ 152,934       100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
Earnings (loss) from operations:
                                               
Telecom Division
  $ (21,954 )   $ 9,524     $ 13,132       (12.7 )%     5.2 %     8.6 %
Life Sciences and Industrial Division
    3,876       2,459       3,650       2.2       1.3       2.4  
    $ (18,078 )   $ 11,983     $ 16,782       (10.5 )%     6.5 %     11.0 %
Research and development data:
                                               
Gross research and development
  $ 35,757     $ 32,454     $ 25,201       20.7 %     17.7 %     16.5 %
Net research and development (2)
  $ 27,698     $ 26,867     $ 16,668       16.0 %     14.6 %     10.9 %
                                                 
Consolidated balance sheets data:
                                               
Total assets
  $ 240,371     $ 293,066     $ 279,138                          

(1)  
The cost of sales is exclusive of amortization, shown separately.
(2)  
Net research and development expenses for the years ended August 31, 2007 and 2009 include the recognition of previously unrecognized research and development tax credits of $3,162, or 2.1% of sales, and $1,902, or 1.1% of sales, respectively.
 
 
 
 
SALES
 
Fiscal 2009 vs. 2008
 
In fiscal 2009, our global sales decreased 5.9% to $172.9 million from $183.8 million in 2008, with an 89%-11% split in favor of our Telecom Division (88%-12% in 2008) .
 
Telecom Division
 
In fiscal 2009, sales of our Telecom Division decreased 4.9% to $153.1 million from $161.0 million in fiscal 2008.
 
The following table summarizes information about sales of our Telecom Division for years ended August 31, 2008 and 2009, in thousands of US dollars:
 
   
Year ended
August 31, 2009
   
Year ended
August 31, 2008
   
Change
in $
   
Change
in %
 
                         
Telecom Division sales
  $ 153,082     $ 160,981     $ (7,899 )     (4.9 ) %
                                 
(Gains) losses on forward exchange contracts
    3,178       (4,171 )     7,349          
                                 
Telecom Division sales, excluding gains/losses on forward exchange contracts
    156,260       156,810       (550 )     (0.4 )
                                 
Impact of recent acquisitions (1)
    (25,327 )     (5,423 )     (19,904 )        
                                 
Organic sales
  $ 130,933     $ 151,387     $ (20,454 )     (13.5 ) %

(1)  
Includes Brix Networks and Navtel Communications.
 
In fiscal 2009, we reported a year-over-year decrease in sales mainly due to the impact of the worldwide economic recession that affected most of our product lines during that period. In addition, as a portion of our sales are denominated in Canadian dollars, euros or British pounds, the increased strength of the US dollar against these currencies in fiscal 2009, compared to 2008, also had a negative impact on our sales expressed in US dollars, which contributed to the decrease in sales compared to the corresponding period last year. This was amplified by foreign exchange losses on our forward exchange contracts, which are recorded in reduction of sales. In fact, in fiscal 2009, foreign exchange losses on our forward exchange contracts amounted to $3.2 million and accordingly reduced our sales, compared to foreign exchange gains of $4.2 million in 2008, which increased our sales; this represents a decrease in sales of $7.3 million year-over-year. Excluding the impact of gains and losses on forward exchange contracts, our sales would have been relatively flat year-over-year.
 
The decrease in sales in fiscal 2009, compared to the same period last year, was offset in part by the inclusion of the sales of newly acquired Brix Networks and Navtel Communications products. In fact, sales of Brix Network and Navtel Communications amounted to $25.3 million in 2009, compared to $5.4 million in 2008. Brix Networks and Navtel Communications were acquired two months and one month into the third quarter of fiscal 2008, respectively. Excluding sales of Brix Networks and Navtel Communications and the impact of the foreign exchange gains or losses on our forward exchange contracts, our telecom sales would have decreased 13.5% organically year-over-year in 2009, reflecting the impact of the global economic recession and the decrease of the Canadian dollar, euro and British pound compared to the US dollar.
 

 
 
In fiscal 2009, we posted record-high sales and bookings of protocol test solutions, including next-generation IP test solutions and product lines of newly acquired Brix Networks and Navtel Communications. Protocol test solutions sales, buoyed by network capacity upgrades on wireline and wireless networks, increased 63.1% year-over-year (organic growth of 4.8% excluding sales of our new acquisitions of fiscal year 2008) as they reached $54.9 million in 2009, compared to $33.7 million in 2008. Also, they represented more than 35% of our telecom sales in 2009 (more than 20% in 2008). During fiscal 2009, we shipped a multimillion order to a Tier-1 wireless operator in North America for our service assurance test solutions, which increased our protocol sales year-over-year . The acquisitions of Brix Networks and Navtel Communications and the launches of significant strategic protocol test solutions in fiscal 2008 and 2009 give us a much more comprehensive offering in this market segment and a better competitive advantage over the competition.
 
However, sales of our optical test solutions decreased 17.5% to $95.5 million, from $115.7 million in 2008. Also, in fiscal 2009, we posted a year-over-year sales decrease of 21.8% ($5.8 million in fiscal 2009, compared to $7.4 million in 2008) for our copper-access test solutions. Our optical business was more affected by difficult market conditions, as many network operators deferred capital-intensive deployment decisions on FTTx rollouts and capacity expansion, opting to increase speed rather than digging trenches to add new fiber-optic cables. We believe that we still gained market share in the optical segment despite our year-on-year revenue decline. The access segment was also severely impacted by the recession, but we believe in this case that we have likely lost some market share from a small overall market presence, as our new products have not yet created a significant impact in the market.
 
In fiscal 2009, we launched a patent-pending distributed PMD analyzer that allows network operators to cost-effectively upgrade their networks to 40G and 100G by measuring the level of potentially debilitating PMD on each fiber section, as well as the next-generation FTB-500 multilayer platform for high-end test applications in the field at the central office. In addition, following the year-end, we released the first turnkey optical modulation analyzer for complete characterization of signals up to 100 Gbaud. This analyzer incorporates the technology of newly acquired PicoSolve. These new and significant products should contribute to our sales in fiscal 2010 and beyond and help us increase our optical sales in the future.
 
During fiscal 2009, our top customer represented 13.1% ($20.0 million) of our telecom sales, compared to 8.4% ($13.6 million) in 2008.
 
Life Sciences and Industrial Division
 
In fiscal 2009, sales of our Life Sciences and Industrial Division decreased 13.2% year-over-year at $19.8 million, from $22.8 million in 2008.
 
A significant portion of that division’s sales activities are conducted through original equipment manufacturer (OEM) agreements. Consequently, we are dependent, to some extent, on the buying pattern of our customers. Moreover, a significant part of our product offering is related to manufacturing applications of consumer goods, which have been affected by the current state of the global economy. Finally, the decrease in the value of the Canadian dollar, the euro and the British pound versus the US dollar year-over-year had a negative impact on sales of this division, since a portion of these are denominated in currencies other than the US dollar and since we report our results in US dollars.
 
Fiscal 2008 vs. 2007
 
In fiscal 2008, our global sales increased 20.2% to $183.8 million, from $152.9 million in 2007, with an 88%-12% split in favor of our Telecom Division (85%-15% in 2007) .
 
Telecom Division
 
In fiscal 2008, sales of our Telecom Division increased 24.0% to $161.0 million, from $129.8 million in 2007.
 

 
 
The following table summarizes information about sales of our Telecom Division for the years ended August 31, 2007 and 2008, in thousands of US dollars:
 
   
Year ended
August 31, 2008
   
Year ended
August 31, 2007
   
Change
in $
   
Change
in %
 
                   
                         
Telecom Division sales
  $ 160,981     $ 129,839     $ 31,142       24.0 %
                                 
Gains on forward exchange contracts
    (4,171 )     (1,280 )     2,891          
                                 
Telecom Division sales, excluding gains on forward exchange contracts
    156,810       128,559       28,251       22.0  
                                 
Impact of recent acquisitions (1)
    (5,423 )           (5,423 )     -  
                                 
Organic sales
  $ 151,387     $ 128,559     $ 22,828       17.8 %

(1)
Includes Brix Networks and Navtel Communications.
 
In fiscal 2008, we posted sales growth because of the market acceptance of our next-generation IP test solutions and continued market-share gains in optical test solutions, revenue from   newly acquired Brix Networks and Navtel Communications, continued spending in access networks fueled by the competitive dynamic between telephone and cable companies, as well as the positive impact of our forward exchange contract gains.
 
In fiscal 2008, sales of our optical test solutions increased 11.5% to $115.7 million, from $103.8 million in 2007. In addition, in fiscal 2008, we posted record-high sales and bookings of protocol test solutions, including next-generation IP test solutions and product lines of newly acquired Brix Networks and Navtel Communications. Protocol test solutions represented our fastest-growing product line with a year-over-year sales increase of 97.4% (organic growth of 65.6% excluding sales of $5.4 million from our new acquisitions of fiscal year 2008) as they reached $33.7 million in 2008, compared to $17.1 million in 2007. Also, they represented more than 20% of our telecom sales in 2008 (more than 10% in 2007).
 
However, in fiscal 2008, we posted a year-over-year sales decrease of 3.9% ($7.4 million in fiscal 2008, compared to $7.7 million in 2007) for our copper-access test solutions given that our highly competitive new product offering is only just starting to establish itself on the market and that large-scale IPTV deployments have been delayed, which affected our sales in fiscal 2008 to some extent. During fiscal 2008, we launched new added-value products that integrate Consultronics (copper-access) core knowledge and intellectual property; namely, the new AXS-200 SharpTESTER. Also, in 2008 we launched a new test module housed inside the AXS-200 SharpTESTER platform, which differentiates our access network offering from those of other vendors. The AXS-200/630 triple-play test set, which leverages the benefits of Broadcom’s customer premises equipment (CPE) multimode VDSL2 chipset, enables the installation and troubleshooting of ADSL2+ and VDSL2 access networks with the highest level of interoperability. A large portion of our sales of copper-access products in fiscal 2007 were made to a Tier-1 carrier in the United States. In fiscal 2008, sales of copper-access test solutions made to this customer significantly decreased compared to 2007, which means that we were able to diversify our customer base year-over-year
 
It should be noted, however, that in fiscal 2007 we benefited from aggressive FTTH rollouts from our top customer, and that sales to this customer represented 17.3% ($22.5 million) of our telecom sales, compared to 8.4% ($13.6 million) in 2008. Excluding sales to this customer, our telecom sales would have increased 37.3% in fiscal 2008, compared to 2007.
 

 
 
In fiscal 2008, foreign exchange gains on our forward exchange contracts, which are included in our telecom sales, amounted to $4.2 million, compared to $1.3 million in 2007. In fiscal 2008, the average value of the Canadian dollar increased 11.4% versus the US dollar compared to 2007, which contributed to the increase in the foreign exchange gains on our forward exchange contracts year-over-year.
 
Life Sciences and Industrial Division
 
In fiscal 2008, sales of our Life Sciences and Industrial Division decreased 1.2% year-over-year at $22.8 million, from $23.1 million in 2007.
 
A significant portion of that division’s sales activities are conducted through original equipment manufacturer (OEM) agreements. Consequently, we are dependent, to some extent, on the buying pattern of our customers. In particular, one of our major OEM customers significantly reduced its purchases of our products following the launch of its own solution that competes against our products. Excluding sales to this customer, sales of this division would have increased 3.5% year-over-year.
 
Net bookings
 
Overall, for the two divisions, net accepted orders slightly decreased 2.2% year-over-year to $180.5 million in fiscal 2009 from a record-high $184.6 million in 2008, for a book-to-bill ratio of 1.04 in fiscal 2009. Despite the negative impact on our bookings of the global economic recession and currency fluctuations in fiscal 2009, bookings only decreased 2.2% year-over-year, because of the contribution of Brix Networks and Navtel Communications, which we acquired two months and one month into the third quarter of fiscal 2008, respectively.
 
Geographic distribution
 
Fiscal 2009 vs. 2008
 
In fiscal 2009, sales to the Americas, Europe, Middle-East and Africa (EMEA) and Asia-Pacific (APAC) accounted for 57%, 27% and 16% of global sales, respectively, compared to 56%, 28% and 16%, respectively in 2008.
 
In fiscal 2009, we reported sales decreases (in dollars) in every geographic area. In fact, sales to the Americas, EMEA and APAC decreased (in dollars) 3.3%, 10.7% and 6.6%, respectively.
 
In the Americas, the decrease in sales in fiscal 2009, compared to 2008, comes from the United States where we posted a year-over-year decrease in sales of 8.9%. The current global economic recession has forced NSPs and NEMs to reduce their capital and operating expenses and several customers have announced significant reductions in capital expenditures and staffing levels for calendar year 2009 in anticipation of lower revenue streams; this directly affected our sales in the United States in fiscal 2009, compared to 2008. Also, in fiscal 2009, we recorded significant foreign exchange losses on our forward exchange contracts, which are included in our sales to the Americas for the most part, compared to forward exchange gains in 2008.  Excluding the impact of gains and losses on our forward exchange contracts, sales to the United States would have decreased 3.8% year-over-year. The decrease in sales to the United States in fiscal 2009 was offset in part by an increase of 31.4% of sales made in Canada, despite the negative impact of a weaker Canadian dollar versus the US dollar year-over-year on our Canadian-dollar-denominated sales. The recession also affected Latin America, where sales decreased 8.7% year-over-year. Finally, the contribution of Brix Networks and Navtel Communications in fiscal 2009 also mitigated the effect of the recession and the currencies on our sales in the United States, as a significant portion of Brix and Navtel sales are made in the United States and Canada.
 

 
 
The decrease in sales in the EMEA market, in dollars, in fiscal 2009, compared to 2008, is also due to the impact of the global recession as we are witnessing caution from many of our customers with their fiscal year budgets (calendar 2009). While we see this as a delay and a change in spending patterns, we expect that investments in next-generation access and transport networks will not be affected in the long term, and we are positioning ourselves to capitalize on that, with recent additions to our product portfolio and sales strategy. In fact, due to the recession, many Tier-1 carriers in EMEA have postponed or significantly reduced the speed of the migration of their traditional circuit-switched core networks to higher-speed, dense wavelength-division multiplexing (DWDM) and next-generation packet-based architectures, which negatively impacted the sales of our products. Also, as a portion of the orders in this region are denominated in euros or British pounds, the strength of the US dollar against these currencies in fiscal 2009 had a negative impact on our sales expressed in US dollars for this region, which contributed to the decrease in sales compared to 2008.
 
In the APAC market, sales to China were almost flat year-over-year, despite the recession and the negative impact of currency fluctuations. In fact, the recession in China has been less severe than in the rest of the world, and we were able to mitigate its impact on our sales in that region. However, the rest of Asia has been affected by the general economic conditions and the currency fluctuations, and our sales to the rest of Asia have decreased 9.3% in fiscal 2009 compared to 2008. In the APAC market, despite the recession, we are committed to carrying out our strategy to seek to increase our market share with products and solutions developed and targeted for this important market, as well as to expand our market presence.
 
Fiscal 2008 vs. 2007
 
In fiscal 2008, sales to the Americas, EMEA and APAC accounted for 56%, 28% and 16% of global sales, respectively, compared to 59%, 27% and 14%, respectively in 2007.
 
In fiscal 2008, we reported sales increases (in dollars) in every geographic area. In fact, sales to the Americas, EMEA and APAC increased (in dollars) 12.8%, 26.3% and 40.1%, respectively, which resulted in a larger percentage of sales coming from international markets.
 
In the Americas, the increase in sales in fiscal 2008, compared to the same period last year, comes from every region; we posted a sales growth of 47.8%, 7.9% and 16.7% in Canada, the United States and Latin America, respectively. In the United States, despite the decrease in sales to our top customer year-over-year, we were able to increase our sales. Additionally, Brix Networks and Navtel Communications contributed to the increase in sales in the United States and in Canada year-over-year as most of their sales are made in these two countries. As mentioned above, during fiscal 2007, we benefited from aggressive FTTH rollouts from our top customer, and sales to this customer represented 14.7% ($22.5 million) of our global sales in fiscal 2007, compared to 7.4% ($13.6 million) this year. We believe that we did not lose market share with this particular customer in fiscal 2008; in fact, we believe we have expanded market share as we successfully got additional product-line approvals to partially offset the decline in optical business. Excluding sales to this customer, sales to the United States would have increased 28.7% in dollars year-over-year; this shows that, overall, we have diversified our customer base year-over-year in this region. Finally, sales to Latin America fluctuate depending on the timing and scope of our customers’ projects.
 
The increase in sales in the EMEA market, in dollars, in fiscal 2008, compared to 2007, resulted from our continued strategy from the past several years to aggressively develop this market, to consistently invest in sales resources, and to develop stronger support and service operations in this region. In addition, many Tier-1 carriers in EMEA were migrating their traditional circuit-switched core networks to higher-speed, dense wavelength-division multiplexing (DWDM) and next-generation packet-based architectures, which created a market demand for our protocol test solutions as well as our DWDM, ROADM and fiber characterization test kits. Furthermore, we leveraged our FTTx leadership gained in the United States to provide consultancy with many of the early adopters in this field in EMEA.
 
In APAC, we saw the continued return on investment of some specific optical, protocol as well as life sciences and industrial products developed and targeted for this important market. This increasingly competitive range, coupled with our steadily expanding market presence, is responsible for the higher sales in this region in fiscal 2008, compared to 2007.
 

 
 
Through our two divisions, we sell our products to a broad range of customers, including network service providers, network equipment manufacturers, wireless operators, cable TV operators, optical system and component manufacturers, as well as customers in the life sciences and high-precision assembly sectors. In fiscal 2009, our top customer accounted for 11.6% ($20.0 million) of our global sales, and our top three customers accounted for 17.8% of our global sales. In fiscal 2008, no customer accounted for more than 10% of our global sales, and our top three customers accounted for 13.1% of our global sales.
 
 
GROSS MARGIN
 
Gross margin amounted to 61.3%, 58.9% and 57.4% of sales in fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
Fiscal 2009 vs. 2008
 
Despite the negative impact on the gross margin of foreign exchange losses on our forward exchange contracts, which have reduced our sales, we were able to significantly increase our gross margin by 2.4% year-over-year.
 
The increase in our gross margin in fiscal 2009, compared to 2008, can be explained by the following factors.
 
First, in fiscal 2009, our gross margin was positively affected by the significant increase in sales of our protocol test solutions year-over-year, including those of newly acquired Brix Networks and Navtel Communications, as these products have better margins than our other test solutions.
 
Second, during fiscal 2009, the value of the Canadian dollar significantly fluctuated compared to the US dollar, which impacted our gross margin for this period, compared to the same period last year. In fact, since the beginning of fiscal 2009, the value of the Canadian dollar significantly decreased compared to the US dollar; this resulted in a lower cost of goods sold expressed in US dollars in the statement of earnings, thus increasing our gross margin year-over-year. However, the increase in the procurement costs of our raw materials purchased in US dollars, as a result of the recent and significant decrease in the value of the Canadian dollar compared to the US dollar, started to materialize in fiscal 2009 and will continue to do so over time, in line with the inventory turnover rate, as these raw materials are included in the cost of goods sold of products manufactured with these parts.
 
Furthermore, the operation of our manufacturing facilities in China resulted in a larger portion of our sales coming from products manufactured in China; those products have a lower cost than those manufactured in our facilities in Canada, thus resulting in an improvement in gross margin in fiscal 2009 compared to 2008.
 
However, foreign exchange losses on our forward exchange contracts recorded in fiscal 2009 ($3.2 million), which are included in our sales, had a negative impact of 0.7% on our gross margin during this period, compared to the positive impact of our foreign exchange gains of $4.2 million, or 1.0% on the gross margin in 2008, thus reducing our gross margin year-over-year.
 
In addition, a lower overall sales volume in fiscal 2009 compared to 2008 resulted in decreased manufacturing activities and in lower absorption of our fixed manufacturing costs, thus negatively impacting our gross margin year-over-year.
 
On an ongoing basis and when technically possible, we adjust the design of our products to reuse excess inventory. Over the past few years, we experienced higher sales than expected on some product lines and consumed such excess inventory. Consequently, we were able to reuse excess inventories that were written off in previous years. Excess inventory reuse accounted for $154,000 or 0.1% of sales in fiscal 2009, compared to $1.2 million, or 0.7% of sales in 2008.
 

 
 
Fiscal 2008 vs. 2007
 
The increase in our gross margin in fiscal 2008, compared to 2007, can be explained by the following factors. First, in fiscal 2008, our gross margin was positively affected by the significant increase in sales of our protocol test solutions year-over-year, including those of Brix Networks and Navtel Communications, as these products have better margins than our other test solutions. In addition, the significant increase in global sales, year-over-year, resulted in an increase in manufacturing activities, allowing us to better absorb our fixed manufacturing costs. Furthermore, we were able to reduce our cost of goods sold by better leveraging our supplier base and by developing innovative new products with cost-effective design. Also, our cost of goods was positively affected by lower costs for raw materials due to the significant increase in the value of the Canadian dollar, compared to the US dollar in previous quarters, as most of these costs are incurred in US dollars.
 
However, the shift in sales between the Americas in favor of APAC had a negative impact on our gross margin year-over-year. In fact, sales to APAC tend to have lower margins than sales to the Americas since we are facing higher pricing pressure in the APAC region. In addition, we are facing continued aggressive pricing pressure worldwide. Furthermore, in fiscal 2008, a stronger Canadian dollar, compared to the US dollar year-over-year, prevented us from further improving our gross margin as most of our overhead costs and a portion of our raw material purchases are denominated in Canadian dollars. Finally, the startup of our own manufacturing activities in China in 2008, resulted in additional expenses, which reduced our gross margin in fiscal 2008, compared to 2007.
 
Excess inventory reuse accounted for $1.2 million, or 0.7% of sales in fiscal 2008, compared to $1.7 million, or 1.1% of sales in 2007.
 
Outlook for fiscal 2010
 
Based on the expected sales growth in fiscal 2010, the expected increase in sales of protocol products, the cost-effective design of our products, our manufacturing activities in China and our tight control on operating costs, we expect our gross margin to continue to improve in the future. However, our gross margin may fluctuate quarter-over-quarter as our sales may fluctuate. Furthermore, our gross margin can be negatively affected by increased competitive pricing pressure, customer concentration and/or consolidation, increased obsolescence costs, shifts in customer and product mix, under-absorption of fixed manufacturing costs, challenges encountered in the operations of our manufacturing facilities in China and increases in product offerings by other suppliers in our industry. Finally, any increase in the strength of the Canadian dollar, compared to the US dollar, would have a negative impact on our gross margin in fiscal 2010 and beyond.
 
 
SELLING AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES
 
Selling and administrative expenses were $63.8 million, $61.2 million and $49.6 million for fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. As a percentage of sales, selling and administrative expenses amounted to 36.9%, 33.3% and 32.4% for fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
Fiscal 2009 vs. 2008
 
Brix Networks and Navtel Communications, which were acquired two months and one month into the third quarter of fiscal 2008, respectively, contributed for all of fiscal 2009 to our selling and administrative expenses, which caused these expenses to increase compared to 2008. In addition, selling expenses for Brix Networks and Navtel Communications tend to be higher in percentage of sales than the rest of our business, as their sales cycle is much longer and complex than our other product lines.
 
In addition, during fiscal 2009, despite the challenging market conditions and currency fluctuations, we maintained our sales and marketing activities for most of the year to develop our markets and to support the launches of several products.
 

 
 
However, in fiscal 2009, the substantial and sudden decrease in the average value of the Canadian dollar, compared to the US dollar year-over-year, had a significant positive impact on our selling and administrative expenses, since a large portion of these expenses is denominated in Canadian dollars and since these expenses increased year-over-year. Also, the restructuring plan implemented in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009 has, to some extent, decreased our selling and administrative expenses.
 
Also, in fiscal 2008, we discontinued certain product lines, which led to the layoff of some of our sales and marketing personnel, resulting in severance expenses in 2008.
 
In fiscal 2009, our selling and administrative expenses increased in percentage of sales compared to 2008. This increase is explained by the impact of the acquisitions of Brix Networks and Navtel Communications—whose selling expenses tend to be higher and whose products deliver better margins than the rest of our product lines—and by the reduction of our sales levels due to the worldwide recession, despite the significant decrease in the average value of the Canadian dollar compared to the US dollar year-over-year.
 
Fiscal 2008 vs. 2007
 
In fiscal 2008, we continued intensifying our sales and marketing activities to develop our markets and leverage our significant research and development investments; this resulted in higher sales and marketing expenditures (including number of additional employees and expenses to support the launch of several new products and to increase brand-name recognition), compared to 2007.
 
Also, Brix Networks and Navtel Communications contributed about four months and five months, respectively, in fiscal 2008, which caused our selling and administrative expenses to increase compared to 2007.
 
The substantial increase in the average value of the Canadian dollar compared to the US dollar also had a significant negative impact on our selling and administrative expenses since a large portion of these expenses are denominated in Canadian dollars and since these expenses increased year-over-year as our sales grew.
 
In addition, the setup in 2008 of manufacturing facilities in China and a software development center in India contributed to increasing our administrative expenses year-over-year.
 
Finally, in fiscal 2008, we discontinued certain product lines, which led to the layoff of some of our sales and marketing personnel, resulting in severance expenses during that year.
 
However, in fiscal 2007, we had large orders sold directly to international customers, for which we still had to pay commissions to distributors instead of selling through our distributors at a discounted price; this did not occur to the same extent in 2008, resulting in higher selling expenses for 2007, compared to 2008.
 
In fiscal 2008, and despite an increase in sales, our selling and administrative expenses increased in percentage of sales compared to 2007. The significant increase in the average value of the Canadian dollar compared to the US dollar year-over-year, the setup of our manufacturing facilities in China and R&D center in India, as well as the impact of the acquisitions of Brix Networks and Navtel Communications—whose selling expenses tend to be higher as their products deliver better margins compared to the rest of our product lines—contributed to the increase in these expenses as a percentage of sales.
 
Outlook for fiscal 2010
 
For fiscal 2010, considering the current value of the Canadian dollar compared to the US dollar, we expect our selling and administrative expenses to increase in dollars and range between 33% and 35%. In particular, in fiscal 2010, we expect our commission expenses to increase as sales volume increases. Furthermore, considering our goal of becoming the leading player in the telecom test, measurement, monitoring and service assurance space, we plan to continue intensifying our sales and marketing efforts, both domestic and international, which will also cause our expenses to rise. Finally, any increase in the strength of the Canadian dollar would also cause our selling and administrative expenses to increase, as a large portion of these expenses are incurred in Canadian dollars.
 

 
 
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES
 
Gross research and development expenses
 
Gross research and development expenses totaled $35.8 million, $32.5 million and $25.2 million for fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. As a percentage of sales, gross research and development expenses amounted to 20.7%, 17.7% and 16.5% for fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, while net research and development expenses accounted for 16.0%, 14.6% and 10.9% of sales for these respective years. Net research and development expenses for fiscal 2007 and 2009 included the recognition of non-refundable research and development tax credits in the amount of $3.2 million, or 2.1% of sales, and $1.9 million, or 1.1% of sales, respectively.
 
Fiscal 2009 vs. 2008
 
Brix Networks and Navtel Communications, which were acquired two months and one month into the third quarter of fiscal 2008, respectively, contributed to our gross research and development expenses during the entire year in fiscal 2009; this caused these expenses to increase both in dollars and in percentage of sales, compared to 2008. Indeed, Brix Networks and Navtel Communications tend to incur higher research and development expenses in percentage of sales, compared to our other product lines, as their products are more software-intensive, although they deliver higher margins than most of our other product lines.
 
In addition, we intensified our research and development activities by hiring additional employees, namely in our software development center in Pune, India, which resulted in increased gross research and development expenses in fiscal 2009, compared to 2008.
 
However, during fiscal 2009, the significant and rapid decrease in the average value of the Canadian dollar, compared to the US dollar year-over-year, had a substantial positive effect on our gross research and development expenses, as a significant portion of these expenses are denominated in Canadian dollars and also because these expenses increased year-over-year.
 
Also, in fiscal 2008, we closed down our R&D operations in Budapest, Hungary, and certain R&D projects, which resulted in severance expenses during fiscal 2008.
 
The increase in our gross research and development expenses as a percentage of sales year-over-year is mainly due to a lower sales volume and the impact of the acquisitions of Brix Networks and Navtel Communications.
 
Fiscal 2008 vs. 2007
 
In fiscal 2008, the significant increase in the average value of the Canadian dollar, compared to the US dollar year-over-year, had a significant and negative effect on our gross research and development expenses as a significant portion of these expenses are denominated in Canadian dollars and also because these expenses increased year-over-year.   In addition, we intensified our research and development activities, which included hiring additional employees, resulting in more gross research and development expenses in both divisions in fiscal 2008, compared to 2007. Furthermore, Brix Networks and Navtel Communications contributed for about four months and five months, respectively, in fiscal 2008, which caused our gross research and development expenses to increase compared to 2007. It should be noted that Brix Networks and Navtel Communications tend to incur higher research and development expenses in percentage of sales, compared to our other product lines as their products are more software-intensive; however, they deliver higher margins than most of our other product lines. Also, we established a research and development center focused on software development in Pune, India, which resulted in increased expenses year-over-year. Finally, in fiscal 2008, we closed down our R&D operations in Budapest, Hungary, and certain R&D projects, which resulted in severance expenses during that year and caused our fiscal 2008 expenses to increase year-over-year.
 
The increase in our gross research and development expenses as a percentage of sales year-over-year is mainly due to the negative effect of the increased value of the Canadian dollar versus the US dollar year-over-year, the impact of the acquisitions of Brix Networks and Navtel Communications, as well as the severance expenses incurred in fiscal 2008.
 
 
 
 
Tax credits
 
Tax credits from the Canadian federal and provincial governments for research and development activities were $8.1 million, $5.6 million and $8.5 million for fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. As a percentage of gross research and development expenses, tax credits were 22.5%, 17.2% and 33.9% for fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
Fiscal 2009 vs. 2008
 
During fiscal 2009, after reviewing both available positive and negative evidence, and because we were in a cumulative profit position in one of our subsidiaries, and also because we expected to generate sufficient taxable income in future years at the subsidiary level, we concluded that it was more likely than not that deferred non-refundable research and development tax credits of this subsidiary would be realizable. Consequently, we recognized previously unrecognized non-refundable research and development tax credits in the amount of $1.9 million. Also, increased research and development activities in Canada in fiscal 2009 compared to 2008, where we are eligible for tax credits, resulted in increased tax credits year-over-year.
 
However, all our research and development tax credits are denominated in Canadian dollars. The significant decrease in the average value of the Canadian dollar, compared to the US dollar, in fiscal 2009, compared to 2008, had a negative impact on these tax credits once expressed in US dollars.
 
Excluding the recognition of previously unrecognized research and development tax credits, tax credits would have represented 17.2% of gross research and development expenses in fiscal 2009, a level comparable to 2008.
 
Fiscal 2008 vs. 2007
 
In fiscal 2007, tax credits included $3.2 million, or 12.5% of gross research and development expenses, for the recognition of non-refundable research and development tax credits. Excluding this unusual revenue, tax credits would have increased $216,000 in fiscal 2008, compared to 2007.
 
This increase in the dollar amount of our tax credits in fiscal 2008, compared to 2007, is due to the increased strength of the Canadian dollar, compared to the US dollar year-over-year, since these credits are solely earned on research and development expenses incurred in Canada. However, the decrease in research and development tax credits as a percentage of gross research and development expenses is mainly due to the fact that since the beginning of fiscal 2008, the portion of gross research and development incurred in Canada, where we are entitled to tax credits, was lower than last year following the establishment of our new software development center in India as well as the acquisition of Brix Networks, which is located in the United States. Our research and development activities conducted outside Canada are not entitled to tax credits.
 
Outlook for fiscal 2010
 
For fiscal 2010, considering the current value of the Canadian dollar compared to the US dollar, we expect our research and development expenses to increase in dollars, and range between 15% and 17% of sales, given our focus on innovation, the addition of software features in our products, our desire to gain market share and our goal to exceed customer needs and expectations. Also, we are increasingly taking advantage of talent pools around the world through our software research and development center in Pune, India. Finally, any increase in the strength of the Canadian dollar in the upcoming quarters would cause our net research and development expenses to increase, as most of these are incurred in Canadian dollars.
 
 
AMORTIZATION OF PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
 
In fiscal 2009, amortization of property, plant and equipment was $4.6 million, compared to $4.3 million in 2008 and $3.0 million in 2007.

 
 
 
Fiscal 2009 vs. 2008
 
The increased activities of our own manufacturing facility in China, the upgrade of our IT systems and the impact of the acquisitions of Brix Networks and Navtel Communications (acquired in the third quarter of fiscal 2008) resulted in an increase in our amortization expenses in fiscal 2009, compared to 2008. However, the significant decrease in the average value of the Canadian dollar versus the US dollar in fiscal 2009, compared to 2008, limited the increase in our amortization expenses year-over-year as a significant portion of these expenses is denominated in Canadian dollars.
 
Fiscal 2008 vs. 2007
 
The startup of  our own manufacturing and research and development facilities in China and India, the upgrade of our IT systems, and the impact of the acquisitions of Brix Networks and Navtel Communications, which contributed for about four months and five months in fiscal 2008, respectively, resulted in an increase in our amortization expenses in fiscal 2008 compared to 2007. In addition, t he increase in the average value of the Canadian dollar versus the US dollar in fiscal 2008, compared to 2007, contributed to the increase in our amortization expenses year-over-year as most of these expenses are denominated in Canadian dollars.
 
Outlook for fiscal 2010
 
For fiscal 2010, considering the current value of the Canadian dollar compared to the US dollar, as well as our budgeted additions to capital assets, we expect the amortization of property, plant and equipment to increase in dollars. Also, any increase in the strength of the Canadian dollar in the upcoming quarters would cause our amortization of property, plant and equipment to increase, as most of these expenses are denominated in Canadian dollars.
 
 
AMORTIZATION OF INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
In conjunction with the business combinations we completed over the past several years, we recorded intangible assets, primarily consisting of core technology. These intangible assets resulted in amortization expenses of $5.1 million, $3.9 million and $2.9 million for fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
Fiscal 2009 vs. 2008
 
The increase in amortization expenses in fiscal 2009, compared to 2008, is mainly due to the acquisition of Brix Networks core technology in the third quarter of 2008. However, the significant decrease in the average value of the Canadian dollar versus the US dollar in fiscal 2009, compared to 2008, limited the increase in our amortization expenses year-over-year as a significant portion of these expenses are denominated in Canadian dollars.
 
Fiscal 2008 vs. 2007
 
The increase in amortization expenses in fiscal 2008, compared to 2007, is mainly due to the acquisition of Brix Networks core technology in the third quarter of 2008 and to the increased strength of the Canadian dollar compared to the US dollar.
 
Outlook for fiscal 2010
 
For fiscal 2010, considering the current value of the Canadian dollar compared to the US dollar, we expect the amortization of intangible assets to increase in dollars. Also, any increase in the strength of the Canadian dollar in the upcoming quarters would cause our amortization of intangible assets to increase, as most of these expenses are denominated in Canadian dollars.
 

 
 
RESTRUCTURING CHARGES
 
During fiscal 2009, we implemented a restructuring plan to align our cost structure to the current economic and market conditions. Under that plan, we recorded charges of $1.2 million in severance expenses for the 65 employees who were terminated throughout the company. These charges are included in the restructuring charges in the statement of earnings for the year ended August 31, 2009.
 
 
GOVERNMENT GRANTS
 
Until December 31, 2006, companies operating in the Quebec City area were eligible for a refundable credit granted by the Quebec provincial government. This credit was earned based on the increase of eligible production and marketing salaries incurred in the Quebec City area at a rate of 40%. From the total amount we claimed under this program, a sum of CA$1.1 million (US$1.1 million) was deferred in the balance sheet until we received the final approval of eligible salaries by the sponsor of the program. In fiscal 2007, the sponsor of the program granted us its final approval, and we recorded CA$1.1 million (US$1.1 million) in the earnings from operations in the statement of earnings of fiscal 2007.
 
 
IMPAIRMENT OF GOODWILL
 
In the third quarter of fiscal 2009, we performed our annual impairment test for goodwill for all reporting units. Recoverability of goodwill is determined at the reporting unit level, using a two-step approach. First, the carrying value of the reporting units is compared to their fair value. If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step is performed to determine the amount of the impairment loss. Following the decrease in our stock price in June 2009, we came to the conclusion that the carrying value of one of our reporting units exceeded its fair value and we recorded an impairment charge of $21.7 million in fiscal 2009, to bring the goodwill of this reporting unit to its fair value. This reporting unit reports to the Telecom Division. The fair value of the reporting unit was determined based on a combination of market capitalization and discounted cash flows. Discounted cash flows were estimated using periods ranging between 5 to 7 years and a discount rate of 18%.
 
This impairment resulted in a future income tax recovery of $2.1 million.
 
 
INTEREST INCOME
 
Our interest income mainly resulted from our short-term investments, less interests and bank charges. Interest income amounted to $597,000, $4.6 million and $4.7 million for fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
Fiscal 2009 vs. 2008
 
The decrease in interest income in fiscal 2009, compared to 2008, is mainly due to the decrease in our cash and short-term investments following the cash payment of $41.0 million for the acquisitions of Brix Networks and Navtel Communications in the third quarter of fiscal 2008, the repurchase of share capital amounting to $34.9 million over the last two years, in accordance with our share buy-back programs, as well as the significant reduction in interest rates year-over-year. In addition, the significant decrease in the average value of the Canadian dollar, compared to the US dollar year-over-year, contributed to the decrease in our interest income in fiscal 2009, compared to 2008, as it is denominated in Canadian dollars.
 
Fiscal 2008 vs. 2007
 
The slight decrease in interest income in fiscal 2008, compared to 2007, is mainly due to the decrease of our cash and short-term investments following the cash payment of $41.0 million for the acquisitions of Brix Networks and Navtel Communications, the redemption of share capital for $8.1 million in accordance with our share buy-back program, as well as the general reduction in interest rates year-over-year. However, the significant increase in the average value of the Canadian dollar, compared to the US dollar year-over-year, contributed to the increase in our interest income in fiscal 2008, compared to 2007, as it is denominated in Canadian dollars. In addition, in fiscal 2008, we received interest of $241,000 by the Canadian tax authorities following the recovery during that period of prior years’ income tax receivable.
 
 
 
 
Outlook for fiscal 2010
 
Assuming no acquisitions paid in cash are made in fiscal 2010 and relative stability in interest rates, we expect our interest income to decrease in 2010 as our average cash position is expected to be lower in fiscal 2010, considering the cash used in fiscal 2009, namely for the consideration paid for the acquisition of capital assets and the redemption of share capital. This should be slightly mitigated by cash flows from operating activities in 2010.
 
 
FOREIGN EXCHANGE GAIN (LOSS)
 
Foreign exchange gains and losses are mainly the result of the translation of operating activities denominated in currencies other than the Canadian dollar.
 
The foreign exchange gain amounted to $1.2 million and $442,000 in fiscal 2009 and 2008, respectively, compared to foreign exchange losses of $49,000 for 2007.
 
Fiscal 2009 vs. 2008
 
During fiscal 2009, we witnessed huge volatility in the value of the Canadian dollar as it fluctuated compared to the US dollar, which overall resulted in a foreign exchange gain of $1.2 million. In fact, the period-end value of the Canadian dollar decreased 3.1% to CA$1.0967 = US$1.00 at the end of fiscal 2009, compared to CA$1.0626 = US$1.00 at the end of 2008.
 
Fiscal 2008 vs. 2007
 
In fiscal 2008, we also witnessed volatility in the value of the Canadian dollar as it fluctuated compared to the US dollar, which overall resulted in a foreign exchange gain of $442,000. The average exchange rate was CA$1.0071 = US$1.00 in fiscal 2008, compared to a year-end exchange rate of CA$1.0564 = US$1.00 as at August 31, 2007, and CA$1.0626 = US$1.00 as at August 31, 2008.
 
It should be noted that foreign exchange rate fluctuations also flow through the P&L line items as a significant portion of our operating items are denominated in Canadian dollars, and we report our results in US dollars. Consequently, the significant decrease in the average value of the Canadian dollar in fiscal 2009, compared to 2008, resulted in a significant and positive impact on our financial results. This was amplified by the fact that our operating activities incurred in Canadian dollars increased year-over-year. In fact, the average value of the Canadian dollar in fiscal 2009 was CA$1.1782 = US$1.00 compared to CA$1.0071 = US$1.00 in 2008, representing a decrease of 14.5% in the average value of the Canadian dollar year-over-year. In fiscal 2008, the average value of the Canadian dollar was CA$1.0071 = US$1.00 compared to CA$1.1215 = US$1.00 in 2007, representing an increase of 11.4% in the average value of the Canadian dollar year-over-year. This had a significant and negative impact on our financial results.
 
We manage our exposure to currency risks with forward exchange contracts. In addition, some of our Canadian entities’ operating activities are denominated in US dollars or other currencies, which further hedges these risks. However, any increase in the value of the Canadian dollar, compared to the US dollar, would have a negative impact on our operating results.
 
 
INCOME TAXES
 
We recorded income tax expenses of $261,000 and $1.7 million in fiscal 2009 and 2008, respectively, compared to an income tax recovery of $20.8 million in 2007.
 

 
 
Fiscal 2007
 
During fiscal 2007, after reviewing both available positive and negative evidence, and because we were in a cumulative profit position in the parent company (Canadian federal and provinces levels) and in one of our subsidiaries, located in the United States, and also because we expected to generate sufficient taxable income in future years, we concluded that it was more likely than not that future income tax assets and deferred non-refundable research and development tax credits of the parent company and a portion of our future income tax assets in the United States would be realizable. Consequently, we reversed a portion of our valuation allowance against future income tax assets in the amount of $24.6 million. From this amount, $16.2 million were related to the Canadian federal level, $3.2 million were related to the Canadian provincial levels and $5.2 million were related to the United States level. Future income tax assets recognized in 2007 were recorded in the income tax provision in the statement of earnings for that year.
 
However, in the United States (federal level), based on available positive and negative evidence as at August 31, 2007, as well as the level and the nature of cumulative and expected profits, we maintained a valuation allowance of $7.6 million on a portion of our future income tax assets in this tax jurisdiction because it was more likely than not that these assets would not be recovered. These future income tax assets consisted of operating losses carried forward.
 
In other tax jurisdictions where we have future income tax assets, we were still in a cumulative loss position as at August 31, 2007, and available negative evidence outweighed positive evidence. Consequently, for these tax jurisdictions, we maintained a full valuation allowance against our future income tax assets. As at August 31, 2007, the valuation allowance recorded for these tax jurisdictions amounted to $4.9 million and mainly related to deferred operating losses.
 
Except for the reversal of the valuation allowance in fiscal 2007, most of the income tax expenses recorded in fiscal 2007 represent income taxes payable at the Canadian federal level, which are reduced by research and development tax credits that are recorded against gross research and development expenses in the statements of earnings.
 
Fiscal 2008
 
During fiscal 2008, reductions to the Canadian federal statutory tax rate were substantively enacted. Therefore, Canadian federal future income tax assets decreased by $1.5 million and generated a future income tax expense in the same amount during the year.
 
In addition, during fiscal 2008, taking into account these new Canadian federal substantively enacted tax rates, we reviewed our tax strategy for the future use of our Canadian federal operating losses, research and development expenses, certain timing differences and research and development tax credits to minimize income taxes payable on future years’ taxable income. Consequently, we amended our prior year’s income tax returns to generate a net operating loss to be carried back to prior years, which reinstated previously used research and development tax credits. This resulted in an increase of $2.7 million in both our tax-related assets in the balance sheet and future income tax recovery in the statement of earnings for the year ended August 31, 2008.
 
Finally, during fiscal 2008, considering the expected positive impact the acquisitions of Brix Networks and Navtel Communications will have on future years’ taxable income at the United States federal level, and because actual taxable income in the United States is greater than initially expected, we concluded that it was more likely than not that all future income tax assets of our existing consolidated U.S. group would be recovered. Consequently, we reversed our valuation allowance against future income tax assets in the amount of $7.6 million. The portions of the valuation allowance that were reversed, and that were attributable to the effects of the Brix Networks and Navtel Communications acquisitions—in the amount of $652,000 and $1.6 million, respectively—were included in the purchase price allocation of the related acquired businesses. The remainder of the reversal, in the amount of $5.3 million, has been recorded in income taxes in the statement of earnings for the year ended August 31, 2008.
 

 
 
Fiscal 2009
 
During fiscal 2009, after reviewing both available positive and negative evidence, and because we were in a cumulative profit position in one of our subsidiaries, and also because we expected to generate sufficient taxable income in future years at the subsidiary level, we concluded that it was more likely than not that future income tax assets of this subsidiary would be realizable. Consequently, we reversed the valuation allowance against future income tax assets in the amount of $372,000. Future income tax assets recognized in 2009 were recorded in the income tax provision in the statement of earnings for that year.
 
As at August 31, 2009, our net future income tax assets amounted to $24.1 million, and our non-refundable research and development tax credits amounted to $26.4 million. In order to realize these future income tax assets and non-refundable research and development tax credits, we need to generate approximately $207 million in pretax earnings at the Canadian federal level, approximately $39 million at the Canadian provincial levels, and approximately $36 million at the United States federal level.
 
Valuation allowance
 
As at August 31, 2008 and 2009, we were in a cumulative loss position in certain of our subsidiaries and negative evidence outweighed positive evidence. For these subsidiaries, we maintained a full valuation allowance against our future income tax assets. As at August 31, 2009, the valuation allowance for these subsidiaries amounted to $15.5 million and mainly related to operating losses. Of the valuation allowance of $15.5 million, $10.3 million related to Brix Networks. In the event that we reverse a portion of or all the valuation allowance related to Brix Networks, the amount of such reversal would reduce the amount of goodwill recognized for this acquisition.
 
Please refer to note 17 of our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this document for more details on income taxes and a full reconciliation of the income tax provision.
 
 
EXTRAORDINARY GAIN
 
In conjunction with the acquisition of Navtel Communications, we recorded negative goodwill in the amount of $3.0 million. This negative goodwill has been recorded as an extraordinary gain in the statement of earnings for fiscal 2008.
 
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
Cash requirements and capital resources
 
As at August 31, 2009, cash and short-term investments totaled $69.7 million, while our working capital was at $108.1 million. Our cash and short-term investments decreased $17.8 million in fiscal 2009, compared to 2008, mainly due to the cash payments of $6.9 million, $2.4 million and $26.9 million for the purchases of capital assets, the contingent cash consideration for the acquisition of Brix Networks and the repurchase of share capital, respectively. We also recorded an unrealized foreign exchange loss on our cash and short-term investments of $4.2 million. This unrealized foreign exchange loss resulted from the translation, in US dollars, of our Canadian-dollar-denominated cash and short-term investments and was included in the accumulated other comprehensive income in the balance sheet. On the other hand, operating activities generated cash flows of $22.6 million.
 
Our short-term investments consist of commercial paper issued by 11 (10 as at August 31, 2008) high-credit quality corporations and trusts; therefore, we consider the risk of non-performance of these financial instruments to be limited. None of these debt instruments are expected to be affected by a significant liquidity risk; and none of them represent asset-backed commercial paper.   For the purposes of managing our cash position, we have established a cash management policy, which we follow and monitor on a regular basis. These short-term investments will be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including other potential acquisitions.
 

 
 
We believe that our cash balances and short-term investments will be sufficient to meet our liquidity and capital requirements for the foreseeable future, including the effect of our normal course issuer bid. In addition to these assets, we have unused available lines of credit totaling $14.2 million for working capital and other general corporate purposes, as well as unused lines of credit of $16.5 million for foreign currency exposure related to forward exchange contracts. However, possible operating losses and/or possible investments in or acquisitions of complementary businesses, products or technologies may require additional financing. There can be no assurance that additional debt or equity financing will be available when required or, if available, that it can be secured on satisfactory terms.
 
As at August 31, 2009, our commitments under operating leases amounted to $3.3 million in 2010, $1.6 million in 2011, $741,000 in 2012, $250,000 in 2013 and $356,000 in 2014 and after, for total commitments of $6.2 million.
 
Sources and uses of cash
 
We finance our operations and meet our capital expenditure requirements mainly through cash flows from operating activities, the use of our cash and short-term investments as well as the issuance of subordinate voting shares.
 
Operating activities
 
Cash flows provided by operating activities were $22.6 million in fiscal 2009, compared to $12.7 million in 2008 and $14.4 million in 2007.
 
Fiscal 2009 vs. 2008
 
Cash flows provided by operating activities in fiscal 2009 were attributable to the net earnings after items not affecting cash of $16.5 million, and to the positive net change in non-cash operating items of $6.1 million. The positive net change in non-cash operating items was mainly due to the positive effect on cash of the decrease of $9.7 million of our accounts receivable, the positive effect on cash of the decrease of $2.6 million of our inventories, offset in part by the negative effect on cash of the increase of $3.4 million of our income taxes and tax credit recoverable, as well as the negative effect on cash of the decrease of $2.4 million of our accounts payable and accrued liabilities. The decrease of our accounts receivable is directly attributable to the decrease in sales year-over-year and the timing of sales during the year. The decrease in our inventories is mainly due to lower activity levels year-over-year and a shift in product mix in favor of software-intensive products requiring less material and parts than our traditional ones. The increase in our income taxes and tax credits is mainly due to the increase in our tax credits recoverable that were earned during the year but not yet recovered, as well as the fact that we recognized at the end of the year previously unrecognized R&D tax credits. The decrease in our accounts payable and accrued liabilities is due to the timing of certain purchases and payments.
 
Fiscal 2008 vs. 2007
 
Cash flows provided by operating activities in fiscal 2008 were attributable to the net earnings after items not affecting cash of $33.6 million, offset in part by the negative net change in non-cash operating items of $20.9 million. The negative net change in non-cash operating items was mainly due to the negative effect on cash of the increase of $4.3 million of our accounts receivable, the negative effect on cash of the increase of $12.8 million of our income tax and tax credits recoverable, the negative effect on cash of the increase of $2.2 million of our inventories, as well as the negative effect on cash of the decrease of $1.4 million of our accounts payable and accrued liabilities. The increase of our accounts receivable is directly attributable to the increase in sales year-over-year. The increase in our income taxes and tax credits is mainly due to the increase in our tax credits recoverable that were earned during the year but not yet recovered, as well as the effect of the change in our tax strategy, explained elsewhere in this document. This increase was mostly offset by the positive effect on cash of the decrease of our future income tax assets (in items not affecting cash), which also resulted from the change in the tax strategy. The increase in our inventories resulted from expected increased sales activities for the next quarters. The decrease in our accounts payable and accrued liabilities is due to the timing of certain purchases and payments.
 

 
 
Investing activities
 
Cash flows provided by investing activities amounted to $8.8 million in fiscal 2009, compared to cash flows used of $4.2 million in 2008 and $16.1 million in 2007.
 
Fiscal 2009 vs. 2008
 
In fiscal 2009, we disposed (net of acquisitions) of $18.1 million worth of short-term investments but paid $6.9 million for the purchase of capital assets and $2.4 million for a contingent consideration on a business combination.
 
Fiscal 2008 vs. 2007
 
In fiscal 2008, we disposed (net of acquisitions) of $43.3 million worth of short-term investments to pay for the cash consideration of $41.0 million for the two business combinations closed during the year. Also, we paid $6.5 million for the purchase of capital assets.
 
Financing activities
 
Cash flows used by financing activities amounted to $26.8 million in fiscal 2009, compared to $8.0 million in 2008 and cash flows provided of $330,000 in 2007.
 
Fiscal 2009 vs. 2008
 
In fiscal 2009, we repurchased share capital for a cash consideration of $26.9 million. However, during that year, exercise of stock options generated $56,000.
 
Fiscal 2008 vs. 2007
 
In fiscal 2008, we repurchased share capital for a cash consideration of $8.1 million. However, during that year, exercise of stock options generated $61,000.
 
 
FORWARD EXCHANGE CONTRACTS
 
We utilize forward exchange contracts to manage our foreign currency exposure. Our policy is not to utilize those derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.
 
Our forward exchange contracts, which are used to hedge anticipated US-dollar-denominated sales, qualify for hedge accounting; therefore, foreign exchange translation gains and losses on these contracts are recognized as an adjustment of the revenues when the corresponding sales are recorded.
 
As at August 31, 2009, we held forward exchange contracts to sell US dollars at various forward rates, which are summarized as follows:
 
Expiry dates
 
Contractual amounts
 
Weighted average contractual
forward rates
         
September 2009 to August 2010
 
$27,600,000
 
1.1019
September 2010 to August 2011
 
$14,600,000
 
1.1221
September 2011
 
$1,000,000
 
1.1278
 
As at August 31, 2009, the fair value of our forward exchange contracts, which represents the amount we would receive or pay to settle the contracts based on the forward exchange rate at year end, represented net gai ns of $530,000 ( $62,000 as at August 31, 200 8).
 
 
 
 
CONTINGENCY
 
On November 27, 2001, a class action suit was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York against EXFO, four of the underwriters of our Initial Public Offering and some of our executive officers pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder and Sections 11, 12 and 16 of the Securities Act of 1933. This class action alleges that EXFO’s registration statement and prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 29, 2000, contained material misrepresentations and/or omissions resulting from (i) the underwriters allegedly soliciting and receiving additional, excessive and undisclosed commissions from certain investors in exchange for which they allocated material portions of the shares issued in connection with EXFO’s Initial Public Offering; and (ii) the underwriters allegedly entering into agreements with customers whereby shares issued in connection with EXFO’s Initial Public Offering would be allocated to those customers in exchange for which customers agreed to purchase additional amounts of shares in the after-market at predetermined prices.
 
On April 19, 2002, the plaintiffs filed an amended complaint containing master allegations against all of the defendants in all of the 310 cases included in this class action and also filed an amended complaint containing allegations specific to four of EXFO’s underwriters, EXFO and two of our executive officers. In addition to the allegations mentioned above, the amended complaint alleges that the underwriters (i) used their analysts to manipulate the stock market; and (ii) implemented schemes that allowed issuer insiders to sell their shares rapidly after an initial public offering and benefit from high market prices. As concerns EXFO and our two executive officers in particular, the amended complaint alleges that (i) EXFO’s registration statement was materially false and misleading because it failed to disclose the additional commissions and compensation to be received by underwriters; (ii) the two named executive officers learned of or recklessly disregarded the alleged misconduct of the underwriters; (iii) the two named executive officers had motive and opportunity to engage in alleged wrongful conduct due to personal holdings of EXFO’s stock and the fact that an alleged artificially inflated stock price could be used as currency for acquisitions; and (iv) the two named executive officers, by virtue of their positions with EXFO, controlled it and the contents of the registration statement and had the ability to prevent its issuance or cause it to be corrected. The plaintiffs in this suit seek an unspecified amount for damages suffered.
 
In July 2002, the issuers filed a motion to dismiss the plaintiffs’ amended complaint and a decision was rendered on February 19, 2003. Only one of the claims against EXFO was dismissed. On October 8, 2002, the claims against its officers were dismissed pursuant to the terms of Reservation of Rights and Tolling Agreements entered into with the plaintiffs.
 
In June 2004, an agreement of partial settlement was submitted to the court for preliminary approval. The proposed partial settlement was between the plaintiffs, the issuer defendants in the consolidated actions, the issuer officers and directors named as defendants, and the issuers’ insurance companies. The court granted the preliminary approval motion on February 15, 2005, subject to certain modifications. On August 31, 2005, the court issued a preliminary order further approving the modifications to the settlement and certifying the settlement classes. The court also appointed the notice administrator for the settlement and ordered that notice of the settlement be distributed to all settlement class members by January 15, 2006. The settlement fairness hearing occurred on April 24, 2006, and the court reserved decision at that time.
 
While the partial settlement was pending approval, the plaintiffs continued to litigate against the underwriter defendants. The district court directed that the litigation proceed within a number of “focus cases” rather than in all of the 310 cases that have been consolidated. EXFO's case is not one of these focus cases.  On October 13, 2004, the district court certified the focus cases as class actions. The underwriter defendants appealed that ruling, and on December 5, 2006, the Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit reversed the district court’s class certification decision.
 

 
 
On April 6, 2007, the Second Circuit denied the plaintiffs’ petition for rehearing of that decision and, on May 18, 2007, the Second Circuit denied the plaintiffs’ petition for rehearing en banc . In light of the Second Circuit’s opinion, liaison counsel for all issuer defendants, including EXFO, informed the court that this settlement cannot be approved, because the defined settlement class, like the litigation class, cannot be certified. On June 25, 2007, the district court entered an order terminating the settlement agreement. On August 14, 2007, the plaintiffs filed their second consolidated amended class action complaints against the focus cases and, on September 27, 2007, again moved for class certification. On November 12, 2007, certain defendants in the focus cases moved to dismiss the second consolidated amended class action complaints. On March 26, 2008, the district court denied the motions to dismiss, except as to Section 11 claims raised by those plaintiffs who sold their securities for a price in excess of the initial offering price and those who purchased outside of the previously certified class period. Briefing on the class certification motion was completed in May 2008. That motion was withdrawn without prejudice on October 10, 2008.
 
On April 2, 2009, a stipulation and agreement of settlement between the plaintiffs, issuer defendants and underwriter defendants was submitted to the Court for preliminary approval. The Court granted the plaintiffs’ motion for preliminary approval and preliminarily certified the settlement classes on June 10, 2009. The settlement fairness hearing was held on September 10, 2009. On October 6, 2009, the Court entered an opinion granting final approval to the settlement and directing that the Clerk of the Court close these actions. Notices of appeal of the opinion granting final approval have been filed. Given that the settlement remains subject to appeal as of the date of issuance of our financial statements, the ultimate outcome of the contingency is uncertain. However, based on the settlement approved on October 6, 2009, and the related insurance against such claims, we have determined the impact to our financial position and results of operations as at and for the year ended August 31, 2009 to be immaterial.
 
 
SHARE CAPITAL AND STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS
 
Share capital
 
As at November 6, 2009, EXFO had 36,643,000 multiple voting shares outstanding, entitling to 10 votes each and 22,749,965 subordinate voting shares outstanding. The multiple voting shares and the subordinate voting shares are unlimited as to number and without par value. On December 18, 2008, we repurchased 7.7 million subordinate voting shares for a total consideration of CA$30 million (US$24.9 million), plus related fees of $576,000, in accordance with our substantial issuer bid program. In addition, in fiscal 2009, we redeemed 488,786 subordinated voting shares for a total net consideration of $1.4 million based on our normal course issuer bid share buy-back program.
 
Long-Term Incentive Plan and Deferred Share Unit Plan
 
The aggregate number of subordinate voting shares covered by stock options, restricted share units (RSUs) and deferred share units (DSUs) granted under the Long-Term Incentive Plan and the Deferred Share Unit Plan was 3,121,132 as at August 31, 2009. The maximum number of subordinate voting shares issuable under these two plans cannot exceed 6,306,153 shares. The following tables summarize information about stock options, RSUs and DSUs granted to the members of the Board of Directors and to Management and Corporate Officers of the company and its subsidiaries as at August 31, 2009:
 
Stock Options
 
Number
   
% of issued
and
outstanding
   
Weighted average exercise price
 
                   
Chairman of the Board, President and CEO (one individual)
    179,642       11 %   $ 9.05  
Board of Directors (four individuals)
    148,807       9       6.19  
Management and Corporate Officers (eight individuals)
    212,139       12       14.49  
                         
      540,588       32 %   $ 10.40  

 


Restricted Share Units (RSUs)
 
Number
   
% of issued
and
outstanding
 
             
Chairman of the Board, President and CEO (one individual)
    140,459       10 %
Management and Corporate Officers (eleven individuals)
    479,887       36  
                 
      620,346       46 %

Deferred Share Units (DSUs)
 
Number
   
% of issued
and
outstanding
 
             
Board of Directors (five individuals)
    114,924       100 %
 
 
OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
 
As at August 31, 2009, our off-balance sheet arrangements consisted of letters of guarantee. As at August 31, 2009, our letters of guarantee amounted to $5.5 million; these letters of guarantee expire at various dates through fiscal 2016. From this amount, we had $1.1 million worth of letters of guarantee for our own selling and purchasing requirements, which were for the most part reserved from one of our lines of credit. The remainder, in the amount of $4.4 million, was used to secure our line of credit in CNY (Chinese currency). This line of credit was unused as at August 31, 2009.
 
 
VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITY
 
As of August 31, 2009, we did not have interests in any variable interest entities.
 
 
NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURE
 
We provide a non-GAAP financial measure (EBITDA*) as supplemental information regarding our operational performance. We use EBITDA for the purposes of evaluating our historical and prospective financial performance, as well as our performance relative to our competitors. This measure also helps us to plan and forecast future periods as well as to make operational and strategic decisions. We believe that providing this information to our investors, in addition to the GAAP measures, allows them to see the company’s results through the eyes of management, and to better understand our historical and future financial performance.
 
The presentation of this additional information is not prepared in accordance with GAAP. Therefore, the information may not necessarily be comparable to that of other companies and should be considered as a supplement to, not a substitute for, the corresponding measures calculated in accordance with GAAP.
 

 
 
The following table summarizes the reconciliation of EBITDA to GAAP net earnings (loss), in thousands of US dollars:
 
   
Years ended August 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
GAAP net earnings (loss) for the year
  $ (16,585 )   $ 18,424     $ 42,275  
                         
Add (deduct):
                       
                         
Amortization of property, plant and equipment
    4,607       4,292       2,983  
Amortization of intangible assets
    5,067       3,871       2,864  
Impairment of goodwill
    21,713              
Interest income
    (597 )     (4,639 )     (4,717 )
Income taxes
    261       1,676       (20,825 )
Extraordinary gain
          (3,036 )      
                         
EBITDA for the year
  $ 14,466     $ 20,588     $ 22,580  
                         
EDITDA in percentage of sales
    8.4 %     11.2 %     14.8 %
 
*
EBITDA is defined as net earnings (loss) before interest, income taxes, amortization of property, plant and equipment, amortization of intangible assets, impairment of goodwill and extraordinary gain.
 
 
 
 
Directors, Senior Management and Employees
 
Directors and Senior Management

The following table sets forth information about our executive officers, senior managers and Directors as of November 2, 2009.

Name and Municipality of Residence
 
 
Positions with EXFO
 
PIERRE-PAUL ALLARD
Pleasanton, California
 
 
Independent Director
JON BRADLEY
Worminghall, United Kingdom
 
 
Vice-President, Telecom Sales, International
STEPHEN BULL
Quebec City, Quebec
 
 
Vice-President, Research and Development, Telecom Division
NORMAND DUROCHER
St-Sauveur, Quebec
 
 
Vice-President, Human Resources
ALLAN FIRHOJ
Georgestown, Ontario
 
 
Vice-President and General Manager, Life Sciences and Industrial Division
ÉTIENNE GAGNON
Quebec City, Quebec
 
 
Vice-President, Telecom Product Management and Marketing
LUC GAGNON
St-Augustin-de-Desmaures, Quebec
 
 
Vice-President, Telecom Manufacturing Operations and Customer Service
VIVIAN HUDSON
Beaconsfield, Quebec
 
 
Vice-President and General Manager, EXFO Service Assurance Business Unit
GERMAIN LAMONDE
St-Augustin-de-Desmaures, Quebec
 
 
Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer
PIERRE MARCOUILLER
Magog, Quebec
 
 
Independent Director
GUY MARIER
Lakefield Gore, Quebec
 
 
Independent Lead Director
PIERRE PLAMONDON
Quebec City, Quebec
 
 
Vice-President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer
BENOIT RINGUETTE
Boischatel, Quebec
 
 
General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
DAVID A. THOMPSON
Newton, North Carolina
 
 
Independent Director
ANDRÉ TREMBLAY
Outremont, Quebec
 
 
Independent Director
DANA YEARIAN
Lake Forest, Illinois
 
Vice-President, Telecom Sales, Americas

The address of each of our executive officers, senior managers and Directors is c/o EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc., 400 Godin Avenue, Quebec, Quebec, Canada. The following is a brief biography of each of our executive officers, senior managers and Directors.
 
 
 
 
Pierre-Paul Allard was appointed a member of our Board of Directors in September 2008 and has been a board member of many other technology companies in Canada and in the US. Today, he is also an active philanthropist for l’ Institut de Cardiologie de Québec . Mr. Allard is presently Area Vice-President, Sales for Cisco Systems Inc., where he has held several management positions over the years. Currently, he is responsible for sales and field operations of Cisco’s Global Enterprise Client segment, focusing on new market opportunities, accelerated revenue growth and increased customer satisfaction. Prior to joining Cisco, Mr. Allard worked for IBM Canada for 12 years. In 2002, Mr. Allard co-chaired the Canadian e-Business Initiative, a private-public partnership aiming to measure the role e-Business plays in increasing productivity levels, job creation and competitive position. In 1998, he was the laureate of the Arista-Sunlife Award, for Top Young Entrepreneur in Large Enterprise, by the Montreal Chamber of Commerce. In 2003, he received the Queen’s Golden Jubilee Medal, which highlights significant contributions to Canada. In the same year, he was also awarded the prestigious Trudeau Medal from the University of Ottawa, School of Management. Pierre-Paul Allard holds a bachelor’s and masters’ degree in Business Administration from the University of Ottawa, School of Management, in Canada.

Jon Bradley was appointed Vice-President, Telecom Sales - International for EXFO in March 2007. He is responsible for managing telecom sales, both direct and indirect, and for the execution of sales strategies in the international arena. He manages an accomplished and diverse sales and distribution team. As a member of the Strategy and Management Committees, he also develops corporate strategy for EXFO. Prior to his appointment as Vice-President, International Telecom Sales, Dr. Bradley held the position of Sales Director for the Europe, Middle East and Africa (EMEA) territory from 2003 to 2007, and Regional Sales Manager from 1999 to 2003. Before joining EXFO in 1999, Dr. Bradley was employed as Sales and Marketing Director by Queensgate Instruments (UK) from 1997 to 1999 and as Sales Engineer by Lambda Photometrics (UK) from September 1993 to September 1997. Dr. Bradley holds an honors degree in chemistry, as well as a Ph.D. in Raman spectroscopy from the University of Durham in the United Kingdom.

Stephen Bull was appointed our Vice-President, Research and Development, Telecom Division in December 1999. He joined us in July 1995 and held the positions of Assistant Director-Engineering from September 1997 to December 1999 and Group Leader (Engineering Management) from July 1995 to September 1997. From June 1990 to March 1995, Mr. Bull held the position of General Manager and Managing Director for Space Research Corporation, a military engineering company in Belgium. Mr. Bull holds a bachelor’s degree in Electrical Engineering from Laval University in Quebec City, Canada.

Normand Durocher was appointed Vice-President of Human Resources in April 2004. In addition to managing our human resources team, his main responsibility is to develop and implement a human resources plan that supports EXFO’s business strategy. Mr. Durocher began his career in labor relations in the Cable division of Nortel and then took on several key roles at Nortel Networks and Nordx/CDT, all relating to human resources and operations. Since then, Normand Durocher has accumulated more than 25 years’ experience in operations and human resources management within the telecommunications industry. Prior to joining EXFO, Mr. Durocher ran his own human resources consulting business. Normand Durocher holds a Bachelor of Science from the University de Montreal and also completed the Advanced Human Resources program at Dalhousie University in Halifax, Nova Scotia, Canada.

Allan Firhoj was appointed Vice-President and General Manager, Life Sciences and Industrial Division in July 2003. Prior to that, he held the position of General Manager of EXFO Photonic Solutions Inc. since November 2001. He is responsible for the overall strategic direction and management of the Life Sciences and Industrial Division. Mr. Firhoj joined EFOS Inc. in 1996, where he was responsible for Sales, Marketing and Business Development of the Dental Curing-Products Division. Following the sale of this division to Dentsply International in 1997, he was appointed Director of Marketing and Business Development. Mr. Firhoj continued in this capacity until being appointed to the position of General Manager of EXFO Photonic Solutions Inc. Prior to joining us, Mr. Firhoj spent six years with The Horn Group, a plastics business involved in medical devices/instrumentation and office communication equipment. He successively held the positions of ISO 9000 Implementation Manager, Technical Sales Manager as well as Marketing and Business Development Manager. In this latter role, he successfully contributed to increasing sales in their medical market by an annual average of 60% during a three-year period. Mr. Firhoj holds a bachelor’s degree in Political Science from Bishop’s University in Lennoxville, Quebec.


 
 
Étienne Gagnon was appointed Vice-President, Telecom Product Management and Marketing in May 2003 and, in May 2007, he took on the responsibility of all our telecom business units – Optical; Transport and Datacom; and Access. As such, he is responsible for EXFO’s general marketing direction on both the product level and communications level. Mr. Étienne Gagnon is not related to Mr. Luc Gagnon. For nearly three years, before returning to EXFO in early 2003, Mr. Gagnon was Vice-President of Sales and Marketing at TeraXion, an optical component manufacturer based in Quebec City. Mr. Gagnon began his career as a design engineer for Bombardier/Canadair, where he worked on the Canadian Regional Jet project between 1990 and 1993. Later, he held the position of Business Development Manager for France Telecom in Hungary. In 1994, he joined EXFO’s European office as a Regional Sales Manager, and in 1996, he was brought back to Quebec City to head the OSP marketing group. Mr. Gagnon then went on to become the director of our Outside Plant division in 1998, and remained in that function until he joined TeraXion in 2000. Etienne Gagnon holds a bachelor’s degree in mechanical engineering from the University of Montreal’s School of Engineering, and a master’s degree in European business from the Ecole nationale supérieure des télécommunications in France.

Luc Gagnon was appointed Vice-President, Telecom Manufacturing Operations in May 2003 and, in May 2007, he also took on the vice-presidency of the Customer Services department. Mr. Luc Gagnon is not related to Mr. Étienne Gagnon. He is responsible for ensuring the smooth operation of all manufacturing activities, which include production, purchasing, product engineering, quality assurance, planning, manufacturing engineering, product configuration, transportation and customs, as well as material resources. In addition, he maintains an ongoing and efficient relation between the manufacturing process and the end customer. Prior to his nomination in 2003, Mr. Gagnon held the position of Production Director since 2000. Before joining EXFO, he had similar roles in several other high-technology companies. He worked for Mendes from 1999 to 2000, for C-MAC from 1997 to 1999, for STERIS from 1993 to 1997 and for MITEL from 1991 to 1993. Luc Gagnon holds a bachelor’s degree in electrical engineering and master’s degree in engineering, both from the Université de Sherbrooke , in Canada.

Vivian Hudson was nominated Vice-President and General Manager for EXFO’s Service Assurance business unit in September 2008. Prior to joining EXFO, Ms. Hudson held various general management positions at Nortel, including those of General Manager for the Systems Integration unit for the Microsoft-Nortel Innovative Communications Alliance; the GSM business in France; and the High-Capacity Optical Networks group. Ms. Hudson first began at Nortel in 1990 and worked through the ranks, namely in European Marketing (based in the UK and in France), Optical Product Management, Wireless Operations, as well as Optical and Wireless General Management. Prior to this, she held positions at Bell Canada as a business/services planner, at Canadian Pacific as a telecommunications networking end user, and at DMR as a telecommunications consultant. A recognized global high-tech business leader, Ms. Hudson has also pursued sustainable development activities in the telecommunications area and serves on several boards. Namely, she is a governor of Carleton University’s Board of Governors and sits on the board of Shad International. She also holds the ICD.D designation from the Institute of Corporate Directors of Canada. Vivian Hudson holds a Bachelor of Science from Université Laval in Quebec City, and a Master of Business Administration from McGill University in Montreal.

Germain Lamonde , a company founder, has been Chairman of the Board, President and CEO of EXFO since its inception in his apartment in 1985. Mr. Lamonde, who is responsible for the overall management and strategic direction of EXFO and its subsidiaries and divisions, has grown the company from the ground up into global leader in the telecommunications test and measurement industry. Mr. Lamonde has served on the boards of several organizations such as the Canadian Institute for Photonic Innovations, the Pole QCA Economic Development Corporation and the National Optics Institute of Canada to name a few. Germain Lamonde holds a bachelor’s degree in physics engineering from the University of Montreal’s School of Engineering (École Polytechnique), a master’s degree in optics from Laval University, and is also a graduate of the Ivey Executive Program offered by the University of Western Ontario.


 
 
Pierre Marcouiller has served as our Director since May 2000. Mr. Marcouiller is Chairman of the Board and CEO of Camoplast Inc. an industrial manufacturer specialized in rubber tracks, undercarriage systems, composite and plastic components aimed at recreational, agricultural, automotive and industrial markets. Prior to joining Camoplast, Mr. Marcouiller was President and General Manager of Venmar Ventilation Inc. (1988-1996), where he was the controlling shareholder from 1991 to 1996. Mr. Marcouiller is also a Director of Canam Group Inc., an industrial company specialized in the design and fabrication of construction products and solutions in the commercial, industrial, institutional, residential, and bridge and highway infrastructures markets. Mr. Marcouiller also holds directorships in other privately held companies. Pierre Marcouiller holds a bachelor’s degree in business administration from the Université du Québec à Trois-Rivières and an MBA from the Université de Sherbrooke .

Guy Marier has served as our Director since January 2004. Formerly President of Bell Québec (1999 to 2003), Guy Marier completed his successful 33-year career at Bell as Executive Vice-President of the Project Management Office, before retiring at the end of 2003. From 1988 to 1990, Mr. Marier headed Bell Canada International’s investments and projects in Saudi Arabia and, for the three following years, served as President of Télébec. He then returned to the parent company to hold various senior management positions. Guy Marier holds a Bachelor of Arts from the University of Montreal and a Bachelor of Business Administration from the Université du Québec à Montréal.

Pierre Plamondon has been our Vice-President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer since January 1996. Prior to joining us, Mr. Plamondon served as Senior Manager for Price Waterhouse, now PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, from September 1981 to December 1995 in Canada and France. Pierre Plamondon holds a bachelor’s degree in business administration and a license in accounting, both from Laval University in Quebec City, Canada. Mr. Plamondon has been a member of the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants since 1983 and a member of the Board of Directors of SOVAR Inc. (Société de valorisation des applications de la recherche de l’Université Laval) since December 2000.

Benoit Ringuette  has been our in-house Legal Counsel and Corporate Secretary since April 2004. Prior to joining EXFO, Mr. Ringuette practiced mainly in commercial, corporate and securities law from 1998 to 2003 as an associate in the law firms of O’Brien, Flynn Rivard in Quebec City and Desjardins Ducharme Stein Monast in Quebec City. Mr. Ringuette has been a member of the Quebec Bar since 1998. Mr. Ringuette holds a bachelor’s degree in Civil Law and a master’s degree in Business Administration (MBA) from Laval University in Quebec City, Canada.

David A. Thompson has served as our Director since June 2000. Dr. David A. Thompson Retired Vice-President and Director of Technology, Corning Cable Systems. David A. Thompson most recently served as Vice-President and Director of Hardware & Equipment Technology at Corning Cable Systems, where he held this position since 2001 until retiring from Corning in 2008. Prior to this, he held several technical management roles at Corning Incorporated starting in 1976.  He has been a member of the Board of Directors of EXFO Corporation since July 2000 and also continues to serve on the engineering advisory group at the University of North Carolina in Charlotte. Dr. Thompson joined Corning Incorporated in 1976 in glass chemistry research developing new specialty glasses for television, optical lenses, solar mirrors and optical fibers.  He served in several global business management and strategic planning roles for Corning in both R&D and the Telecommunications Division between 1988 and 1999.  He was technical director for the creation of optical amplifier and optical components for Corning and in creation of the Samsung-Corning Micro-Optics joint venture.   He later, in 1999, was named Vice-President for the Strategic Planning & Innovation Effectiveness on return to the Corning RD&E Division. David A. Thompson holds a Bachelor of Science degree in chemistry from The Ohio State University and a masters and doctorate in inorganic chemistry from the University of Michigan and he attended the MIT Sloan School for technology leaders. He holds over 20 patents and has over two dozen technical publications in the areas of inorganic chemistry, glass technology and telecommunications.  He is a member of several professional and honor societies and has chaired numerous technical society groups during his career.


 
 
André Tremblay has served as our Director since June 2000.   Mr. Tremblay is President and CEO of Terrestar Solutions Inc., a leading edge provider of satellite telecommunication services in Canada. He is also a Founder and Managing Partner of Trio Capital inc., a private equity fund management company. He has more than 20 years’ experience in the telecommunications industry, having been actively involved in the conception, financing and management of several companies. As a special advisor to the President of Telesystem Ltd., and as President of Telesystem Enterprises Ltd. from 1992 to 1998, he managed a portfolio of telecommunication companies under control. For almost 10 years, he served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Microcell Telecommunications, a wireless network and service provider, which he led from its inception on through the different phases of its evolution. During that time, he has also provided early-stage financing, along with strategic advice and direction, for start-up technology firms. In 2005, he was appointed by Canada’s Industry Minister as member of the Telecommunications Policy Review Panel to make recommendations on how to modernize Canada’s telecommunication policies and regulatory framework. André Tremblay holds bachelor’s degrees in management and in accounting from Laval University, a master’s degree in taxation from the Université de Sherbrooke, and is also a graduate of Harvard Business School’s Advanced Management Program.

Dana Yearian was appointed our Vice President, Telecom Sales - Americas in March 2007. Prior to this appointment, Mr. Yearian held the position of Vice-President, Telecom Sales − North America. He is responsible for managing telecom sales, both direct and indirect, and the execution of sales strategies across North, Central and South America. Mr. Yearian oversees all sales-related functions for the EXFO sales organization throughout this territory, including sales operations, global account management and partner programs. As a member of the Strategy and Management committees, he also helps develop corporate strategy. Prior to joining EXFO, Mr. Yearian held senior executive sales positions at Spirent Communications Service Assurance Division and Acterna Corp. Mr. Yearian also held various executive positions; namely, at Toshiba America, Silicon Sensors (Advanced Photonix, Inc.), and Impell Corporation (ABB Ltd.). Mr. Yearian holds a bachelor's degree in electrical engineering from the Illinois Institute of Technology in Chicago and has completed MBA course work at DePaul University, also in Chicago, Illinois, USA.

  Term of Executive Officers

Executive officers are appointed annually by the Board of Directors and serve until their successors are appointed and qualified or until earlier resignation or removal.

 
Compensation
 
  Director Compensation

In the financial year ended August 31, 2009, each director who was not an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries received the level of compensation set forth in the table below as annual compensation payable in a combination of cash and Deferred Share Units (“DSUs”) as chosen by the director pursuant to the Deferred Share Unit Plan. The significant terms of the DSU Plan of the Corporation is described herein under the section entitled “Long-Term Incentive Compensation – Deferred Share Unit Plan”.
 
Annual Retainer for Directors (1)
CA$50,000
  (2)
US$42,438
  (3)
Annual Retainer for Lead Director
CA$5,000
 
US$4,244
  (3)
Annual Retainer for Committee Chairman
CA$5,000
 
US$4,244
  (3)
Annual Retainer for Committee Members
CA$3,000
 
US$2,546
  (3)
Fees for all Meetings Attended per day in Person
CA$1,000
 
US$849
  (3)
Fees for all Meetings Attended per day by Telephone
CA$500
 
US$424
  (3)
   
   
(1)  
All the Directors elected to receive 50% of their Annual Retainer in form of DSUs.
(2)  
The Annual Retainer for Mr. Pierre-Paul Allard and Dr. David A. Thompson is US$50,000 (CA$58,910).
(3)  
The compensation information has been converted from Canadian dollars to U.S. dollars based upon an average foreign exchange rate of CA$1.1782 = US$1.00 for the financial year ended August 31, 2009.
 

 
 
In the financial year ended August 31, 2009, the Directors who are not employees of the Corporation received the following compensation in the form indicated:
 
Name
Fees
earned ($) (1)
Share-based
awards ($) (2)
Option-
based
awards ($)
Non-equity
incentive plan
compensation ($)
Pension
value ($)
All other
compensation ($)
Total ($)
Pierre-Paul Allard (3)
34,138   (US)
40,222   (CA)
25,000   (US)
29,455   (CA)
59,138   (US)
69,677   (CA)
Pierre Marcouiller (4)
33,101   (US)
39,000   (CA)
21,219   (US)
25,000   (CA)
54,320   (US)
64,000   (CA)
Guy Marier (5)
39,043   US)
46,000   (CA)
21,219   (US)
25,000   (CA)
60,262   (US)
71,000   (CA)
David A. Thompson (6)
36,459   (US)
42,955   (CA)
25,000   (US)
29,455   (CA)
61,459   (US)
72,410   (CA)
André Tremblay (7)
33,526   (US)
39,500   (CA)
21,219   (US)
25,000   (CA)
54,745   (US)
64,500   (CA)
               
               
(1)  
The compensation information has been converted from Canadian dollars to US dollars based upon an average foreign exchange rate of CA$1.1782 = US$1.00 for the financial year ended August 31, 2009 except for Mr. Pierre-Paul Allard and Mr. David A. Thompson who are paid in U.S. dollar for the portion of their annual retainer for Directors.
(2)  
The estimated value at the time of grant of a DSU is determined based on the highest of the closing prices of the Subordinate Voting Shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange and the NASDAQ National Market on the last trading day preceding the grant date, using the noon buying rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (for grants of DSUs prior to January 1, 2009) or the Bank of Canada (for grants of DSUs on or after January 1, 2009) on the grant date to convert the NASDAQ National Market closing price to Canadian dollars, as required. The value at vesting of a DSU is equivalent to the market value of a Subordinate Voting Share when a DSU is converted to such Subordinate Voting Share.
(3)  
Mr. Pierre-Paul Allard is a Director of the Corporation and member of the Human Resources Committee and the Audit Committee since January 14, 2009. He received the Annual Retainer for Directors, the Annual Retainer for the Human Resources Committee and Audit Committee Members (pro rated as of January 14, 2009) and received the fees for attending 5 days of meetings in person, 4 days of meetings by telephone.
(4)  
Mr. Pierre Marcouiller is a Director of the Corporation and a member of the Human Resources Committee and the Audit Committee. He received the Annual Retainer for Directors, the Annual Retainer for the Human Resources Committee and Audit Committee Members and received the fees for attending 6 days of meetings in person, 4 days of meetings by telephone.
(5)  
Mr. Guy Marier is a Director of the Corporation and a member of the Audit Committee and the Chairman of the Human Resources Committee and the Lead Director. He received the Annual Retainer for Directors, the Annual Retainer for the Human Resources Committee Chairman, the Annual Retainer for Audit Committee Members, the Annual Retainer for Lead Director and received the fees for attending 6 days of meetings in person, 4 days of meetings by telephone.
(6)  
Dr. David A. Thompson is a Director of the Corporation, a member of the Audit Committee and the Human Resources Committee. He received the Annual Retainer for Directors, the Annual Retainer for Human Resource Committee Members, the Annual Retainer for Audit Committee Members and received the fees for attending 5 days of meetings in person, 4 days of meetings by telephone.
(7)  
Mr. André Tremblay is a Director of the Corporation, a member of the Human Resources Committee and Chairman of the Audit Committee. He received the Annual Retainer for Directors, the Annual Retainer for Human Resources Committee Members, the Annual Retainer for Audit Committee Chairman and received the fees for attending 4 days of meetings in person, 4 days of meetings by telephone.
 
Director Incentive Plan Awards
 
The significant terms of all plan-based awards and non equity incentive plan awards, issued or vested, or under which options have been exercised, during the year, or outstanding at the end of the financial year are described herein under section entitled “Compensation Discussion and Analysis – Long-Term Incentive Plan”.
 

 
 
Outstanding share-based awards and option-based award
 
The following sets out for each non-employee director of the Corporation all awards outstanding as at August 31, 2009, if any, including awards granted before August 31, 2009.
 
 
Option-based Awards (Options)
Share-based Awards  (DSUs)
Name
Number of securities
underlying
unexercised options
(#) (1)
Option
exercise
price
(US$) (2)
Option
expiration date
Value of
unexercised
in- the-money
options (US$) (3)
Number of shares
or units of shares
that have not
vested (#)
Market or payout
value of share-based
awards that have
not vested (US$) (4)
Pierre-Paul Allard
7,866
23,598
Pierre Marcouiller
2,000
26.00
June 29, 2010
23,778
71,334
400
22.25
Jan. 10, 2011
17,966
9.13
Oct. 10, 2011
1,037
12.69
Dec. 1, 2011
2,479
5.65
Mar. 1, 2012
12,500
1.58
Sept. 25, 2012
17,750
12,500
3.51
Oct. 27, 2013
Guy Marier
12,500
4.65
Mar. 24, 2014
23,778
71,334
David A. Thompson
2,000
26.00
June 29, 2010
26,963
80,889
400
22.25
Jan. 10, 2011
15,334
9.13
Oct. 10, 2011
12,500
1.58
Sept. 25, 2012
17,750
12,500
3.51
Oct. 27, 2013
André Tremblay
2,000
26.00
June 29, 2010
32,539
97,617
400
22.25
Jan. 10, 2011
17,291
9.13
Oct. 10, 2011
12,500
1.58
Sept. 25, 2012
17,750
12,500
3.51
Oct. 27, 2013
               
               
(1)
The unexercised options have not been and may never be exercised, and actual gains if any, on exercise will depend on the value of the Subordinate Voting Shares on the date of exercise. There can be no assurance that these options will be exercised or any gain realized.
(2)
Prices noted are the grant date exercise price for each option under each award.
(3)
Indicates an aggregate value of “in-the-money” unexercised options held at the financial year ended August 31, 2009. “In-the-money” options are options for which the market value of the underlying securities is higher than the exercise price. The value of unexercised in-the-money options at financial year end is the difference between its exercise or base price and the market value of the underlying Subordinate Voting Share at August 31, 2009 which was US$3.00 (CA$3.29). The market value of the Subordinate Voting Shares was calculated by using the highest of the closing prices of the Subordinate Voting Shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange and on the NASDAQ National Market on August 31, 2009 using the noon buying rate of the Bank of Canada to convert the NASDAQ National Market closing price to Canadian dollars as required.
(4)
The value of unvested DSUs at the financial year-end is the market value of the Subordinate Voting Shares on August 31, 2009, which was US$3.00 (CA$3.29). The market value of the Subordinate Voting Shares was calculated by using the highest of the closing prices of the Subordinate Voting Shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange and on the NASDAQ National Market on August 31, 2009 using the noon buying rate of the Bank of Canada to convert the NASDAQ National Market closing price to Canadian dollars as required. The actual gains on vesting will depend on the value of the Subordinate Voting Shares on the date of vesting. There can be no assurance that these values will be realized.
 
In the financial year that ended August 31, 2009, all of the options of non-employee directors that became exercisable were not “in-the-money”, none of the DSUs of non-employee directors vested and the non-employee directors did not receive any non-equity incentive compensation from the Corporation.

Executive Compensation
 
The Summary Compensation Table below shows compensation information during the most recently completed financial year for the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) and each of the three most highly compensated executive officers whose total compensation was, individually, more than $150,000 (the “NEOs”). The Corporation’s NEOs for the financial year ending August 31, 2009 were Mr. Germain Lamonde (CEO), Mr. Pierre Plamondon (CFO), Mr.   Jon Bradley, Vice-President, Telecom Sales, International, Mr. Dana Yearian, Vice-President, Telecom Sales, Americas, and Mr. Stephen Bull, Vice-President, Research and Development, Telecom Division. This information includes the US dollar value of base salaries, share-based and option-based awards, non-equity incentive plan compensations, pension value and all other compensation, if any, whether paid or deferred.
 
 

 
 
Name and
Principal
Position
Financial
Year
Salary (1)
($)
Share-
Based
Awards (2)
($)
Option-
based
awards (3)
($)
Non-equity incentive
plan compensation ($)
Pension
value ($)
All other compensation
(5)
Total
Compensation
($)
Annual
incentive
plans (4)
Long-term
incentive
plans
Germain Lamonde,
President and
Chief Executive
Officer
2009
314,887
371,000
  (US)
  (CA)
153,999
192,499
  (US)
  (CA)
135,335
159,452
  (US)
  (CA)
  (6)
 
604,221
722,951
  (US)
  (CA)
Pierre Plamondon,
Vice-President,
Finance and
Chief Financial
Officer
2009
186,726
220,000
  (US)
  (CA)
96,720
120,900
  (US)
  (CA)
51,033
60,127
  (US)
  (CA)
  (7)
5,033
5,930
  (US)
  (CA)
339,512
406,957
  (US)
  (CA)
Jon Bradley,
Vice-President,
Telecom Sales,
International
2009
133,799
157,642
86,100
  (US)
  (CA)
  (£)
99,691
124,614
61,649
  (US)
  (CA)
  (£)
65,578
77,264
42,200
  (US)
  (CA)
  (£)
  (8)
 
299,068
359,520
189,949
  (US)
  (CA)
  (£)
Dana Yearian,
Vice-President,
Telecom Sales,
Americas
2009
190,000
223,858
  (US)
  (CA)
114,451
143,063
  (US)
  (CA)
97,508
114,884
  (US)
  (CA)
  (9)
6,536
7,701
  (US)
  (CA)
408,495
489,506
  (US)
  (CA)
Stephen Bull,
Vice-President,
Research and
Development
2009
156,343
184,203
  (US)
  (CA)
73,903
92,379
  (US)
  (CA)
35,771
42,145
  (US)
  (CA)
  (10)
4,065
4,789
  (US)
  (CA)
270,082
323,516
  (US)
  (CA)
                 
                 
(1)  
Base salary earned in the financial year, regardless when paid. The compensation information for Canadian residents has been converted from Canadian dollars to U.S. dollars based upon an average foreign exchange rate of CA$1.1782 = US$1.00 for the financial year ended August 31, 2009. The compensation information for UK resident has been converted from British Pounds to US dollars based upon an average foreign exchange rate of £0.6435 = US$1.00 for the financial year ended August 31, 2009 and the conversion from US dollars to Canadian dollars is made as described above. The currency conversions cause these reported salaries to fluctuate from year-to-year because of the fluctuations in exchange rates.
(2)  
Indicates the dollar amount based on the grant date fair value of the RSUs awarded under the Long-Term Incentive Plan for the financial year . The grant date fair value is equal to the highest of the closing prices of the Subordinate Voting Shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange and the NASDAQ National Market on the last trading day preceding the grant date, using the noon buying rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (for grants of RSUs prior to January 1, 2009) or the Bank of Canada (for grants of RSUs on or after January 1, 2009) on the grant date to convert the NASDAQ National Market closing price to Canadian dollars. Grants of RSUs to NEOs are detailed under section “Compensation Discussion & Analysis – Long-Term Incentive Plan”.
(3)  
Indicates the dollar amount, if any, based on the grant date fair value of the Subordinate Voting Share options or Share Appreciation Rights awarded under the Long-Term Incentive Plan for the financial year . The grant date fair value is equal to the highest of the closing prices of the Subordinate Voting Shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange and the NASDAQ National Market on the last trading day preceding the grant date, using the noon buying rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (for grants of options or SARs prior to January 1, 2009) or the Bank of Canada (for grants of options or SARs on or after January 1, 2009) on the grant date to convert the NASDAQ National Market closing price to Canadian dollars. Grants of Subordinate Voting Share options or Share Appreciation Rights to NEOs are detailed under section “Compensation Discussion & Analysis – Long-Term Incentive Plan”.
(4)  
Indicates the total bonus earned during the financial year whether paid during the financial year or payable on a later date.
(5)  
Indicates the amount contributed by the Corporation during the financial year indicated to the Deferred Profit Sharing Plan as detailed under section “Compensation Discussion & Analysis – Deferred Profit Sharing Plan” or 401K Plan as detailed under section “Compensation Discussion & Analysis – 401K Plan”, as applicable, for the benefit of the NEO. Mr. Lamonde is not eligible to participate in the Deferred Profit Sharing Plan and Mr. Bradley did not participate.
(6)  
US$77,918 (CA$91,803) paid during the financial year ended August 31, 2009 and US$57,417 (CA$67,649) earned in the financial year ended August 31, 2009 but paid in the first quarter of the financial year ending on August 31, 2010.
(7)  
US$29,404 (CA$34,643) paid during the financial year ended August 31, 2009 and US$21,629 (CA$25,484) earned in the financial year ended August 31, 2009 but paid in the first quarter of the financial year ending on August 31, 2010.
(8)  
US$58,192 (CA$68,562) paid during the financial year ended August 31, 2009 and US$7,386 (CA$8,702) earned in the financial year ended August 31, 2009 but paid in the first quarter of the financial year ending on August 31, 2010.
(9)  
US$74,160 (CA$87,375) paid during the financial year ended August 31, 2009 and US$23,348 (CA$27,509) earned in the financial year ended August 31, 2009 but paid in the first quarter of the financial year ending on August 31, 2010.
(10)  
US$22,864 (CA$26,938) paid during the financial year ended August 31, 2009 and US$12,907 (CA$15,207) earned in the financial year ended August 31, 2009 but paid in the first quarter of the financial year ending on August 31, 2010.
 

 
 
Incentive Plan Awards
 
The significant terms of all plan-based awards and non-equity incentive plan awards, issued or vested, or under which options have been exercised, during the financial year, or outstanding at the end of the financial year are described herein under the section entitled “Compensation Discussion and Analysis – Long-Term Incentive Plan” and “Compensation Discussion and Analysis – Short Term Incentive Compensation”.
 
Outstanding share-based awards and option based awards
 
The following sets out for each NEO all option and Restricted Share Units (“RSUs”) awards outstanding as at August 31, 2009, if any, including those granted before August 31, 2009.
 
 
Option-based Awards (Options)
Share-based Awards (RSUs)
Name
Number of securities
underlying
unexercised options
(#) (1)
Option
exercise
price
(US$) (2)
Option
expiration date
Value of
unexercised in-
the-money
options (US$) (3)
Number of shares
or units of shares
that have not
vested (#)
Market or payout
value of share-based
awards that have
not vested (US$) (4)
Germain Lamonde
25,402
26.00
June 29, 2010
140,459
421,377
5,080
22.25
Jan. 10, 2011
70,000
9.13
Oct. 10, 2011
50,000
1.58
Sept. 25, 2012
71,000
17,942
4.51
Feb. 1, 2015
11,218
4.76
Dec. 6, 2015
Pierre Plamondon
8,700
26.00
June 29, 2010
72,922
218,766
10,000
45.94
Sept. 13, 2010
5,000
34.07
Oct. 11, 2010
9,240
22.25
Jan. 10, 2011
19,000
9.13
Oct. 10, 2011
20,000
1.58
Sept. 25, 2012
28,400
5,383
5.13
Oct. 26, 2014
3,653
4.76
Dec. 6, 2015
Jon Bradley
5,000
45.94
Sept. 13, 2010
50,281
150,843
5,000
22.25
Jan. 10, 2011
1,000
12.22
Jan. 3, 2012
1,500
3.19
Jan. 7, 2013
10,000
3.50
Dec. 17, 2013
4,000
4.51
Feb. 1, 2015
Dana Yearian
65,699
197,097
Stephen Bull
900
26.00
June 29, 2010
61,765
185,295
5,000
45.94
Sept. 13, 2010
2,930
22.25
Jan. 10, 2011
15,000
9.13
Oct. 10, 2011
1,795
5.13
Oct. 26, 2014
1,803
4.76
Dec. 6, 2015
               
               
(1)
The unexercised options have not been and may never be exercised, and actual gains if any, on exercise will depend on the value of the Subordinate Voting Shares on the date of exercise. There can be no assurance that these options will be exercised or any gain realized.
(2)
Prices noted are the grant date exercise price for each option under each award.
(3)
Indicates an aggregate value of “in the money” unexercised options held at the financial year ended August 31, 2009. “In-the-money” options are options for which the market value of the underlying securities is higher than the exercise price. The value of unexercised in-the-money options at financial year end is the difference between its exercise or base price and the market value of the underlying Subordinate Voting Share at August 31, 2009, which was US$3.00 (CA$3.29). The market value of the Subordinate Voting Shares was calculated by using the highest of the closing prices of the Subordinate Voting Shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange and on the NASDAQ National Market on August 31, 2009 using the noon buying rate of the Bank of Canada to convert the NASDAQ National Market closing price to Canadian dollars as required. This value has been converted from Canadian to US dollars based upon the foreign exchange rate on August 31, 2009 of 1.0967.
(4)
The value of unvested RSUs at the financial year-end is the market value of the Subordinate Voting Shares on August 31, 2009, which was US$3.00 (CA$3.29). The market value of the Subordinate Voting Shares was calculated by using the highest of the closing prices of the Subordinate Voting Shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange and on the NASDAQ National Market on August 31, 2009 using the noon buying rate of the Bank of Canada to convert the NASDAQ National Market closing price to Canadian dollars as required. The actual gains on vesting will depend on the value of the Subordinate Voting Shares on the date of vesting. There can be no assurance that these values will be realized.
 
 
 
 
Incentive plan awards – value vested or earned during the year
 
The following table summarizes, for each of the NEOs, the value of option based awards, if any vested during the financial year ended August 31, 2009, the value of share-based awards vested during the financial year ended August 31, 2009, if any, and the value of non-equity incentive plan compensation earned during the financial year ended August 31, 2009, if any.
 
Name
Option-based awards – value
vested during the year (US$) (1)
Share-based awards – value
vested during the year (US$) (2)
Non-equity incentive plan
compensation – Value earned
during the year (US$) (3)
Germain Lamonde
32,235
135,335
Pierre Plamondon
43,189
  51,033
Jon Bradley
 7,114
  65,578
Dana Yearian
 5,068
  97,508
Stephen Bull
37,875
  35,771
       
       
(1)
Indicates the aggregate dollar value that would have been realized on the vesting date if the options under the option-based awards had been exercised on the vesting date. The value of option-based awards vested during the year at the vesting date is the difference between its exercise or base price and the market value of the underlying Subordinate Voting Share on the date of the vesting. The market value of the Subordinate Voting Shares was calculated by using the highest of the closing prices of the Subordinate Voting Shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange and on the NASDAQ National Market on the date of the vesting using the noon buying rate of the Bank of Canada to convert the NASDAQ National Market closing price to Canadian dollars as required.
(2)
The aggregate dollar value realized is equivalent to the market value of the securities underlying the RSUs at vesting. This value, as the case may be, has been converted from Canadian dollars to US dollars based upon the noon buying rate of the Bank of Canada on the day of vesting.
(3)
Includes total non-equity incentive plan compensation earned by each NEO in respect to the financial year ended on August 31, 2009 (as indicated under the “Summary Compensation Table”)
 
Termination and Change of Control Benefits

We have an employment agreement with Mr. Germain Lamonde. The agreement is for an indeterminate period and the compensation is reviewed annually. In the event of the termination of Mr. Lamonde’s employment without cause, Mr. Lamonde will be entitled to severance payments equal to 24 months of the current rate of remuneration (base salary, STIP compensation and benefits) and the immediate vesting of all stock options and RSUs. In addition, in the event that Mr. Lamonde’s employment is terminated following a merger or an acquisition by a third party of substantially all of the Corporation’s assets or of the majority of its share capital, he will be entitled to severance payments equal to 24 months of remuneration (base salary, STIP compensation and benefits) and to the immediate vesting of all stock options and RSUs. If Mr. Lamonde voluntarily resigns he will be entitled to immediate vesting of all stock options and RSUs.
 
We have an employment agreement with Mr. Pierre Plamondon, the Corporation’s Vice-President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer. The agreement is for an indeterminate period and the compensation is reviewed annually. In the event of termination of Mr. Plamondon’s employment without cause, Mr. Plamondon will be entitled to severance payments equal to 12 months of the current base salary. In addition, in the event Mr. Plamondon’s employment is terminated following a merger or an acquisition by a third party of substantially all of the Corporation’s assets or of the majority of its share capital, he will be entitled to severance payments equal to 18 months of remuneration (base salary, STIP compensation and benefits) and to the immediate vesting of all stock options and RSUs.
 
We have an employment agreement with Mr. Jon Bradley, the Corporation’s Vice-President, Telecom Sales, International. The agreement is for an indeterminate period and the compensation is reviewed annually. In the event of termination of Mr. Bradley’s employment without cause, Mr. Bradley will be entitled to severance payments equal to 2 months of the current base salary per year of service as a Vice-President of the Corporation (a minimum of 4 months of current base salary but in no case exceeding 12 months of the current base salary). In addition, in the event Mr. Bradley’s employment is terminated following a merger or an acquisition by a third party of substantially all of the Corporation’s assets or of the majority of its share capital, he will be entitled to severance payments equal to 2 months of remuneration (base salary, SIP compensation and benefits) per year of service as a Vice-President of the Corporation (a minimum of 6 months of remuneration but in no case exceeding 18 months of remuneration) and to the immediate vesting of all stock options and RSUs.
 

 
 
We have an employment agreement with Mr. Dana Yearian, the Corporation’s Vice-President, Telecom Sales, Americas. The agreement is for an indeterminate period and the compensation is reviewed annually. In the event of termination of Mr. Yearian’s employment without cause, Mr. Yearian will be entitled to severance payments equal to 2 months of the current base salary per year of service but in no case exceeding 12 months. In addition, in the event Mr. Yearian’s employment is terminated following a merger or an acquisition by a third party of substantially all of the Corporation’s assets or of the majority of its share capital, he will be entitled to severance payments equal to 12 months (for 0-5 years of service) or 18 months of remuneration (base salary, SIP compensation and benefits) (for more than 5 years of services) and to the immediate vesting of all stock options and RSUs.
 
We have an employment agreement with Stephen Bull, the Corporation’s Vice-President, Research and Development, Telecom Division. The agreement is for an indeterminate period and the compensation is reviewed annually. In the event of termination of Mr. Bull’s employment without cause, Mr. Bull will be entitled to severance payments equal to 12 months of the current base salary. In addition, in the event Mr. Bull’s employment is terminated following a merger or an acquisition by a third party of substantially all of the Corporation’s assets or of the majority of its share capital, he will be entitled to severance payments equal to 18 months of remuneration (base salary, STIP compensation and benefits) and to the immediate vesting of all stock options and RSUs.
 
The following table outlines the estimated incremental payments NEOs would be entitled to receive if a termination payment event occurred on August 31, 2009 which includes all payments, payables and benefits that would be given by the Corporation to an NEO upon such termination payment event.
 
Named Executive Officer
Termination Payment Event
Without Cause ($) (1)
Change of Control ($) (2) (3)
Voluntary ($)
Germain Lamonde
1,519,847
1,644,130
  (US) (4)
  (CA)
1,519,847
1,644,130
  (US)
  (CA)
492,377
501,610
  (US) (5)
  (CA)
Pierre Plamondon
294,710
323,077
  (US)
  (CA)
633,826
693,040
  (US)
  (CA)
 
Jon Bradley
78,293
89,497
  (US)
  (CA)
235,213
261,839
  (US)
  (CA)
 
Dana Yearian
146,195
168,073
  (US)
  (CA)
391,923
444,869
  (US)
  (CA)
 
Stephen Bull
231,253
266,354
  (US)
  (CA)
494,562
554,795
  (US)
  (CA)
 
       
       
(1)
The aggregate amount disclosed includes an evaluation of the amount that the NEO would have been entitled to should a termination of employment without cause have occurred on August 31, 2009 and includes, as the case may be for each NEO, the base salary that would have been received and total value of RSUs and options that would have vested (with the exception of Mr. Lamonde’s evaluation which is described in note 4 below). The amount for base salary compensation is calculated according to those amounts provided under the section entitled “Summary Compensation Table” included in this Annual Report. The amount for the total value attached to the vesting of RSUs and options determined pursuant to the Long-Term Incentive Plan as described in the section entitled ‘’Long-Term Incentive Compensation’’ – ‘’ Long-Term Incentive Plan’’ for termination without cause.
(2)
A “Change of Control” is a merger or an acquisition by a third party of substantially all of the Corporation’s assets or of the majority of its share capital.
(3)
The aggregate amount disclosed includes, as the case may be for each NEO, an evaluation of the amount that the NEO would have been entitled to should a termination of employment for Change of Control have occurred on August 31, 2009 and includes, as the case may be, namely, the base salary, STIP or SIP compensation and total value of RSUs and options that would have vested. The amount for base salary and STIP or SIP compensation are calculated according to those amounts provided under the section entitled “Summary Compensation Table” included in this Annual Report, the total value attached to the vesting of RSUs and options is calculated according to those amounts provided in the columns named “Value of unexercised in-the-money options” and “Market or payout value of share-based awards that have not vested” of the table included under the heading entitled – “Outstanding share-based awards and option-based awards”.
(4)
The aggregate amount disclosed includes an evaluation of the amount that Mr. Lamonde would have been entitled to should a termination of employment without cause have occurred on August 31, 2009 and includes: the base salary, STIP compensation, and total value of RSUs and options that would have vested. The amount for base salary and STIP compensation are calculated according to those amounts provided under the section entitled “Summary Compensation Table” included in this Annual Report; the total value attached to the vesting of RSUs and options are calculated according to those amounts provided in the columns named “Value of unexercised in-the-money options” and “Market or payout value of share-based awards that have not vested” of the table included under the heading entitled – “Outstanding share-based awards and option-based awards”.
 
 
 
 
(5)
The aggregate amount disclosed includes an evaluation of the amount that Mr. Lamonde would have been entitled to should a voluntary termination of employment have occurred on August 31, 2009 and includes: the total value of RSUs and options that would have vested. The amount for the total value attached to the vesting of RSUs and options are calculated according to those amounts provided in the columns named “Value of unexercised in-the-money options” and “Market or payout value of share-based awards that have not vested” of the table included under the heading entitled – “Outstanding share-based awards and option-based awards”
 
Compensation Discussion & Analysis
 
This Compensation Discussion & Analysis mainly focuses on: (i) significant elements of the Corporation’s executive compensation program; (ii) principles on which the Corporation makes compensation decisions and determines the amount of each element of executive and director compensation; and (iii) an analysis of the material compensation decisions made by the Human Resources Committee for the financial year ended August 31, 2009.
 
The following is a discussion of the compensation arrangements with the Corporation’s NEOs.
 
Members of the Human Resources Committee
 
During the financial year ended August 31, 2009, the Human Resources Committee was composed of Mr. Guy Marier, as Chairman, Mr. Pierre-Paul Allard (starting January 14, 2009), Mr. Pierre Marcouiller, Mr. David A. Thompson and Mr. André Tremblay, none of whom were officers or employees, or former officers or employees of the Corporation or its subsidiaries. All of the members of the Human Resources Committee are considered “independent”, as defined in applicable securities legislation.
 
Mandate of the Human Resources Committee
 
The Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors is responsible for establishing the annual compensation and overseeing the assessment of the performance of all the Corporation’s executive officers, including the President and Chief Executive Officer. This Committee also reviews and submits to the Board the salary structure and the short-term and long-term incentive compensation programs for all employees of the Corporation. The Committee also evaluates and makes recommendations to the Board regarding the compensation of directors, including the number of Deferred Share Units credited to the non-employee directors pursuant to the Deferred Share Unit Plan.  The Committee’s goal is to develop and monitor executive compensation programs that are consistent with strategic business objectives and shareholders’ interests. Though the Committee is responsible for the review and approval of the employees that will receive Restricted Share Units or options to purchase shares of the Corporation, in accordance with policies established by the Board and the terms of the Long-Term Incentive Plan, these functions may be shared between the Board of Directors and the Human Resources Committee. During the period from September 1, 2008 to August 31, 2009 these functions have exclusively been performed by the Human Resources Committee.
 
The Human Resources Committee has reviewed and discussed with management the compensation disclosure in this document, and has recommended to the Board of Directors that the disclosure be included in this document.
 
Since September 1, 2008 and prior to November 2, 2009, the Human Resources Committee held 5 meetings and at three of those meetings executive compensation was discussed. On October 15, 2008 and October 13, 2009, the Human Resources Committee met to discuss and approve the compensation plans of executive officers for the financial years beginning on September 1, 2008 and 2009. On June 30, 2009 the Human Resources Committee met to discuss the Executive Compensation Survey prepared by Mercer (Canada) Ltd. (“Mercer”) that provided certain recommendations with respect to the target compensation (base salary, short-term compensation and long-term compensation) that should be aimed by the Corporation for its executive officers. The Human Resources Committee meetings were attended by all the members of the Committee, except Mr. Tremblay who was absent at two meetings.
 
Compensation Plan Control - Compensation Consultant and Internal Review
 
As a general practice, the Corporation’s relative position in terms of compensation levels is determined annually through studies performed by independent consulting firms using a selected reference market of comparable companies. The benchmarking activities are further detailed below under the heading “Benchmarking”.
 

 
 
In 2004, the Corporation engaged Mercer to conduct a full market benchmarking and review of the Corporation’s executive compensation plans. The analysis of Mercer was based on three elements: (i) base salary; (ii) variable compensation; and (iii) long-term incentive compensation and indicated that the base salary and variable compensation of the executive officers were competitive with the reference group identified by Mercer but indicated that the long-term incentive compensation element was weak compared to the reference group. In order to overcome such weakness Mercer recommended the introduction of a Long-Term Incentive Plan. Following such recommendations, the Corporation decided to align the overall compensation of the executive officers with the median compensation offered in a comparative market and also introduced an amendment to the Stock Option Plan creating the Long-Term Incentive Plan pursuant to which the Corporation may grant Restricted Share Units to executive officers. Such Plan was approved by the shareholders of the Corporation on January 12, 2005.
 
In 2006, Mercer provided data regarding market competitive annual base salary increases, which were applied to the executive compensation structure developed in 2004. In addition, Mercer provided information about the following topics in 2006: (i) job classification structure & salary scales (Define Job positions vs. comparable market including salary scale); and (ii) development of compensation management policies & practices (to manage employee progression through the salary scale).
 
In 2007, the Corporation engaged two human resources consultants, Mercer and AON Corporation, to advise whether the compensation positioning of the Corporation was still aligned with the comparative market. Both consultants confirmed that the Corporation’s position was still aligned with the comparative market and both also recommended that the Corporation’s compensation scheme should gradually evolve from the fiftieth percentile to the sixtieth percentile. The recommendations of both consultants were followed and the Corporation decided to gradually align the compensation positioning from the fiftieth percentile to the sixtieth percentile (hereinafter in this Annual Report referred to as the “Target Compensation Positioning”) over the next three years.
 
In 2008, the Corporation engaged Hewitt Associates LLC to conduct a world-wide market analysis for selected international positions. The survey included annual base salary, bonuses and commission plans.
 
In 2009, the Corporation engaged Mercer to review the compensation positioning of the Corporation. Mercer confirmed that the majority of the Corporation’s compensation scheme (base salary, short-term compensation and long-term compensation) was still aligned with the comparative market but some adjustments were proposed to be made for certain executive officers. Considering the overall economic situation, the adjustments proposed by Mercer will be postponed.
 
In addition, internal pay equity studies are a key factor to complete the compensation review process and indicate where necessary adjustments may be required. During the financial year ended August 31, 2009, this practice continued and certain compensation adjustments were made.
 
Benchmarking
 
The target compensation levels of the Corporation are determined in relation to the compensation levels of the peer companies of the Corporation and in consideration of the results of the Corporation. The reference companies were determined using the market data for Canada, United States and the United Kingdom from the following sources: 2008 Canadian Mercer benchmark Database, US Mercer benchmark database and 2008 Mercer United Kingdom benchmark database. Although the Corporation was not provided with the list of the companies identified in the peer group, the peer group was determined in accordance with the following elements: (i) companies operating in Canada where the attraction and retention of skilled candidates is crucial in order to fulfill the Corporation’s strategy; (ii) companies that are in the high-technology, telecommunications and durable-manufacturing of goods industries and (iii) that have a median annual revenue of 200-300 million US dollars. The report provided by Mercer compared the Corporation’s compensation levels with the compensation levels of the peer group for each of the following core compensation elements: base salary, sum of base salary and annual short-term incentives and the sum of base salary, annual short-term incentives and long-term incentives.
 

 
 
Key Elements and Policies for Compensation of Executive Officers
 
The Corporation’s executive compensation plans are designed to attract, retain and motivate key executives who directly impact the Corporation’s long-term success and the creation of shareholder value. In determining executive compensation, the Committee considers the following four principles:
 
·  
Performance-based: Executive compensation levels reflect both the results of the Corporation and individual results based on specific quantitative and qualitative objectives established at the start of each financial year in keeping with the Corporation’s long-term strategic objectives.
 
·  
Aligned with shareholder interests: An important portion of incentive compensation for executives is composed of equity awards to ensure that executives are aligned with the principles of sustained long-term shareholder value growth.
 
·  
Market competitive: Compensation of executives is designed to be externally competitive when compared against executives of comparable peer companies, and in consideration of the Corporation’s results.
 
·  
Individually equitable: Compensation levels are also designed to reflect individual factors such as scope of responsibility, experience, and performance against individual measures.
 
Compensation Elements
 
The significant elements of the Corporation’s 2009 executive compensation program were (i) Base Salary, (ii) the Short Term Incentive Plan, and (iii) the stock-based incentive compensation delivered through the Long-Term Incentive Plan. In addition to the foregoing, the Corporation also offered benefit plans and, if applicable, contributed to a Deferred Profit-Sharing Plan or a 401K Plan. To determine appropriate compensation levels for each pay component, the Human Resources Committee considered all key elements of the executive compensation program. The Committee did not assign specific weightings to any key element of the Corporation’s 2009 executive compensation program.
 
Base Salaries
 
In establishing the base salaries of senior officers, including the President and Chief Executive Officer, the Corporation takes into consideration responsibilities, job descriptions and salaries paid by other similar Canadian organizations for positions similar in magnitude, scope and complexity. The Committee’s objective is to align executive compensation levels with the Target Compensation Positioning offered within a reference group of comparable companies that are similar in size to the Corporation, with a particular focus on those within the High-Technology/Telecommunications and Manufacturing-Durable Goods industries. The Committee reviews the base salary of each executive officer on an annual basis at the beginning of each financial year and recommends that the Board approve appropriate adjustments, if required, within the salary range in order to maintain a competitive position within the market place.
 
Short-Term Incentive Compensation
 
The short-term incentive plan (“STIP”) provides executive officers with the opportunity to earn annual bonuses based on the Corporation’s financial performance and the achievement of strategic corporate and product line objectives established on a yearly basis as well as the achievement of personal objectives. The STIP’s objectives are aimed to reward seven elements: three elements are shareholder oriented (sales, gross margins and EBITDA), two are customer oriented (on time delivery and quality), one is based on the growth metrics of the Corporation compared to the growth rate of the competition and one is based on personal objectives.
 
Target payout levels for NEOs eligible for incentive bonuses in the year ended August 31, 2009 were established to be in line with the objective of the Committee to align compensation with the Target Compensation Positioning offered in the reference group. The minimum, target and maximum payouts to executive officers under the STIP (expressed as a percentage of their base salary) for the financial year ended August 31, 2009 were as follows:
 

 
 
Our President and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Germain Lamonde, had a short term incentive target of 55% of his annual base salary. That bonus was based on the achievement of financial, strategic and personal objectives as shown in the following table.
 
Our Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Pierre Plamondon, had a short term incentive target of 35% of his annual base salary. That bonus was based on the achievement of financial, strategic and personal objectives as shown in the following table.
 
Our Vice-President, Research and Development, Telecom Division, Mr. Stephen Bull, had a short term incentive target of 32.5% of his annual base salary. That bonus was based on the achievement of financial, strategic and personal objectives as shown in the following table.
 
Measure (1)
Weighting for Mr. Lamonde, Mr. Plamondon and Mr. Bull
Sales (2)
35%
EBITDA (2)
20%
Gross margin (2)
20%
Customer satisfaction (quality and on time delivery) (3)
25%
Growth metrics (4)
10%
Personal objectives (multiplier) (5) (6)
0% - 125%
     
   
(1)  
Sales, EBITDA, Gross margin and Customer satisfaction measures are established to provide a metric from 0% to 150% (and up to an additional 10% for the Growth measures) and such a metric is multiplied by the personal objectives measure. This result is then multiplied by the short-term incentive target % of the individual annual base salary.
(2)  
Upon attainment of 40% of the target objective, the NEO begins to be compensated for this element and can be compensated up to the attainment of 150% of the target objective.
(3)  
The compensation for this element is pro-rated up to the attainment of 150% of the target objective.
(4)  
If the Corporation’s growth rate is higher by 10% than the growth rate of target competitive companies, then the Corporation’s growth rate exceeding 10% (up to a maximum of 10%) will be added to the metric determined above in note 1.
(5)  
The compensation for this element is pro-rated up to the attainment of 125% of the target objective.
(6)  
The personal objectives of each NEO are based on the position and role he has with the Corporation. Such personal objectives are based mostly on the attainment of departmental objectives and the others objectives are based on the attainment of personal management objectives all of which attainments are determined by an evaluation of the individual’s supervisor or the Human Resources Committee, as the case may be.
 
Our Vice-President, Telecom Sales - International, Mr. Jon Bradley, and Vice-President, Telecom Sales - Americas, Mr. Dana Yearian, do not participate in the short term incentive plan that is available to the company’s other senior executives. Instead, Mr. Bradley and Mr. Yearian participate in the company’s sales incentive plan (“SIP”). Under the SIP, Mr. Bradley and Mr. Yearian have target incentives of 40% of their target compensation. The target compensation is the sum of base salary (60%) and target SIP (40%). The SIP is based 45% on the achievement of revenue targets (billings), 45% on margin targets and 10% on personal objectives. The compensation rate for the attainment of revenue targets (billings) is equal to the total billings potential amount of commission on the total billings quotas defined at the beginning of the financial year. This rate is lower for the attainment of 62.5% or less of the objective and the regular rate for the attainment from greater than 62.5% to 100% of the objective. An accelerator is applied after 100% attainment of the objective. The commission rate for the attainment of the margin targets is equal to the total margins potential on the total margins quotas defined at the beginning of the financial year. This rate is used for all margins up to 100% attainment of the objective and an accelerator is applied after 100% attainment of the objective. The compensation for personal objectives is a maximum amount based on the quarterly achievement of the sales target for their specific territory. It is pro-rated between 70% and 100% achievement and no compensation will be attributed to this element if less than 70% of the objective is attained. Additional bonuses are also available; one based on revenues of recent acquisitions and the other on reduction of cost per order dollar. Accordingly, a total sales achievement figure target of recent acquisitions and a commission rate are determined at the beginning of the financial year. The commission rate is applied when total sales achievement figure of recent acquisitions exceeds 50% of the target. A reduction of cost per order dollar figure target is determined at the beginning of the financial year. The compensation for the attainment of the reduction of cost per order dollar figure target is a maximum amount based on the achievement of such target and is pro-rated up to 100% achievement.
 

 
 
Long-Term Incentive Compensation
 
·   Long-Term Incentive Plan
 
We have a Long-Term Incentive Plan, the principal component of our long-term incentive compensation, for our Directors, executive officers, employees and consultants and those of our subsidiaries as determined by our Board of Directors, to attract and retain competent Directors, executive officers, employees and consultants motivated to work toward ensuring our success and to encourage them to acquire our shares. A copy of the Long-Term Incentive Plan has been filed as exhibit 4.35 to our fiscal year 2005 Annual Report on Form 20-F.
 
Introduced in May 2000, amended in October 2004 and effective in January 2005, the Long-Term Incentive Plan (“LITP”), is designed to provide directors, officers, employees and consultants with an incentive to create value and accordingly ensures that their interests are aligned with those of the Corporation’s shareholders and to further attract, motivate and retain all of its employees, including the NEOs. The LTIP is subject to Human Resources Committee review to ensure maintenance of its market competitiveness. The Board has full and complete authority to interpret the Plan and to establish the rules and regulations applying to it and to make all other determinations it deems necessary or useful for the administration of the Plan, provided that such interpretations, rules, regulations and determinations are consistent with the rules of all stock exchanges on which the securities of the Corporation are then traded and with all relevant securities legislation.
 
The Long-Term Incentive Plan provides for the issuance of options to purchase Subordinate Voting Shares and the issuance of Restricted Share Units (“RSUs”) redeemable for actual Subordinate Voting Shares or the equivalent in cash to directors, officers, employees and consultants. The Board of Directors upon recommendation of the Human Resources Committee designates the recipients of options or RSUs and determines the number of Subordinate Voting Shares covered by each option or RSU, the dates of vesting, the expiry date and any other conditions relating to these options or RSUs, in each case in accordance with the applicable legislation of the securities regulatory authorities. During the financial year ended August 31, 2009, target awards for eligible officers under the LTIP were established to be in line with the objective of the Committee to align compensation with the Target Compensation Positioning offered in the reference group. Each executive officer is entitled to receive annually from 25% to 30% of his base salary in RSUs except for the Corporation’s CEO that is entitled to receive annually up to 55% of his base salary in RSUs, subject to other grants of RSUs that may be granted from time to time as an additional incentive to all executive officers. As disclosed under the section “Summary Compensation Table” hereof, the NEOs were granted RSUs during the last financial year. The Corporation did not take into account the amount and terms of outstanding options or RSUs neither the restrictions on resale of such units, when determining the grants mentioned above.
 
The exercise price of the options is determined by the Board of Directors at the time of granting the options, subject to compliance with the rules of all stock exchanges on which the Subordinate Voting Shares are listed and with all relevant securities legislation.  In any event, the exercise price may not be lower than the highest of the closing prices of the Subordinate Voting Shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange and the NASDAQ National Market on the last trading day preceding the grant date, using the noon buying rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (for grants of options prior to January 1, 2009) or the Bank of Canada (for grants of options on or after January 1, 2009) on the grant date to convert the NASDAQ National Market closing price to Canadian dollars. Any option issued is non-transferable. At August 31, 2009, there were a total of 1,666,589 options granted to all LTIP participants and outstanding pursuant to the Long-Term Incentive Plan having a weighted average exercise price of US$13.78 (CA$20.57) per option.
 
The fair value at the time of grant of a RSU is equal to the market value of Subordinate Voting Shares at the time RSUs are granted. The grant date market value is equal to the highest of the closing prices of the Subordinate Voting Shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange and the NASDAQ National Market on the last trading day preceding the grant date, using the noon buying rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (for grants of RSUs prior to January 1, 2009) or the Bank of Canada (for grants of RSUs on or after January 1, 2009) on the grant date to convert the NASDAQ National Market closing price to Canadian dollars. At the end of financial year ended August 31, 2009, there were a total of 1,339,619 RSUs granted and outstanding pursuant to the Long-Term Incentive Plan having a weighted average fair value at the time of grant of US$4.21 (CA$4.74) per RSU.
 

 
 
The maximum number of Subordinate Voting Shares that are issuable under the Plan shall not exceed 6,306,153 Subordinate Voting Shares, which represents 10.6% of the Corporation’s issued and outstanding voting shares as of November 2, 2009. The maximum number of Subordinate Voting Shares that may be granted to any one individual shall not exceed 5% of the number of outstanding Subordinate Voting Shares, which represents 1,137 498 issued and outstanding Subordinate Voting Shares as of November 2, 2009.
 
Some options granted to directors and employees vest on the first anniversary date of their grant. Some options granted in the financial years ended August 31, 2004 and 2005 vest at a rate of 12.5% six (6) months after the date of grant, 12.5% twelve (12) months after the date of grant and 25% annually thereafter commencing on the second anniversary date of the grant in October 2005. Otherwise all options vest at a rate of 25% annually commencing on the first anniversary date of the grant. All options may be exercised in whole or in part once vested. All of the options that are granted under the Plan must be exercised within a maximum period of ten (10) years following the date of their grant or they will be forfeited.
 
All RSUs first vesting cannot be earlier than the third anniversary date of their grant. Some RSUs granted in the financial year ended August 31, 2009, vest at a rate of 1/2 annually commencing on the third anniversary date of the grants in October 2008, January 2009, April 2009 and July 2009. Some RSUs granted in the financial year ended August 31, 2009, vest at a rate of 1/3 annually commencing on the third anniversary date of the grant in January 2009. Some RSUs granted in the financial year ended August 31, 2008, vest at a rate of 1/2 annually commencing on the third anniversary date of the grants in October 2007, January 2008, April 2008 and July 2008. Some RSUs granted in the financial year ended August 31, 2007, vest at a rate of 1/2 annually commencing on the third anniversary date of the grants in September 2006, January 2007 and July 2007 and others at a rate of 1/3 annually on the third, fourth and fifth anniversary dates of the grants in September 2006, October 2006 and January 2007. Some RSUs granted in the financial year ended August 31, 2006 vest at a rate of 1/2 annually commencing on the third anniversary date of the grant in February 2006 and in June 2006 and others at a rate of 1/3 annually commencing on the third anniversary date of the grant in August 2006. Some RSUs granted in the financial year ended August 31, 2005 vest at a rate of 1/3 annually commencing on the third anniversary date of the grant in February 2005 and others at a rate of 55%, 35% and 10%, on the third, fourth and fifth anniversary dates of the grant in January 2005.
 
Some RSUs granted during the last five financial years vest on the fifth anniversary date of each grant respectively in October 2008, October 2007, October 2006, December 2005 and in January 2005. However, these RSUs are subject to early vesting on the third and fourth anniversary dates of the grant on the attainment of performance objectives, namely related to long-term growth of revenue and profitability, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. Accordingly, subject to the attainment of performance objectives, the first early vesting is up to 1/3 of the units on the third anniversary date of the grant and the second early vesting is up to 50% of the remaining units on the fourth anniversary date of the grant.
 
If any vesting dates fall into any black-out period or any other restrictive period during which the RSU holder is not entitled to trade the Corporation’s Subordinate Voting Shares, the RSUs shall: a) vest on the fifth trading day the RSU holder is entitled to trade after such black-out period or restrictive period or b) if the RSU holder decides,  prior to such vesting date, to pay his/her income tax without using any of the Subordinate Voting Shares’ proceeds, then and only then, the vesting date shall remain the one determined on the granting date for such RSUs.
 
Any option granted pursuant to the Long-Term Incentive Plan will lapse (i) immediately upon the termination of the relationship with the Corporation or one of its subsidiaries for a good and sufficient cause for employees or officers or at the date on which an employee or an officer resigns or leaves his employment with the Corporation or one of its subsidiaries (or within 30 days if the holder’s employment is terminated for reasons not related to cause); and (ii) 30 days after a director ceases to be a member of the Board of Directors of the Corporation or one of its subsidiaries. In the event of retirement or disability, any option held by an employee lapses 30 days after the date of any such disability or retirement.  In the event of death, any option held by the optionee lapses 6 months after the date of death.
 

 
 
Any RSU granted pursuant to the Long-Term Incentive Plan will lapse (i) immediately, where vesting of a unit is subject to the attainment of performance objectives, if such performance objectives have not been attained (or postponed at a further vesting date as determined by the Board of Directors); and (ii) immediately, whether or not subject to attainment of performance objectives, upon the termination of the relationship with the Corporation or one of its subsidiaries for a good and sufficient cause for employees or officers or at the date on which an employee or an officer resigns or leaves his employment with the Corporation or one of its subsidiaries.
 
Any RSU granted pursuant to the Long-Term Incentive Plan will vest immediately, to a certain proportion as determined by the Plan, upon the termination of the relationship of an employee or officer with the Corporation or one of its subsidiaries (i) for reasons not related to cause; (ii) because of death or permanent disability and (iii) retirement.
 
·   Restricted Share Unit Grants in Last Financial Year
 
The aggregate number of Restricted Share Units (RSUs) granted during the financial year ended August 31, 2009 was 685,972 having a weighted average fair value at the time of grant of US$2.69 (CA$3.38) per RSU. The fair value at the time of grant of a RSU is equal to the market value of Subordinate Voting Shares at the time RSUs are granted. At August 31, 2009, there were a total of 1,339,619 RSUs granted and outstanding pursuant to the Long-Term Incentive Plan having a weighted average fair value at the time of grant of US$4.21 (CA$4.74) per RSU.
 
The RSUs may be redeemed for actual Subordinate Voting Shares or the equivalent in cash at the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Corporation on the vesting dates established by the Board of Directors of the Corporation at the time of grant in its sole discretion.
 
Therefore, the value at vesting of a RSU, when converted to Subordinate Voting Shares, is equivalent to the market value of a Subordinate Voting Share at the time the conversion takes place and is taxable as an employment income. The table below shows information regarding RSU grants made under the Long-Term Incentive Plan during the financial year ended August 31, 2009.
 
During the financial year ended August 31, 2009, the following RSUs were granted:
 
RSUs #
Fair Value at the Time
of Grant US$/RSU
Vesting (1)
71,003
2.36
50% on the third and fourth anniversary dates of the grant in October 2008
216,685
2.36
100% on the fifth anniversary date of the grant in October 2008 subject to early vesting up to 1/3 on the third anniversary date of the grant and up to 50% of the remaining units on the fourth anniversary date of the grant if the performance objectives namely related to long-term growth of revenue and profitability, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation are fully attained
135,584
2.36
100% on the fifth anniversary date of the grant in October 2008 subject to early vesting up to 100% on the third anniversary date of the grant if performance objectives namely related to long-term growth of revenue and profitability, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation are fully attained
243,700
3.22
50% on the third and fourth anniversary dates of the grant in January 2009
5,000
3.22
1/3 on the third, fourth and fifth anniversary dates of the grant in January 2009
11,000
3.52
50% on the third and fourth anniversary dates of the grant in April 2009
3,000
2.99
50% on the third and fourth anniversary dates of the grant in July 2009
     
     
(1)  
All RSUs first vesting cannot be earlier than the third anniversary date of their grant.
 

 
 
During the financial year ended August 31, 2009, the following RSUs were granted to the following NEOs:

Name
RSUs #
Percentage of Net Total
of  RSUs Granted to Employees
in Financial Year (%)
Fair Value at the Time of Grant US$/RSU
Vesting (1)
Germain Lamonde
65,254
9.51%
2.36
100% on the fifth anniversary date of the grant in October 2008 subject to early vesting up to 1/3 on the third anniversary date of the grant and up to 50% of the remaining units on the fourth anniversary date of the grant if the performance objectives are fully attained (2)
Pierre Plamondon
40,983
5.97%
2.36
20,664 of the RSUs granted will vest 100% on the fifth anniversary date of the grant in October 2008 subject to early vesting up to 1/3 on the third anniversary date of the grant and up to 50% of the remaining units on the fourth anniversary date of the grant if the performance objectives are fully attained (2)
20,339 of the RSUs granted will vest 100% on the fifth anniversary date of the grant in October 2008 subject to early vesting of 100% on the third anniversary date of the grant if the objectives are fully attained (3)
Jon Bradley
42,242
6.16%
2.36
16,826 of the RSUs granted will vest 100% on the fifth anniversary date of the grant in October 2008 subject to early vesting up to 1/3 on the third anniversary date of the grant and up to 50% of the remaining units on the fourth anniversary date of the grant if the performance objectives are fully attained (2)
25,416 of the RSUs will vest 100% on the fifth anniversary date of the grant in October 2008 subject to early vesting of 100% on the third anniversary date of the grant if the objectives are fully attained (3)
Dana Yearian
48,496
7.07%
2.36
23,072 of the RSUs granted will vest 100% on the fifth anniversary date of the grant in October 2008 subject to early vesting up to 1/3 on the third anniversary date of the grant and up to 50% of the remaining units on the fourth anniversary date of the grant if the performance objectives are fully attained (2)
25,424 of the RSUs granted will vest 100% on the fifth anniversary date of the grant in October 2008 subject to early vesting of 100% on the third anniversary date of the grant if the objectives are fully attained (3)
Stephen Bull
31,315
4.57%
2.36
17,756 of the RSUs granted will vest 100% on the fifth anniversary date of the grant in October 2008 subject to early vesting up to 1/3 on the third anniversary date of the grant and up to 50% of the remaining units on the fourth anniversary date of the grant if the performance objectives are fully attained (2)
13,559 of the RSUs granted will vest 100% on the fifth anniversary date of the grant in October 2008 subject to early vesting of 100% on the third anniversary date of the grant if the objectives are fully attained (3)
         
         
(1)  
All RSUs first vesting cannot be earlier than the third anniversary date of their grant.
(2)  
Those RSUs granted in the financial year ended August 31, 2009 vest on the fifth anniversary date of the grant in October 2008 but are subject to early vesting on the third and fourth anniversary date of the grant on the attainment of performance objectives, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. Accordingly, subject to the attainment of performance objectives, the first early vesting is up to 1/3 of the units on the third anniversary date of the grant and the second early vesting is up to 50% of the remaining units on the fourth anniversary date of the grant. The early vesting shall be subject to the attainment of performance objectives. Such performance objectives are based on the attainment of a sales growth metric combined with profitability metric. The sales growth metric is determined according to the Compound Annual Growth Rate (CAGR) of the sales of the Corporation (SALES CAGR). The profitability metric is determined according to the Compound Annual Growth Rate (CAGR) of the Corporation’s net earnings before interest, income taxes, amortization of property, plant and equipment, amortization of intangible assets, impairment of goodwill and extraordinary gain (EBITDA) (EBITDA CAGR). Accordingly, the first early vesting performance objectives will be attained, calculated on a pro-rated basis, as of: i) 100% for SALES CAGR of 20% or more and 0% for SALES CAGR of 10% or less for the three fiscal years from the date of grant and cumulated with ii) 100% for EBITDA CAGR of 20% or more and 0% for EBITDA CAGR of 10% or less for the three fiscal years form the date of grant. The second early vesting performance objectives will be attained on the same premises as described above but for the four fiscal years from the date of grant.
(3)   
Those RSUs granted in the financial year ended August 31, 2009 vest on the fifth anniversary date of the grant in October 2008 but are subject to early vesting on the third anniversary date of the grant on the attainment of performance objectives, related to a target cumulative sales of Service Assurance (formerly Brix Networks Inc.) and Navtel’s products and services, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. Accordingly, subject to the attainment of performance objectives, the early vesting is 100% of the units on the third anniversary date of the grant.
 

 
 
The following table summarizes information about RSUs granted to the members of the Board of Directors and to Management and Corporate Officers of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as at August 31, 2009:
 
 
Number of RSUs
% of Issued and
Outstanding RSUs
Weighted Average Fair Value at
the Time of Grant $US/RSU
President and CEO (one individual)
140,459
 10.48%
 4.19
Board of Directors (five individuals)
  –
   –
     –
Management and Corporate Officers (eleven individuals)
479,887
 35.82%
 3.74

· 
Option Grants in Last Financial Year
 
There were no options to purchase the Corporation’s Subordinate Voting Shares granted during the financial year ended August 31, 2009. At August 31, 2009, there were a total of 1,666,589 Subordinate Voting Shares covered by options granted and outstanding pursuant to the Long-Term Incentive Plan having a weighted average exercise price of US$13.78 (CA$20.57) per option.
 
The following table summarizes information about stock options granted to the members of the Board of Directors, and to Management and Corporate Officers of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as at August 31, 2009:

 
Number of
Options
% of Issued and
Outstanding
Options
Weighted Average Exercise
Price ($US/Security)
President and CEO (one individual)
179,642
 10.78%
 9.05
Board of Directors (four individuals)
148,807
   8.93%
6.19
Management and Corporate Officers (eight individuals)
212,139
 12.73%
 14.49
 
·   Deferred Share Unit Plan
 
Introduced in October 2004 and effective as of January 2005, the Deferred Share Unit Plan is designed to align more closely the interests of the Corporation’s non-employee directors with those of its shareholders. A copy of the Deferred Share Unit Plan has been filed as exhibit 4.36 to our fiscal year 2005 Annual Report on Form 20-F.
 
  Under the Deferred Share Unit Plan, non-employee directors may elect to receive up to 100% of their retainer fees in the form of Deferred Share Units (“DSUs”), each of which has an estimated value determined based on the highest of the closing prices of the Subordinate Voting Shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange and the NASDAQ National Market on the last trading day preceding the grant date, using the noon buying rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (for grants of DSUs prior to January 1, 2009) or the Bank of Canada (for grants of DSUs on or after January 1, 2009) on the grant date to convert the NASDAQ National Market closing price to Canadian dollars, as required. The value at vesting of a DSU is equivalent to the market value of a Subordinate Voting Share when a DSU is converted to such Subordinate Voting Share. DSUs attract dividends in the form of additional DSUs at the same rate as dividends on Subordinate Voting Share. When a director ceases to be a member of the Board, the DSUs are either converted and paid in Subordinate Voting Shares purchased on the open market or issued by the Corporation. Such Subordinate Voting Shares issued by the Corporation will be issued from the same pool of Subordinate Voting Shares reserved for issuance pursuant to the Long-Term Incentive Plan, which is 10.6% of the total issued and outstanding voting shares.
 
·   Deferred Share Unit Grants in Last Financial Year
 
The aggregate number of Deferred Share Units (“DSUs”) credited to non-employee directors during the financial year ended August 31, 2009 was 35,739. The estimated value at the time of grant of a DSU is determined based on the highest of the closing prices of the Subordinate Voting Shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange and the NASDAQ National Market on the last trading day preceding the grant date, using the noon buying rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (for grants of DSUs prior to January 1, 2009) or the Bank of Canada (for grants of DSUs on or after January 1, 2009) on the grant date to convert the NASDAQ National Market closing price to Canadian dollars, as required. The value at vesting of a DSU is equivalent to the market value of the Subordinate Voting Shares when a DSU is converted to such Subordinate Voting Shares. As at August 31, 2009, there were a total of 114,924 DSUs credited to directors pursuant to the Deferred Share Unit Plan having a weighted average fair value at the time of grant of US$4.62 (CA$5.18).
 
 
 
 
During the financial year ended August 31, 2009, the following DSUs were granted to the non-employee members of the Board of Directors:

DSUs #
Weighted Average Fair Value at the
Time of Grant US$/DSU
Vesting
35,739
3.19
At the time director cease to be a member of the Board of the Corporation
 
The following table summarizes information about DSUs granted to the non-employee members of the Board of Directors as at November 2, 2009:

 
Number of DSUs
% of Issued and
Outstanding DSUs
Weighted Average Fair Value
at the Time of Grant $US/DSU
Board of Directors (five individuals)
114,924
100%
4.62
 
·   Number of Subordinate Voting Shares reserved for future issuance
 
During the financial year ended August 31, 2009, 35,739 DSUs and 685,972 RSUs were granted to directors, officers and employees. Such awards were issued from the same pool of Subordinate Voting Shares reserved for issuance pursuant to the Long-Term Incentive Plan of which the maximum number of Subordinate Voting Shares issuable shall not exceed 6,306,153 Subordinate Voting Shares, which represents 10.6% of the Corporation’s issued and outstanding voting shares as at November 2, 2009. As of November 2, 2009, the number of Subordinate Voting Shares reserved for future issuance is 2,128,866 representing 3.6% of the Corporation’s issued and outstanding voting shares as at November 2, 2009.
 
·   Stock Appreciation Rights Plan
 
On August 4, 2001, the Corporation established a Stock Appreciation Rights Plan (“SAR Plan”) for the benefit of certain employees residing in countries where the granting of stock-based compensation under the Long-Term Incentive Plan is not feasible in the opinion of the Corporation. The Board has full and complete authority to interpret the SAR Plan and to establish the rules and regulations applying to it and to make all other determinations it deems necessary or useful for the administration of the SAR Plan.
 
Under the SAR Plan, eligible employees are entitled to receive a cash amount equivalent to the difference between the market price of the Subordinate Voting Shares on the date of exercise and the exercise price determined on the date of grant.  No Subordinate Voting Shares are issuable under the SAR Plan.
 
The Board of Directors has delegated to Management the task of designating the recipients of stock appreciation rights, the date of vesting, the expiry date and other conditions.  Under the terms of the SAR Plan, the exercise price of the stock appreciation rights may not be lower than the highest of the closing prices of the Subordinate Voting Shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange and on the NASDAQ National Market on the last trading day preceding the grant date, using the noon buying rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (for grants of SARs prior to January 1, 2009) or the Bank of Canada (for grants of SARs on or after January 1, 2009) on the grant date to convert the NASDAQ National Market closing price to Canadian dollars. Stock appreciation rights are non-transferable.
 
The stock appreciation rights vest over a four-year period, with 25% vesting annually commencing on the first anniversary date of the date of grant. However, since October 2007, some stock appreciation rights vest at a rate of 50% annually commencing on the third anniversary date of the grants in October 2007 and October 2008. Once vested, stock appreciation rights may be exercised between the second and the fifteenth business day following each release of the Corporation’s quarterly financial results.  All of the stock appreciation rights that are granted under the SAR Plan may be exercised within a maximum period of 10 years following the date of their grant. Any stock appreciation rights granted under the SAR Plan will lapse immediately upon the termination of the relationship with the Corporation or one of its subsidiaries for a good and sufficient cause or at the date on which an employee resigns or leaves his employment with the Corporation or one of its subsidiaries (or within 30 days if the holder is dismissed without cause).  In the event of retirement or disability, any stock appreciation right held by an employee lapses 30 days after the date of any such disability or retirement.  In the event of death, any stock appreciation right lapses 6 months after the date of death.
 

 
 
As of November 2, 2009, there were 44,374 SARs outstanding.
 
Benefits and Perquisites
 
All eligible employees of the Corporation, including the NEOs, are eligible to participate in the Corporation’s benefits program, which includes, life insurance, extended health and dental coverage, short and long-term disability coverage, accidental death and dismemberment (AD&D) and emergency travel assistance. Although the majority of costs of the benefits are paid by the Corporation, employees (including the NEOs) are also required to contribute to obtain such benefits.
 
With the exception of car allowances that are provided to the Corporation’s CEO, Vice-President, Telecom Sales, Americas and Vice-President, Telecom Sales, International, executive officers, including other NEOs, do not receive any perquisites. The value of the perquisites for each of the NEOs, is less than $50,000 or 10% of total annual salary and bonus for the financial year and, as such is not included in the table provided under the heading “Summary Compensation Table” and in the table provided under the heading “Termination and Change of Control Benefits”.
 
Deferred Profit-Sharing Plan
 
The Corporation maintains a deferred profit-sharing plan (“DPSP”) for certain eligible Canadian resident employees, including NEOs but excluding the Corporation’s CEO under which the Corporation may elect to contribute an amount equal to 2% of an employee’s gross salary, provided that the employee has contributed at least 2% of his gross salary to a tax-deferred registered retirement savings plan. Cash contributions to this plan and expenses for the years ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, amounted to US$419,000, US$531,000 and US$504,000, respectively. The amounts contributed to the DPSP are invested at the employee’s will in the investment vehicles offered by Standard Life, the Corporation’s fund administrator. Withdrawals of funds from the DPSP account are not permitted. In the event of termination of the employment, if the employee has been a member of the DPSP for more than 2 years, the employee is entitled to receive the funds accumulated in his DPSP account.
 
401K Plan
 
The Corporation maintains a 401K plan for eligible United States resident employees of its subsidiaries. Employees become eligible to participate in the 401K plan on the date they are hired. Employees may elect to defer their current compensation up to the lesser of 1% of eligible compensation or the statutorily prescribed annual limit and have the deferral contributed to the 401K plan. The 401K plan permits, but does not require the Corporation to make additional matching contributions to the 401K plan on behalf of the eligible participants, subject to a maximum of 50% of the first 6% of the participant’s current compensation subject to certain legislated maximum contribution limits. Accordingly, the Corporation contributes up to 3% of the participant’s current compensation, subject to certain legislated maximum contribution limits. In the years ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, the Corporation made an aggregate of US$166,000, US$216,000 and US$356,000 respectively, in Safe Harbor Contributions to the 401K plan. Contributions by participants or by the Corporation to the 401K plan and income earned on plan contributions are generally not taxable to the participant until withdrawn and contributions by the Corporation are generally deductible by the Corporation when made. At the direction of each participant, the trustees of the 401K plan invest the assets of the 401K plan in selected investment options. As of August 31, 2009, the Corporation made an aggregate of US$2,098,000 in Safe Harbor Contributions to the 401K plan. A participant may have access to the assets of the plan under the following limited circumstances: (i) termination of employment; (ii) permitted withdrawals; and (iii) limited loans.
 
Conclusion
 
By way of application of the Corporation’s executive compensation policy, an important part of executive compensation is linked to corporate performance and long-term value creation. The Human Resources Committee continuously reviews executive compensation programs to ensure that they maintain their competitiveness and continue to focus on the Corporation’s objectives, values and business strategies.
 

 
 
Depending on specific circumstances, the Committee may also recommend employment terms and conditions that deviate from the policies and the execution by the Corporation or its subsidiaries of employment contracts on a case-by-case basis.
 
  Indemnification of Directors and Executive Officers and Limitation of Liability
 
Our by-laws require us, subject to the limitations provided by law, to indemnify our present or former Directors and officers or any persons who act or acted at our request as Directors or officers of a body corporate   for all costs, losses, charges and expenses that arose or may arise by reason of their status as Directors or officers of us or such body corporate. A policy of Directors’ and officers’ liability insurance is maintained by us, which insures our Directors and officers and those of our subsidiaries against liability incurred by, arising from or against them for certain of their acts, errors or omissions. Accordingly, we maintain insurance protection against liability incurred by its officers and directors as well as those of its subsidiaries in the performance of their duties. The entire premium, amounting to US$169,250 from September 30, 2009 to September 30, 2010, is paid by the Corporation. The aggregate limit of liability in respect of any and all claims is US$10 million per year, subject to a deductible of US$250,000. A separate excess director and officer liability policy (Chubb Executive Elite) with aggregate limit of US$5 million provides broad form side A coverage, featuring difference-in-conditions (DIC) drop-down coverage that fills in potential coverage gaps that may exist under restrictive or unresponsive underlying insurance. This specific policy provides coverage for personal directors and officers liability if the organization fails or refuses to indemnify, or is financially unable to do so, or is prevented by law from indemnifying and will also respond if the primary D&O policy limit is consumed.
 
 
Board Practices
 
  Board of Directors
 
Our Directors are elected at the annual meeting of shareholders for one-year terms and serve until their successors are elected or appointed, unless they resign or are removed earlier. Our articles of incorporation provide for a Board of Directors of a minimum of three (3) and a maximum of twelve (12) Directors. Our Board of Directors presently consists of six Directors. Under the Canada Business Corporations Act, twenty-five percent of the Directors and of the members of any committee of the Board of Directors must be resident Canadians. We have no arrangements with any of our Directors providing for the payment of benefits upon their termination of service as Director except for the vesting of their respective Deferred Share Units as detailed above.
 
The following table and notes set out the name of each of the individuals proposed to be nominated at the Annual and Special Meeting of shareholders for election as a director of the Corporation, all other positions and offices with the Corporation now held by each such individual, if any, the principal occupation or employment of each such individual, their respective period of service as a director and the approximate number of shares of the Corporation beneficially owned by each such individual or over which each of them exercised control or direction.
 
Name and Position
or Office  with
the Corporation
Principal Occupation or Employment
Residence
Director Since
Number of Subordinate Voting Shares
Number of Multiple Voting Shares
           
Germain Lamonde
Chairman of the Board, President
and Chief Executive Officer
Chairman of the Board,
President and Chief Executive Officer, EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc.
St-Augustin-de-Desmaures,
Quebec,
Canada
September 1985
16,139
36,643,000 (1)
           
Pierre-Paul Allard (2)
Independent Director
Area Vice-President, Sales
Cisco Systems Inc. (3)
Pleasanton,
California,
USA
September 2008
8,000
        -
           
Pierre Marcouiller (4) (5)
Independent Director
Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer,
Camoplast Inc. (6)
Magog,
Quebec,
Canada
May 2000
5,000
        -
           
Guy Marier (4) (7)
Independent Lead Director
 
Executive Consultant
Lakefield Gore, Quebec,
Canada
January 2004
1,000
        -
 
 
 
 
Name and Position
or Office  with
the Corporation
Principal Occupation or Employment
Residence
Director Since
Number of Subordinate Voting Shares
Number of Multiple Voting Shares
           
David A. Thompson, Ph.D. (4) (5)
Independent Director
Executive Consultant (8)
Newton,
North Carolina,
USA
June 2000
2,100
        -
           
André Tremblay (5) (9)
Independent Director
 
President and Chief Executive Officer,
Terrestar Solutions Inc. (10)
Outremont,
Quebec,
Canada
May 2000
6,650   (11)
        -
           
           
(1)  
Mr. Lamonde exercises control over this number of Multiple Voting Shares through G. Lamonde Investissements Financiers inc., a company controlled by Mr. Lamonde and through Fiducie Germain Lamonde, a family trust for the benefit of Mr. Lamonde’s family.
(2)  
Member of the Audit Committee and the Human Resources Committee since January 2009.
(3)  
Cisco Systems Inc. is a leading network equipment manufacturer in the global telecommunications industry.
(4)  
Member of the Audit Committee.
(5)  
Member of the Human Resources Committee.
(6)  
Camoplast Inc. designs, develops and manufactures specialized components, sub-systems and assemblies for the world leading original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) of both on- and off-road vehicles in a variety of markets including automotive, agricultural, construction and industrial, defense and powersports.
(7)  
Chairman of the Human Resources Committee since October 2008.
(8)  
Mr. David A. Thompson has recently retired from his position as Vice-President and Director of Technology, Corning Cable Systems. Corning Incorporated is a diversified technology company that concentrates its efforts on high-impact growth opportunities. Corning combines its expertise in specialty glass, ceramic materials, polymers, and the manipulation of the properties of light, with strong process and manufacturing capabilities to develop, engineer and commercialize significant innovative products for the telecommunications, flat panel display, environmental, semiconductor, and life science industries.
(9)  
Chairman of the Audit Committee.
(10)  
Terrestar Solutions Inc. is a leading edge provider of satellite telecommunication services in Canada.
(11)  
Mr. Tremblay exercises control over this number of Subordinate Voting Shares through 9104-5559 Quebec inc., a company controlled by Mr. Tremblay.
 
During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, the Board met a total of ten (10) times. Each member attended all meetings except Mr. André Tremblay who was absent two (2) times and Mr. Pierre-Paul Allard and Mr. David A. Thompson who were absent one time each.
 
Committees of the Board of Directors
 
Our Board of Directors has established an audit committee, a human resources committee and a disclosure committee.
 
Our audit committee will recommend a firm to be appointed as independent auditors to audit financial statements and to perform services related to the audit, review the scope and results of the audit with the independent auditors, review with management and the independent auditors our annual operating results and consider the adequacy of the internal accounting procedures and the effect of the procedures relating to the auditors’ independence. Further to changes to NASDAQ corporate governance rules and Securities and Exchange rules flowing from the adoption of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act , our audit committee charter is being revised every financial year to ensure that we comply with all new requirements.  Accordingly, in March 2005, the Board updated and adopted an Audit Committee Charter. A copy of this Audit Committee Charter has been filed as Exhibit 11.6 to our fiscal year 2005 Annual Report on Form 20-F and is also readily available from EXFO’s website at www.EXFO.com. The audit committee revised such Charter in October 2009 but no amendment was required. The audit committee is composed of five independent Directors: Pierre Marcouiller, Guy Marier, David A. Thompson, André Tremblay and Mr. Pierre-Paul Allard since January 2009. The chairperson of the audit committee is André Tremblay.
 
During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, the Audit Committee met a total of four (4) times and attendance was exemplary as all members attended all meetings.
 

 
 
Our human resources committee will evaluate, review and supervise our procedures with regards to human resources and will assess the performance of our executive officers and the chief executive officer. This committee will also review annually the remuneration of the Directors and will recommend to the Board of Directors general remuneration policies regarding salaries, bonuses and other forms of remuneration for our Directors, executive officers and employees as a whole. Finally, the human resources committee will review our organizational structure annually and the development and maintenance of a succession plan. Accordingly, in March 2005, the Board updated and adopted a Human Resources Committee Charter which integrates the Compensation Committee Charter and the Nominating and Governance Committee Charter. A copy of this Human Resources Committee Charter has been filed as Exhibit 11.7 to our fiscal year 2005 Annual Report on Form 20-F and is also readily available from EXFO’s website at www.EXFO.com. The human resources committee is composed of four independent Directors: Pierre-Paul Allard since January 2009, Pierre Marcouiller, Guy Marier, David A. Thompson and André Tremblay. The chairperson of the Human Resources Committee is Mr. Guy Marier.
 
During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, the Human Resources committee met a total of four (4) times and all members attended all meetings, except Mr. André Tremblay who was absent two (2) times.
 
The disclosure committee is responsible for overseeing our disclosure practices. This committee consists of the chief executive officer, the chief financial officer, the manager of investor relations, the manager of financial reporting and accounting as well as our legal counsel and corporate secretary.
 
In addition, in order to deal with issues arising from our implication in the IPO class action suit, in October 2002, our Board of Directors appointed a litigation committee composed of four of our independent Directors.
 
Furthermore, our independent Directors hold regularly scheduled meetings at which non-independent directors and members of management are not in attendance. The independent Directors hold as many meeting, as needed, annually and any Director may request such meeting at any time. During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, three (3) meetings of independent Directors without management occurred.
 
 
Employees
 
We have fostered a corporate culture where growth and change are strongly encouraged. In fact, employees are constantly evolving with the rapid pace of technology to meet new challenges and realities. We believe that we possess a good cross-section of experience and youth to handle these inevitable changes in the industry.
 
As of November 2, 2009, we had a total of 1,182 employees, up from a total of 1,205 on November 3, 2008. We have 708 employees in Canada, primarily based in Quebec, and 474 employees based outside of Canada. 454 are involved in research and development, 337 in manufacturing, 204 in sales and marketing, 93 in general administrative positions and 117 in communications and customer support. We have agreements with almost all of our employees covering confidentiality and non-competition. Only manufacturing employees based in Quebec City plants are represented by a collective bargaining agreement, which expired in 2009. It has not been renewed as of this day and remains effective until renewed. We have never experienced a work stoppage. We believe that relations with our employees and bargaining unit are good.
 
 
 
E.   
Share Ownership
 
The following table presents information regarding the ownership of Subordinate Voting Shares, Exercisable “in-the-money” and “out-the-money” options and the beneficial ownership of our share capital as at November 2, 2009 by our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, our Directors, our three other most highly compensated executive officers, our other executive officers as a group, all of our Directors and executive officers as a group.
 
Each multiple voting share is convertible at the option of the holder into one subordinate voting share. Holders of our subordinate voting shares are entitled to one (1) vote per share and holders of our multiple voting shares are entitled to ten (10) votes per share.
 
 
 
 
Name
Subordinate Voting
Shares Owned
Currently Exercisable Options Owned
as at November 2, 2009
Total Subordinate
Voting Shares
Beneficially Owned (3)
Multiple Voting
Shares Beneficially
Owned (3)
Total Percentage
of Voting Power
In-the-money (1)
Out-the-money (2)
Number
Percent
Number
Percent
Number
Percent
Number
Percent
Number
Percent
Percent
Germain Lamonde
16,139
*
50,000
3.06%
129,642
7.93%
195,781
*
36,643,000  (4)
100
94.20
Pierre Plamondon
66,076 (5)
*
20,000
1.22%
60,976
3.73%
147,052
*
    –
    –
*
Pierre-Paul Allard
 8,000
*
*
*
8,000
*
        –
    –
*
Pierre Marcouiller
 5,000
*
12,500
*
36,382
2.23%
53,882
*
    –
    –
*
Guy Marier
 1,000
*
*
12,500
*
13,500
*
    –
    –
*
David A. Thompson
 2,100
*
12,500
*
30,234
1.85%
44,834
*
    –
    –
*
André Tremblay
 6,650 (6)
*
12,500
*
32,191
1.97%
51,341
*
    –
    –
*
Jon Bradley
 –
*
*
26,500
1.62%
26,500
*
    –
    –
*
Dana Yearian
 1,051
*
*
*
1,051
*
    –
    –
*
Stephen Bull
38,635
*
*
27,428
1.68%
66,063
*
    –
    –
*
Other executive
officers as a
group
41,003 (7)
*
15,000
*
62,235
3.81%
118,238
*
    –
    –
*
All of our
Directors and
executive
officers as a
group
  185,654
*
122,500
7.49%
418,088
25.58%
726,242
3.09%
36,643,000
100
94.34
 
                       
*
Less than 1%.
(1)
“In-the-money” options are options for which the market value of the underlying securities is higher than the exercise price at which such securities may be bought from the Corporation. As of November 2, 2009 the market value of a Subordinate Voting Share was US$3.64.
(2)
“Out-the-money” options are options for which the market value of the underlying securities is lower than the price of which such securities may be bought from the Corporation.
(3)
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. Options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within sixty (60) days as at November 2, 2009 (including options that have an exercise price above the market price) are deemed to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding such options for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of such person, but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Accordingly, DSUs and RSUs are not included.
(4)
The number of shares held by Germain Lamonde includes 1,900,000 multiple voting shares held of record by Fiducie Germain Lamonde and 34,743,000 multiple voting shares held of record by G. Lamonde Investissements Financiers inc.
(5)
The number of shares held by Pierre Plamondon includes 6,874 subordinate voting shares held of record by Fiducie Pierre Plamondon.
(6)
The number of subordinate voting shares held of record by André Tremblay is held by 9104-5559 Québec Inc, a company controlled by Mr. Tremblay.
(7)
The number of shares held by Allan Firhoj includes 14,000 subordinate voting shares held of record by his wife, Claudia Firhoj.
 
The following table presents information regarding stock options held as of November 2, 2009   by our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, our Directors, our three other most highly compensated executive officers and our other executive officers as a group.
 
Name
Securities Under Options Granted (1) (#)
Exercise Price (2) (US$/Security)
Expiration Date
Germain Lamonde
25,402
5,080
70,000
50,000
17,942
11,218
$26.00
$22.25
$9.13
$1.58
$4.51
$4.76
June 29, 2010
January 10, 2011
October 10, 2011
September 25, 2012
February 1, 2015
December 6, 2015
Pierre Plamondon
8,700
10,000
5,000
9,240
19,000
20,000
5,383
3,653
$26.00
$45.94
$34.07
$22.25
$9.13
$1.58
$5.13
$4.76
June 29, 2010
September 13, 2010
October 11, 2010
January 10, 2011
October 10, 2011
September 25, 2012
October 26, 2014
December 6, 2015
 
 
 
 
Name
Securities Under Options Granted (1) (#)
Exercise Price (2) (US$/Security)
Expiration Date
Pierre-Paul Allard
Pierre Marcouiller
2,000
400
17,966
1,037
2,479
12,500
12,500
$26.00
$22.25
$9.13
$12.69
$5.65
$1.58
$3.51
June 29, 2010
January 10, 2011
October 10, 2011
December 1, 2011
March 1, 2012
September 25, 2012
October 27, 2013
Guy Marier
12,500
$4.65
March 24, 2014
David A. Thompson
2,000
400
15,334
12,500
12,500
$26.00
$22.25
$9.13
$1.58
$3.51
June 29, 2010
January 10, 2011
October 10, 2011
September 25, 2012
October 27, 2013
André Tremblay
2,000
400
17,291
12,500
12,500
$26.00
$22.25
$9.13
$1.58
$3.51
June 29, 2010
January 10, 2011
October 10, 2011
September 25, 2012
October 27, 2013
Jon Bradley
5,000
5,000
1,000
1,500
10,000
4,000
$45.94
$22.25
$12.22
$3.19
$3.50
$4.51
September 13, 2010
January 10, 2011
January 3, 2012
January 7, 2013
December 17, 2013
February 1, 2015
Dana Yearian
Stephen Bull
900
5,000
2,930
15,000
1,795
1,803
$26.00
$45.94
$22.25
$9.13
$5.13
$4.76
June 29, 2010
September 13, 2010
January 10, 2011
October 10, 2011
October 26, 2014
December 6, 2015
Other Executive Officers as a group
3,000
4,000
3,250
10,000
18,000
15,000
5,000
9,259
2,000
7,726
$45.94
$34.07
$22.25
$23.40
$9.13
$1.58
$3.19
$5.13
$4.51
$4.76
September 13, 2010
October 11, 2010
January 10, 2011
March 15, 2011
October 10, 2011
September 25, 2012
January 7, 2013
October 26, 2014
February 1, 2015
December 6, 2015
     
       
(1)
Underlying securities: subordinate voting shares
(2)
The exercise price of options granted is determined based on the highest of the closing prices of the subordinate voting shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange and the NASDAQ National Market on the last trading day preceding the grant date, using the noon buying rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the grant date to convert the NASDAQ National Market closing price to Canadian dollars, as required.
 
 
 
 
The following table presents information regarding Deferred Share Units and Restricted Share Units held by our Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Financial Officer, our Directors, our three other most highly compensated executive officers, our other executive officers as a group, all of our Directors and executive officers as a group, as at November 2, 2009.
 
Name
DSUs
RSUs
Number
Percentage
Estimated Average Value at the time of grant US$/DSU (1)
Number
Percentage
Fair Value at the time of grant US$/RSU (2)
Germain Lamonde
 –
 4,843 (3)
0.32%
4.69
 
 –
15,105 (4)
0.99%
4.76
 
 –
23,826 (5)
1.56%
6.02
 
 –
29,910 (6)
1.95%
6.28
 
 –
65,254 (7)
4.26%
2.36
 
 –
66,081 (8)
4.32%
3.74
Pierre Plamondon
 –
 1,453 (3)
0.09%
4.69
 
 –
 3,000 (9)
0.20%
4.69
 
 –
 4,919 (4)
0.32%
4.76
 
 –
 7,924 (5)
0.52%
6.02
 
 –
 3,000 (10)
0.20%
6.02
 
 –
 9,637 (6)
0.63%
6.28
 
 –
20,644 (7)
1.35%
2.36
 
 –
20,339 (11)
1.33%
2.36
 
 –
16,794 (8)
1.10%
3.74
Pierre-Paul Allard
   7,866 (12)
6.8%
4.62
  –
 –
Pierre Marcouiller
  23,778 (12)
20.7%
4.62
  –
 –
Guy Marier
  23,778 (12)
20.7%
4.62
  –
 –
David A. Thompson
  26,963 (12)
23.5%
4.62
  –
 –
André Tremblay
  32,539 (12)
28.3%
4.62
  –
 –
Jon Bradley
666 (13)
0.04%
4.51
 
 1,250 (14)
0.08%
5.59
 
 6,122 (6)
0.40%
6.28
 
16,826 (7)
1.10%
2.36
 
25,416 (11)
1.66%
2.36
 
10,367 (8)
0.68%
3.74
Dana Yearian
 3,333 (15)
0.22%
5.16
 
 6,246 (5)
0.41%
6.02
 
 7,225 (6)
0.47%
6.28
 
23,072 (7)
1.51%
2.36
 
25,424 (11)
1.66%
2.36
 
15,241 (8)
1.00%
3.74
Stephen Bull
968 (3)
0.06%
4.69
 
 3,000 (9)
0.20%
4.69
 
 3,237 (4)
0.21%
4.76
 
 5,551 (5)
0.36%
6.02
 
 6,667 (10)
0.44%
6.02
 
 7,340 (6)
0.48%
6.28
 
17,756 (7)
1.16%
2.36
 
13,559 (11)
0.89%
2.36
 
14,061 (8)
0.92%
3.74
Other executive officers as a group
 3,273 (3)
0.21%
4.69
 3,150 (9)
0.21%
4.69
11,752 (4)
0.77%
4.76
 
375 (14)
0.02%
5.59
 
20,370 (5)
1.33%
6.02
 
 5,335 (10)
0.35%
6.02
 
15,033 (16)
0.98%
6.42
 
 1,750 (17)
0.11%
6.42
 
21,585 (6)
1.41%
6.28
 
 1,750 (18)
0.11%
4.16
 
62,945 (7)
4.11%
2.36
 
40,677 (11)
2.66%
2.36
 
 5,000 (19)
0.33%
3.22
 
52,142 (8)
3.41%
3.74
 
 

 
Name
DSUs
RSUs
Number
Percentage
Estimated Average Value at the time of grant US$/DSU (1)
Number
Percentage
Fair Value at the time of grant US$/RSU (2)
All of the directors and executive officers as a group
  10,537 (3)
0.69%
4.69
   9,150 (9)
0.60%
4.69
 666 (13)
0.04%
4.51
 
  35,013 (4)
2.29%
4.76
 
   1,625 (14)
0.11%
5.59
 
   –
   3,333 (15)
0.22%
5.16
 
   –
  63,917 (5)
4.18%
6.02
 
   –
  15,002 (10)
0.98%
6.02
 
  15,033 (16)
0.98%
6.42
 
   1,750 (17)
0.11%
6.42
 
  81,819 (6)
5.35%
6.28
 
   1,750 (18)
0.11%
4.16
 
206,497 (7)
13.49%
2.36
 
125,415 (11)
8.19%
2.36
 
   5,000 (19)
0.33%
3.22
 
174,686 (8)
11.41%
3.74
 
114,924
100%
4.62
751,193
49.08%
3.79
             
             
(1)  
The estimated average value at the time of grant of a DSU is the average of the estimated value at the time of grant of a DSU which is determined based on the highest of the closing prices of the Subordinate Voting Shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange and the NASDAQ National Market on the last trading day preceding the grant date, using the noon buying rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (for grants of DSUs prior to January 1, 2009) or the Bank of Canada (for grants of DSUs on or after January 1, 2009) on the grant date to convert the NASDAQ National Market closing price to Canadian dollars, as required. The value at vesting of a DSU is equivalent to the market value of a Subordinate Voting Share when a DSU is converted to such Subordinate Voting Share.
(2)  
The fair value at the time of grant of a RSU is equal to the market value of Subordinate Voting Shares at the time RSUs are granted.
(3)  
Those RSUs will vest on the fifth anniversary date of the grant in January 2005 but are subject to early vesting on the third and fourth anniversary date of the grant on the attainment of performance objectives as determined by the Board of Directors. Accordingly, subject to the attainment of performance objectives, the first early vesting is up to 1/3 of the units on the third anniversary date of the grant and the second early vesting is up to 50% of the remaining units on the fourth anniversary date of the grant.
(4)  
Those RSUs will vest on the fifth anniversary date of the grant in December 2005 but are subject to early vesting on the third and fourth anniversary date of the grant on the attainment of performance objectives as determined by the Board of Directors. Accordingly, subject to the attainment of performance objectives, the first early vesting is up to 1/3 of the units on the third anniversary date of the grant and the second early vesting is up to 50% of the remaining units on the fourth anniversary date of the grant.
(5)  
Those RSUs will vest on the fifth anniversary date of the grant in October 2006 but are subject to early vesting on the third and fourth anniversary date of the grant on the attainment of performance objectives as determined by the Board of Directors. Accordingly, subject to the attainment of performance objectives, the first early vesting is up to 1/3 of the units on the third anniversary date of the grant and the second early vesting is up to 50% of the remaining units on the fourth anniversary date of the grant.
(6)  
Those RSUs will vest on the fifth anniversary date of the grant in October 2007 but are subject to early vesting on the third and fourth anniversary date of the grant on the attainment of performance objectives as determined by the Board of Directors. Accordingly, subject to the attainment of performance objectives, the first early vesting is up to 1/3 of the units on the third anniversary date of the grant and the second early vesting is up to 50% of the remaining units on the fourth anniversary date of the grant.
(7)  
Those RSUs will vest on the fifth anniversary date of the grant in October 2008 but are subject to early vesting on the third and fourth anniversary date of the grant on the attainment of performance objectives as determined by the Board of Directors. Accordingly, subject to the attainment of performance objectives, the first early vesting is up to 1/3 of the units on the third anniversary date of the grant and the second early vesting is up to 50% of the remaining units on the fourth anniversary date of the grant.
(8)  
Those RSUs will vest on the fifth anniversary date of the grant in October 2009 but are subject to early vesting on the third and fourth anniversary date of the grant on the attainment of performance objectives as determined by the Board of Directors. Accordingly, subject to the attainment of performance objectives, the first early vesting is up to 1/3 of the units on the third anniversary date of the grant and the second early vesting is up to 50% of the remaining units on the fourth anniversary date of the grant.
(9)  
Those RSUs will vest at a rate of 55%, 35% and 10%, on the third, fourth and fifth anniversary dates of the grant in January 2005.
(10)  
Those RSUs will vest at a rate of 1/3 annually commencing on the third anniversary date of the grant in October 2006.
(11)  
Those RSUs will vest on the fifth anniversary date of the grant in October 2008 but are subject to early vesting on the third anniversary date of the grant on the attainment of performance objectives as determined by the Board of Directors. Accordingly, subject to the attainment of performance objectives, the early vesting is up to 100% of the units on the third anniversary date of the grant.
(12)  
Those DSUs will vest at the time Director ceases to be a member of the Board of the Corporation.
(13)  
Those RSUs will vest at a rate of 1/3 annually commencing on the third anniversary date of the grant in February 2005.
(14)  
Those RSUs will vest at a rate of 1/2 annually commencing on the third anniversary date of the grant in February 2006.
(15)  
Those RSUs will vest at a rate of 1/3 annually commencing on the third anniversary date of the grant in August 2006.
(16)  
Those RSUs will vest at a rate of 1/3 annually commencing on the third anniversary date of the grant in January 2007.
(17)  
Those RSUs will vest at a rate of 1/2 annually commencing on the third anniversary date of the grant in January 2007.
(18)  
Those RSUs will vest at a rate of 1/2 annually commencing on the third anniversary date of the grant in January 2008.
(19)  
Those RSUs will vest at a rate of 1/2 annually commencing on the third anniversary date of the grant in January 2009.

 
 
 
Escrowed Securities

The following table presents information regarding the number of securities of each class of the Corporation held, to our knowledge as at November 2, 2009, in escrow and the percentage outstanding securities of that class.

Designation of Class
 
Number of Securities held in escrow
 
Percentage of Class
Subordinate Voting Shares
 
nil
 
nil
Multiple Voting Shares
 
nil
 
nil
 
 
 

Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions
 
A.      Major Shareholders
 
The following table presents information regarding the beneficial ownership of our share capital as at November 2, 2009 by persons or groups of affiliated persons known by us to own more than 5% of our voting shares.

 
Multiple Voting Shares Beneficially Owned (1)
Subordinate Voting Shares Beneficially Owned (1)
Total Percentage of
Voting Power
       
Name
Number
Percent
Number
Percent
Percent
           
Germain Lamonde (2)
36,643,000
 100%
192,977
 0.84%
 94.16%
Fiducie Germain Lamonde (3)
1,900,000
 5%
 Nil
 Nil
 4.88%
G. Lamonde Investissements Financiers inc. (4)
  34,743,000  95%  Nil  Nil  89.27%
Renaissance Technologies LLC
 Nil
 Nil
1,379,200
 5.72%
 *

  *
Less than 1%
 
(1)
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. Options that are currently exercisable (including options that have an exercise price above the market price) are deemed to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding such options for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of such person, but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.
(2)  
The number of shares held by Germain Lamonde includes 1,900,000 multiple voting shares held of record by Fiducie Germain Lamonde and 34,743,000 multiple voting shares held of record by G. Lamonde Investissements Financiers inc.
(3)  
Fiducie Germain Lamonde is a family trust for the benefit of Mr. Lamonde and members of his family.
(4)  
G. Lamonde Investissements Financiers inc. is a company controlled by Mr. Lamonde.
 
 
Each multiple voting share is convertible at the option of the holder into one subordinate voting share. Holders of our subordinate voting shares are entitled to one vote per share and holders of our multiple voting shares are entitled to ten votes per share.

As at November 17, 2009, 22,749,965 subordinate voting shares were outstanding. Approximately 98.1% (22,332,622) of our subordinate voting shares were held in bearer form and the remainder (417,343 subordinate voting shares) was held by 182 record holders.  As at November 17, 2009, we believe approximately 76.72% of our outstanding subordinate voting shares were held in the United States.
 
 
B.      Related Party Transactions
 
  Indebtedness of Directors, Executive Officers and Employees

Until February 2007, we have guaranteed the repayment of a loan granted to an employee by a financial institution for the purchase of our Class “F” shares that were converted into subordinate voting shares immediately prior to our initial public offering. As of August 31, 2006, the total principal amount guaranteed by us was   $37,400.

Except as disclosed in this section, none of our directors, executive officers, associates or affiliates had any material interest in any transaction with us during the past three years or in any proposed transaction which has materially affected or could materially affect us.


 

Financial Information
 
 
See Item 18, “Financial Statements” for certain other information required by this item.

Valuation and qualifying accounts are as follows (in thousands of US dollars):

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   
Years ended August 31,
 
                   
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
                   
Balance – Beginning of year
  $ 305     $ 206     $ 451  
Addition charged to earnings
    979       204       42  
Write-offs of uncollectible accounts
    (45 )     (53 )     (271 )
Recovery of uncollectible accounts
    (19 )     (52 )     (16 )
                         
Balance – End of year
  $ 1,220     $ 305     $ 206  

Valuation allowance on future income tax assets

   
Years ended August 31,
 
                   
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
                   
Balance – Beginning of year
  $ 15,529     $ 12,492     $ 38,543  
Change in valuation allowance
    412       (4,927 )     (28,646 )
Business combination
          8,195        
Foreign currency translation adjustment
    (483 )     (231 )     2,595  
                         
Balance – End of year
  $ 15,458     $ 15,529     $ 12,492  

Export Sales

Export and domestic sales in thousands of US dollars and as a percentage of total sales are as follows:

   
Years ended August 31,
 
                                     
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
                                     
Export Sales
  $ 154,198       89 %   $ 169,571       92 %   $ 143,315       94 %
Domestic Sales
    18,680       11       14,219       8       9,619       6  
                                                 
    $ 172,878       100 %   $ 183,790       100 %   $ 152,934       100 %


 
 
Legal Proceedings

On November 27, 2001, a class action suit was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York against EXFO, four of the underwriters of our Initial Public Offering and some of our executive officers pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder and Sections 11, 12 and 16 of the Securities Act of 1933.  This class action alleges that EXFO’s registration statement and prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 29, 2000, contained material misrepresentations and/or omissions resulting from (i) the underwriters allegedly soliciting and receiving additional, excessive and undisclosed commissions from certain investors in exchange for which they allocated material portions of the shares issued in connection with the company’s Initial Public Offering; and (ii) the underwriters allegedly entering into agreements with customers whereby shares issued in connection with the company’s Initial Public Offering would be allocated to those customers in exchange for which customers agreed to purchase additional amounts of shares in the after-market at pre-determined prices.

On April 19, 2002, the plaintiffs filed an amended complaint containing master allegations against all of the underwriters in all of the 310 cases included in this class action and also filed an amended complaint containing allegations specific to four of our underwriters, EXFO and two of our executive officers. In addition to the allegations mentioned above, the amended complaint alleges that the underwriters (i) used their analysts to manipulate the stock market; and (ii) implemented schemes that allowed issuer insiders to sell their shares rapidly after an initial public offering and benefit from high market prices. As concerns EXFO and two of our executive officers in particular, the amended complaint alleges that (i) the company’s registration statement was materially false and misleading because it failed to disclose the additional commissions and compensation to be received by underwriters; (ii) the two named executive officers learned of or recklessly disregarded the alleged misconduct of the underwriters; (iii) the two named executive officers had motive and opportunity to engage in alleged wrongful conduct due to personal holdings of EXFO’s stock and the fact that an alleged artificially inflated stock price could be used as currency for acquisitions; and (iv) the two named executive officers, by virtue of their positions with EXFO, controlled the company and the contents of the registration statement and had the ability to prevent its issuance or cause it to be corrected. The plaintiffs in this suit seek an unspecified amount for damages suffered.

In July 2002, the issuers filed a motion to dismiss the plaintiffs’ amended complaint and a decision was rendered on February 19, 2003. Only one of the claims against EXFO was dismissed. On October 8, 2002, the claims against our officers were dismissed pursuant to the terms of Reservation of Rights and Tolling Agreements entered into with the plaintiffs.

In June 2004, an agreement of partial settlement was submitted to the court for preliminary approval.  The proposed partial settlement was between the plaintiffs, the issuer defendants in the consolidated actions, the issuer officers and directors named as defendants, and the issuers’ insurance companies.  The court granted the preliminary approval motion on February 15, 2005, subject to certain modifications.  On August 31, 2005, the court issued a preliminary order further approving the modifications to the settlement and certifying the settlement classes.  The court also appointed the notice administrator for the settlement and ordered that notice of the settlement be distributed to all settlement class members by January 15, 2006. The settlement fairness hearing occurred on April 24, 2006, and the court reserved decision at that time.

While the partial settlement was pending approval, the plaintiffs continued to litigate against the underwriter defendants.  The district court directed that the litigation proceed within a number of “focus cases” rather than in all of the 310 cases that have been consolidated. The company's case is not one of these focus cases.  On October 13, 2004, the district court certified the focus cases as class actions. The underwriter defendants appealed that ruling, and on December 5, 2006, the Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit reversed the district court’s class certification decision. 


 
 
On April 6, 2007, the Second Circuit denied the plaintiffs’ petition for rehearing of that decision and, on May 18, 2007, the Second Circuit denied the plaintiffs’ petition for rehearing en banc . In light of the Second Circuit’s opinion, liaison counsel for all issuer defendants, including the company, informed the court that this settlement cannot be approved, because the defined settlement class, like the litigation class, cannot be certified. On June 25, 2007, the district court entered an order terminating the settlement agreement. On August 14, 2007, the plaintiffs filed their second consolidated amended class action complaints against the focus cases and, on September 27, 2007, again moved for class certification. On November 12, 2007, certain defendants in the focus cases moved to dismiss the second consolidated amended class action complaints. On March 26, 2008, the district court denied the motions to dismiss, except as to Section 11 claims raised by those plaintiffs who sold their securities for a price in excess of the initial offering price and those who purchased outside of the previously certified class period. Briefing on the class certification motion was completed in May 2008. That motion was withdrawn without prejudice on October 10, 2008.
 
On April 2, 2009, a stipulation and agreement of settlement between the plaintiffs, issuer defendants and underwriter defendants was submitted to the Court for preliminary approval. The Court granted the plaintiffs’ motion for preliminary approval and preliminarily certified the settlement classes on June 10, 2009. The settlement fairness hearing was held on September 10, 2009. On October 6, 2009, the Court entered an opinion granting final approval to the settlement and directing that the Clerk of the Court close these actions. Notices of appeal of the opinion granting final approval have been filed. Given that the settlement remains subject to appeal as of the date of issuance of our financial statements, the ultimate outcome of the contingency is uncertain. However, based on the settlement approved on October 6, 2009, and the related insurance against such claims, we have determined the impact to our financial position and results of operations as at and for the year ended August 31, 2009 to be immaterial.
 
There are no other legal or arbitration proceedings pending or threatened of which we are aware which may have or have had a significant effect on our financial position.


Dividend Policy

We do not currently anticipate paying dividends for at least the three next years. Our current intention is to reinvest any earnings in our business long-term growth. Any future determination by us to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and in accordance with the terms and conditions of any outstanding indebtedness and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements and such other functions as our Board of Directors considers relevant.
 
 
 
No significant changes occurred since the date of our annual consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report.


 

Offer and Listing
               
Not Applicable, except for Item 9A (4) and Item 9C.
 
 
Offer and Listing Details
 
 
NASDAQ (US$)
TSX (CA$)
 
High
Low
High
Low
         
September 1, 2004 to August 31, 2005
5.51
3.92
6.90
4.92
September 1, 2005 to August 31, 2006
8.69
4.32
9.60
5.15
September 1, 2006 to August 31, 2007
7.57
4.89
8.85
5.55
September 1, 2007 to August 31, 2008
7.28
3.92
7.35
3.97
September 1, 2008 to August 31, 2009
4.73
2.13
5.16
2.50
         
2008 1st Quarter
7.28
5.10
7.35
5.01
2008 2nd Quarter
5.50
3.92
5.54
3.97
2008 3rd Quarter
6.14
4.06
6.00
4.04
2008 4th Quarter
5.47
3.96
5.59
4.15
         
2009 1st Quarter
4.57
2.13
4.86
2.50
2009 2nd Quarter
3.96
2.42
4.95
3.00
2009 3rd Quarter
4.73
2.48
5.16
3.23
2009 4th Quarter
4.66
2.74
5.08
3.26
         
2009 May
4.73
3.84
5.16
4.55
2009 June
4.66
3.14
5.08
3.70
2009 July
3.36
2.74
3.67
3.26
2009 August
3.18
2.99
3.45
3.29
2009 September
3.85
2.81
4.13
3.10
2009 October
3.79
3.35
4.00
3.57
2009 November
3.78
3.64
3.99
3.94
(until November 17)
       
 
 
Markets
 
Our subordinate voting shares have been quoted on the NASDAQ National Market under the symbol EXFO and listed on The Toronto Stock Exchange under the symbol EXF since our initial public offering on June 29, 2000. Prior to that time, there was no public market for our subordinate voting shares. The table above sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low closing sales prices per subordinate voting share as reported on the NASDAQ National Market and the Toronto Stock Exchange.

On November 17, 2009, the last reported sale price for our subordinate voting shares on the NASDAQ National Market was US$3.75 per share and the last reported sale price for our subordinate voting shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange was CA$3.98 per share.
 

 

Additional Information
               
 
Share Capital
 
Not Applicable

 
Memorandum and Articles of Association
 
Incorporated by reference to our registration statement on Form F-1 dated June 9, 2000 (File No. 333-38956) and its amendment filed as Exhibit 10.1 to our fiscal year 2009 Annual Report on Form 20-F.

 
Material Contracts

Except as otherwise disclosed in this annual report and our financial statements and notes included elsewhere in this annual report, we have no other material contracts.

 
Exchange Controls

Subject to the following paragraph, there is no law or governmental decree or regulation in Canada that restricts the export or import of capital, or affects the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to non-resident holders of our subordinate voting shares, other than withholding tax requirements.

There is no limitation imposed by Canadian law or by our articles of incorporation or our other charter documents on the right of a non-resident to hold or vote subordinate voting shares, other than as provided by the Investment Canada Act, the North American Free Trade Agreement Implementation Act (Canada) and the World Trade Organization Agreement Implementation Act . The Investment Canada Act requires notification and, in certain cases, advance review and approval by the Government of Canada of an investment to establish a new Canadian business by a non-Canadian or of the acquisition by a “non-Canadian” of “control” of a “Canadian business”, all as defined in the Investment Canada Act . Generally, the threshold for review will be higher in monetary terms for a member of the World Trade Organization or North American Free Trade Agreement.

 
Taxation

United States Taxation

The information set forth below under the caption “United States Taxation” is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of subordinate voting shares by a U.S. Holder, as defined below. These discussions are not a complete analysis or listing of all of the possible tax consequences of such transactions and do not address all tax considerations that may be relevant to particular holders in light of their personal circumstances or to persons that are subject to special tax rules. In particular, the information set forth under the caption “United States Taxation” deals only with U.S. Holders that hold subordinate voting shares as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and who do not at any time own individually, nor are treated as owning, 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock entitled to vote. In addition, this description of U.S. tax consequences does not address the tax treatment of special classes of U.S. Holders, such as financial institutions, regulated investment companies, traders in securities who elect to mark-to-market their securities, tax-exempt entities, insurance companies, partnerships, persons holding subordinate voting shares as part of a hedging, integrated or conversion transaction or as part of a “straddle,” U.S. expatriates, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax, persons who acquired their subordinate voting shares through the exercise or cancellation of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation for services, dealers or traders in securities or currencies and holders whose “functional currency” is not the U.S. dollar. This summary does not address U.S. estate and gift tax consequences or tax consequences under any state and local tax laws or non-U.S. tax laws.
 
 
 
 
As used in this section, the term “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of subordinate voting shares that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 
(a)
an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

 
(b)
a corporation created or organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof and the District of Columbia;

 
(c)
an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source;

 
(d)
a trust if (1) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more U.S. persons as described in Section 7701 (a) (30) of the Code have authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person; or

 
(e)
any other person whose worldwide income or gain is otherwise subject to U.S. federal income taxation on a net income basis;

If a partnership or other flow-through entity holds subordinate voting shares, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner or other owner and upon the activities of the partnership or other flow-through entity.  If you are a partner of a partnership holding subordinate voting shares, you should consult your tax advisor.

Holders of subordinate voting shares who are not U.S. Holders, sometimes referred to as “Non-U.S. Holders”, should also consult their own tax advisors, particularly as to the applicability of any tax treaty.

The following discussion is based upon:

·  
·  
U.S. judicial decisions;
·  
administrative pronouncements;
·  
existing and proposed Treasury regulations; and
·  
the Canada – U.S. Income Tax Treaty.

Any of the above is subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. We have not requested, and will not request, a ruling from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) with respect to any of the U.S. federal income tax consequences described below, and as a result, there can be no assurance that the IRS will not disagree with or challenge any of the conclusions we have reached and describe here.

The following discussion is for general information only and is not intended to be, nor should it be construed to be, legal or tax advice to any holder of subordinate voting shares and no opinion or representation with respect to the U.S. federal income tax consequences to any holder is made.  Holders of subordinate voting shares are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the particular consequences to them under U.S. federal, state, local and applicable non-U.S. tax laws of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of subordinate voting shares.
 
 
 
 
  Dividends

Subject to the discussion of passive foreign investment companies below, the gross amount of any distribution paid by us to a U.S. Holder will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax as foreign source dividend income to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Such income will be includable in the gross income of a U.S. Holder on the day received by the U.S. Holder.  The amount of any distribution of property other than cash will be the fair market value of such property on the date of the distribution. In the case of a taxable corporate U.S. Holder, such dividends will be taxable as ordinary income and will not be eligible for the corporate dividends received deduction, which is generally allowed to U.S. corporate shareholders on dividends received from a domestic corporation. In the case of a non-corporate U.S. Holder, including individuals, such dividends should generally be eligible for a maximum tax rate of 15% for dividends received before January 1, 2011, provided such holder holds the subordinate voting shares for at least 60 days and certain other conditions are satisfied, including, as we believe to be the case, that we are not a “passive foreign investment company”. To the extent that an amount received by a U.S. Holder exceeds such holder’s allocable share of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, such excess will be applied first to reduce such U.S. Holder’s tax basis in his subordinate voting shares, thereby increasing the amount of gain or decreasing the amount of loss recognized on a subsequent disposition of the subordinate voting shares. Then, to the extent such distribution exceeds such U.S. Holder’s tax basis, it will be treated as capital gain. We do not currently maintain calculations of our earnings and profits for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

The gross amount of distributions paid in Canadian dollars, or any successor or other foreign currency, will be included in the income of such U.S. Holder in a U.S. dollar amount calculated by reference to the spot exchange rate in effect on the day the distributions are paid regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars.  If the Canadian dollars, or any successor or other foreign currency, are converted into U.S. dollars on the date of the payment, the U.S. Holder should not be required to recognize any foreign currency gain or loss with respect to the receipt of Canadian dollars as distributions. The U.S. Holder will have a basis in any Canadian dollars or other foreign currency distributed equal to their U.S. dollar value on the payment date.  If, instead, the Canadian dollars are converted at a later date, any currency gains or losses resulting from the conversion of the Canadian dollars will be treated as U.S. source ordinary income or loss. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors concerning the U.S. tax consequences of acquiring, holding and disposing of Canadian dollars.

A U.S. Holder may be entitled to deduct, or claim a foreign tax credit for, Canadian taxes that are withheld on dividends received by the U.S. Holder, subject to applicable limitations in the Code. The limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. For this purpose, such dividends should generally constitute foreign source “passive category income”, or, in the case of certain U.S. Holders, “general category income”. The rules governing the foreign tax credit are complex, and additional limitations on the credit apply to individuals receiving dividends from non-U.S. corporations if the dividends are eligible for the 15% maximum tax rate on dividends described above.  U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the availability of the foreign tax credit under their particular circumstances.

A Non-U.S. Holder of subordinate voting shares generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax on dividends received on subordinate voting shares unless such income is effectively connected with the conduct by such Non-U.S. Holder of a trade or business in the United States.
 

 
 
Sale or Exchange

A U.S. Holder’s initial tax basis in the subordinate voting shares will generally be cost to the holder. A U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the subordinate voting shares will generally be the same as cost, but may differ for various reasons including the receipt by such holder of a distribution that was not made up wholly of earnings and profits as described above under the heading “Dividends.” Subject to the discussion of passive foreign investment companies below, gain or loss realized by a U.S. Holder on the sale or other disposition of subordinate voting shares will be subject to U.S. federal income taxation as capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference (if any) between the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis (determined in U.S. dollars) in the subordinate voting shares and the U.S. dollar value of the amount realized on the disposition of such subordinate voting shares. Capital gains of non-corporate U.S. Holders, including individuals, derived with respect to a sale, exchange or other disposition prior to January 1, 2011 of subordinate voting shares held for more than one year are subject to a maximum federal income tax rate of 15%. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. In the case of a non-corporate U.S. Holder, the federal tax rate applicable to capital gains will depend upon:

·  
the holder’s holding period for the subordinate voting shares, with a preferential rate available for subordinate voting shares held for more than one year; and
·  
the holder’s marginal tax rate for ordinary income.

Any gain realized will generally be treated as U.S. source gain, and loss realized by a U.S. Holder generally also will be treated as from sources within the United States.

The ability of a U.S. Holder to utilize foreign taxes as a credit to offset U.S. taxes is subject to complex limitations and conditions. The consequences of the separate limitation calculation will depend upon the nature and sources of each U.S. Holder’s income and the deductions allocable thereto. Alternatively, a U.S. Holder may elect to claim all foreign taxes paid as an itemized deduction in lieu of claiming a foreign tax credit. A deduction does not reduce U.S. tax on a dollar-for-dollar basis like a tax credit, but the availability of the deduction is not subject to the same conditions and limitations applicable to foreign tax credits.

If a U.S. Holder receives any foreign currency on the sale of subordinate voting shares, such U.S. Holder may recognize ordinary income or loss as a result of currency fluctuations between the date of the sale of subordinate voting shares and the date the sale proceeds are converted into U.S. dollars.

A Non-U.S. Holder of subordinate voting shares generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax on any gain realized on the sale or exchange of such subordinate voting shares unless:

·  
such gain is effectively connected with the conduct by such Non-U.S. Holder of a trade or business in the United States; or
·  
in the case of any gain realized by an individual Non-U.S. Holder, such Non-U.S. Holder is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of such sale and certain other conditions are met.

  Passive Foreign Investment Company

We believe that our subordinate voting shares should not currently be treated as stock of a passive foreign investment company for United States federal income tax purposes, but this conclusion is a factual determination made annually and thus may be subject to change based on future operations as well as the composition and valuation of our assets. In particular, a significant portion of our gross assets are comprised of cash and short-term investments, which the PFIC rules treat as passive without regard to the purpose for which we hold those assets. If the proportion of these passive assets were to increase relative to the fair market value of our other assets, we may be treated as a passive foreign investment company. In general, we will be a passive foreign investment company with respect to a U.S. Holder if, for any taxable year in which the U.S. Holder holds our subordinate voting shares, either:


 
 
·  
at least 75% of our gross income for the taxable year is passive income; or
·  
at least 50% of the average value of our assets is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income.

For this purpose, passive income includes, among other things, income such as:

·  
dividends;
·  
interest;
·  
rents or royalties, other than certain rents or royalties derived from the active conduct of trade or business;
·  
annuities; and
·  
gains from assets that produce passive income.

If a non-U.S. corporation owns at least 25% by value of the stock of another corporation, the non-U.S. corporation is treated for purposes of the passive foreign investment company tests as owning its proportionate share of the assets of the other corporation and as receiving directly its proportionate share of the other corporation’s income.

If we are treated as a passive foreign investment company, a U.S. Holder that did not make a qualified electing fund election, if available, or a mark-to-market election, as described below, would be subject to special rules with respect to:

·  
any gain realized on the sale or other disposition of subordinate voting shares; and
·  
any “excess distribution” by us to the U.S. Holder.

Generally, “excess distributions” are any distributions to the U.S. Holder in respect of the subordinate voting shares during a single taxable year that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions received by the U.S. Holder in respect of the subordinate voting shares during the three preceding taxable years or, if shorter, the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the subordinate voting shares.

Under the passive foreign investment company rules,

·  
the gain or excess distribution would be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the subordinate voting shares;
·  
the amount allocated to the taxable year in which the gain or excess distribution was realized and to taxable years prior to the first year in which we were classified as a PFIC would be taxable as ordinary income; and
·  
the amount allocated to each other prior year would be subject to tax as ordinary income at the highest tax rate in effect for that year, and the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax would be imposed in respect of the tax attributable to each such year.

A U.S. Holder owning actually or constructively “marketable stock” of a passive foreign investment company may be able to avoid the imposition of the passive foreign investment company tax rules described above by making a mark-to-market election. Generally, pursuant to this election, a U.S. Holder would include in ordinary income or, subject to the following sentence, loss, for each taxable year during which such stock is held, an amount equal to the difference as of the close of the taxable year between the fair market value of its stock and its adjusted tax basis in such stock.  Any mark-to-market loss is treated as an ordinary deduction, but only to the extent of the ordinary income that the U.S. Holder has included pursuant to the election in prior taxable years.  The electing U.S. Holder’s basis in its stock would be adjusted to reflect any of these income or loss amounts.  Holders desiring to make the mark-to-market election should consult their tax advisors with respect to the application and effect of making such election.


 
 
In the case of a U.S. Holder who does not make a mark-to-market election, the special passive foreign investment company tax rules described above will not apply to such U.S. Holder if the U.S. Holder makes an election to have us treated as a qualified electing fund and we provide certain required information to holders. For a U.S. Holder to make a qualified electing fund election, we would have to satisfy certain reporting requirements. We have not determined whether we will undertake the necessary measures to be able to satisfy such requirements in the event that we were treated as a passive foreign investment company.

A U.S. Holder that makes a qualified electing fund election will be currently taxable on its pro rata share of our ordinary earnings and net capital gain, at ordinary income and capital gains rates, respectively, for each of our taxable years, regardless of whether or not distributions were received. The U.S. Holder’s basis in the subordinate voting shares will be increased to reflect taxed but undistributed income. Distributions of income that had previously been taxed will result in a corresponding reduction of basis in the subordinate voting shares and will not be taxed again as a distribution to the U.S. Holder. U.S. Holders desiring to make a qualified electing fund election should consult their tax advisors with respect to the advisability of making such election.
 
  United States Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

A U.S. Holder will generally be subject to information reporting with respect to dividends paid on, or proceeds of the sale or other disposition of, our subordinate voting shares that are paid within the United States or through some U.S. related financial intermediaries to U.S. Holders, unless the U.S. Holder is a corporation or comes within certain other categories of exempt recipients. A U.S. Holder that is not an exempt recipient will generally be subject to backup withholding with respect to the proceeds from the sale or the disposition of, or with respect to dividends on, subordinate voting shares unless the U.S. Holder timely provides a taxpayer identification number and complies with the other applicable requirements of the backup withholding rules. A U.S Holder who fails to provide a correct taxpayer identification number may be subject to penalties imposed by the United States Internal Revenue Service.

Non-U.S. Holders will generally be subject to information reporting and possible backup withholding with respect to the proceeds of the sale or other disposition of subordinate voting shares effected within the United States, unless the holder certifies to its foreign status or otherwise establishes an exemption and the broker does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the holder is a U.S. Holder.  Payments of dividends on or proceeds from the sale of subordinate voting shares within the United States by a payor within the United States to a non-exempt U.S. or Non-U.S. Holder will be subject to backup withholding if such holder fails to provide appropriate certification. In the case of such payments by a payor within the United States to a foreign partnership other than a foreign partnership that qualifies as a “withholding foreign partnership” within the meaning of such Treasury regulations, the partners of such partnership will be required to provide the certification discussed above in order to establish an exemption from backup withholding tax and information reporting requirements.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax.  Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a refund or credit against a holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS.

  Canadian Federal Income Tax Considerations

The following is a summary of the material Canadian federal income tax considerations generally applicable to a U.S. person who holds subordinate voting shares and who, for the purposes of the Income Tax Act (Canada) (the “ITA”), and the Canada-United States Income Tax Convention (1980) (the “Convention”), as applicable and at all relevant times:

·  
is resident in the United States and not resident in Canada,
·  
holds the subordinate voting shares as capital property,
·  
does not have a “permanent establishment” or “fixed base” in Canada, as defined in the Convention; and
·  
deals at arm’s length with us. Special rules, which are not discussed below, may apply to “financial institutions”, as defined in the ITA, and to non-resident insurers carrying on an insurance business in Canada and elsewhere.
 
 
 
 
This discussion is based on the current provisions of the ITA and the Convention and on the regulations promulgated under the ITA, all specific proposals to amend the ITA or the regulations promulgated under the ITA announced by or on behalf of the Canadian Minister of Finance prior to the date of this annual report and the current published administrative practices of the Canada Customs and Revenue Agency. It does not otherwise take into account or anticipate any changes in law or administrative practice nor any income tax laws or considerations of any province or territory of Canada or any jurisdiction other than Canada, which may differ from the Canadian federal income tax consequences described in this document.

Under the ITA and the Convention, dividends paid or credited, or deemed to be paid or credited, on the subordinate voting shares to a U.S. person who owns less than 10% of the voting shares will be subject to Canadian withholding tax at the rate of 15% of the gross amount of those dividends or deemed dividends. If a U.S. person is a corporation and owns 10% or more of the voting shares, the rate is reduced from 15% to 5%. Subject to specified limitations, a U.S. person may be entitled to credit against U.S. federal income tax liability for the amount of tax withheld by Canada.

Under the Convention, dividends paid to specified religious, scientific, charitable and similar tax exempt organizations and specified organizations that are resident and exempt from tax in the United States and that have complied with specified administrative procedures are exempt from this Canadian withholding tax.

A capital gain realized by a U.S. person on a disposition or deemed disposition of the subordinate voting shares will not be subject to tax under the ITA unless the subordinate voting shares constitute taxable Canadian property within the meaning of the ITA at the time of the disposition or deemed disposition. In general, the subordinate voting shares will not be “taxable Canadian property” to a U.S. person if they are listed on a prescribed stock exchange, which includes The Toronto Stock Exchange, unless, at any time within the five-year period immediately preceding the disposition, the U.S. person, persons with whom the U.S. person did not deal at arm’s length, or the U.S. person together with those persons, owned or had an interest in or a right to acquire more than 25% of any class or series of our shares.

If the subordinate voting shares are taxable Canadian property to a U.S. person, any capital gain realized on a disposition or deemed disposition of those subordinate voting shares will generally be exempt from tax by virtue of the Convention if the value of the subordinate voting shares at the time of the disposition or deemed disposition is not derived principally from real property, as defined by the Convention, situated in Canada. The determination as to whether Canadian tax would be applicable on a disposition or deemed disposition of the subordinate voting shares must be made at the time of the disposition or deemed disposition.

Holders of subordinate voting shares are urged to consult their own tax advisors to determine the particular tax consequences to them, including the application and effect of any state, local or foreign income and other tax laws, of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of subordinate voting shares.

 
Dividends and Paying Agents

Not Applicable.

 
Statement by Experts
 
Not Applicable.

 
Documents on Display

Any statement in this annual report about any of our contracts or other documents is not necessarily complete. If the contract or document is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, the contract or document is deemed to modify the description contained in this annual report. You must review the exhibits themselves for a complete description of the contract or document.


 
 
You may review a copy of our filings with the SEC, including exhibits and schedules filed with it, at the SEC’s public reference facilities at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549 and at the regional offices of the SEC located at 233 Broadway, New York, New York 10279 and at the Northwestern Atrium Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661. You may also obtain copies of such materials from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference rooms. The SEC maintains a Web site (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC.

You may read and copy any reports, statements or other information that we file with the SEC at the addresses indicated above and you may also access them electronically at the Web site set forth above. These SEC filings are also available to the public from commercial document retrieval services.

We are required to file reports and other information with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Reports and other information filed by us with the SEC may be inspected and copied at the SEC’s public reference facilities described above. As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements and our officers, Directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. Under the Exchange Act, as a foreign private issuer, we are not required to publish financial statements as frequently or as promptly as United States companies.

 
Subsidiary Information
 
See Item 4.C. of this annual report.
 

 

Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures about Market Risk
               
Market Risk

  Currency Risk

Our measurement currency is the Canadian dollar. We are exposed to currency risks due to the export of our Canadian-manufactured products, the large majority of which are denominated in US dollars. These risks are partially hedged by operating expenses denominated in US dollars, the purchase of raw materials in US dollars and forward exchange contracts. The increased strength of the Canadian dollar, compared to the US dollar, over the last couple of years caused our operating expenses to increase as some of these expenses are denominated in Canadian dollars. Any further increase in the value of the Canadian dollar in the upcoming months will negatively affect our results of operations.

We enter into forward exchange contracts to manage the risk of exchange rate fluctuations between the Canadian and US dollar on cash flows related to anticipated future revenue streams denominated in US dollars. We do not enter into forward exchange contracts for hedging purposes.

The following table summarizes the forward exchange contracts in effect as at August 31, 2009, classified by expected transaction dates, none of which exceed three fiscal  years, as well as the notional amounts of such contracts (in thousands of US dollars) along with the weighted average contractual forward rates under such contracts. The notional amounts of such contracts are used to calculate the contractual payments to be made under these contracts.

   
Years ending August 31,
 
                   
   
2010
   
2011
   
2012
 
                   
Forward exchange contracts to sell US dollars in exchange for Canadian dollars                  
Contractual amounts
  $  27,600     $  14,600     $  1,000  
Weighted average contractual forward rates
    1.1019       1.1221       1.1278  
 
Fair Value

The fair value of forward exchange contracts, which represents the amount we would receive or pay to settle the contracts based on the exchange rate at year end, amounted to net gains of $530,000 as at August 31, 2009 ($62,000 as at August 31, 2008).

The following table summarizes significant financial assets and liabilities that are subject to currency risk as at August 31, 2009:

   
Carrying/nominal amount
(in thousands
of US dollars)
   
Carrying/nominal amount
(in thousands
of euros)
 
       
Financial assets
           
Cash
  $ 6,040     779  
Accounts receivable
    17,402       2,642  
      23,442       3,421  
Financial liabilities
               
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    5,718       332  
Forward exchange contracts
    5,600        
      11,318       332  
Net exposure
  $ 12,124     3,089  
 
 
 
 
The period-end value of the Canadian dollar compared to the US dollar was CA$1.0967 = US$1.00 as at August 31, 2009.

The period-end value of the Canadian dollar compared to the euro was CA$1.5741 = €1.00 as at August 31, 2009.

The following sensitivity analysis summarizes the effect that a change in the value of the Canadian dollar (compared to US dollar and euro) on financial assets and liabilities denominated in US dollars and euros, would have on net earnings, net earnings per diluted share and comprehensive income, based on the foreign exchange rates as at August 31, 2009:

·  
An increase (decrease) of 10% in the period-end value of the Canadian dollar compared to the US dollar would decrease (increase) net earnings by $1.2 million or $0.02 per diluted share.

·  
An increase (decrease) of 10% in the period-end value of the Canadian dollar compared to the euro would decrease (increase) net earnings by $445,000, or $0.01 per diluted share.

·  
An increase (decrease) of 10% in the period-end value of the Canadian dollar compared to the US dollar would increase (decrease) comprehensive income by $2.5 million.

The impact of the change in the value of the Canadian dollar compared to the US dollar and the euro on these financial assets and liabilities is recorded in the foreign exchange gain or loss line item in our consolidated statements of earnings, except for outstanding forward contracts, which impact is recorded in comprehensive income. The change in the value of the Canadian dollar compared to the US dollar and the euro also impacts our balances of income tax and tax credits recoverable or payable and future income tax assets and liabilities related to integrated foreign subsidiaries; this may result in additional and significant foreign exchange gain or loss. However, these assets and liabilities are not considered financial instruments and are excluded from the sensitivity analysis above. The foreign exchange rate fluctuations also flow through the statements of earnings line items, as a significant portion of our operating expenses is denominated in Canadian dollars, and we report our results in US dollars; that effect is not reflected in the sensitivity analysis above.

Interest rate risk

We are exposed to interest rate risks through our short-term investments. Short-term investments consist of   the following (in thousands of US dollars):

   
As at August 31,
 
             
   
2009
   
2008
 
             
Commercial paper denominated in Canadian dollars, bearing interest at annual rates of 0.2% to 0.6% in 2009 and 2.80% to 3.32% in 2008, maturing between September 2009 and December 2009 in fiscal 2009, and September 2008 and February 2009 in fiscal 2008
  $ 45,109     $ 81,626  
Bankers acceptance denominated in Canadian dollars, bearing interest at an annual rate of 0.2%, maturing between September and October 2009
    13,996        
    $ 59,105     $ 81,626  

The fair value of short-term investments based on market value amounted to $81.6 million and $59.1 million as at August 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively.

An increase (decrease) of 0.5% in the interest rate of our short-term investments would increase (decrease) net earnings by $204,000, or $0.00 per diluted share.


 
 
Due to their short-term maturity of usually three months or less, our short-term investments are not subject to significant fair value interest rate risk. Accordingly, change in fair value has been nominal to the degree that amortized cost has historically approximated the fair value. Any change in fair value of our short-term investments, all of which are classified as available for sale, is recorded in other comprehensive income.

Cash, accounts receivable and accounts payable and accrued liabilities are non-interest-bearing financial assets and liabilities. Accounts receivable and accounts payable are financial instruments whose carrying value approximates their fair value due to their short-term maturity.

Credit risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to credit risk consist primarily of cash, short-term investments, accounts receivable and forward exchange contracts (with a positive fair value). As at August 31, 2009, our short-term investments consist of debt instruments issued by 11 (10 as at August 31, 2008) high-credit quality corporations and trusts. None of these debt instruments are expected to be affected by a significant liquidity risk, and none of them represent asset-backed commercial paper. Our cash and forward exchange contracts are held with or issued by high-credit quality financial institutions; therefore, we consider the risk of non-performance on these instruments to be limited.

Generally, we do not require collateral or other security from our customers for trade accounts receivable; however, credit is extended to customers following an evaluation of creditworthiness. In addition, we perform ongoing credit reviews of all our customers and establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts receivable when accounts are determined to be uncollectible. Allowance for doubtful accounts amounted to $305,000 and $1.2 million as at August 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively. Bad debt expense (recovery) amounted to $(52,000), $148,000 and $967,000 for the years ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.

For the years ended August 31, 2007 and 2009, one customer represented more than 10% of global sales with 14.7% ($22.5 million) and 11.6% ($20.0 million), respectively. This customer purchased from the Telecom Division. In fiscal 2008, no customer represented more than 10% of sales.

The following table summarizes the age of trade accounts receivable as at August 31, 2009 (in thousands of US dollars):

       
Current
  $ 16,489  
Past due, 0 to 30 days
    3,551  
Past due, 31 to 60 days
    1,464  
Past due, more than 60 days
    2,662  
Total accounts receivable
    24,166  
Allowance for doubtful accounts
    (1,220 )
    $ 22,946  


 
 
Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is defined as the potential that we cannot meet our obligations as they become due.

The following table summarizes the contractual maturity of our financial liabilities as at August 31, 2009 (in thousands of US dollars):

   
0-12
months
   
13-24
months
   
25-36
months
 
                   
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
  $ 20,946     $     $  
Forward exchange contracts
                       
Outflow
    27,600       14,600       1,000  
Inflow
    (27,730 )     (14,938 )     (1,028 )
Total
  $ 20,816     $ (338 )   $ (28 )

In addition, we have a share repurchase program that may require additional cash outflows during fiscal 2010 and 2011. Also, we have an outstanding contingent consideration payable upon the acquisition of assets, which is not yet recorded in the financial statements and may require additional cash outflows in upcoming years.

As at August 31, 2009, we had $69.7 million in cash and short-term investments and $25.7 million in accounts receivable. In addition to these financial assets, we have unused available lines of credit totaling $14.2 million for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including potential acquisitions and our share repurchase program as well as unused lines of credit of $16.5 million for foreign currency exposure related to our forward exchange contracts.

 
 

Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities
                
Not Applicable.



PART II.           
 
             
Defaults, Dividends Arrearages and Delinquencies
              
Not Applicable.
 

Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds
                
Not Applicable.

 
Controls and Procedures
             
(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we have evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as at the end of the period covered by this annual report. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that these disclosure controls and procedures are effective as at August 31, 2009.

(b) Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

EXFO management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. EXFO’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in Canada. 1

EXFO’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of EXFO; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in Canada, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of EXFO; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of EXFO’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.



 
1
Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in Canada (“Canadian GAAP”) and significant differences in measurement and disclosure from generally accepted accounting principles in United States (“U.S. GAAP”) are set out in note 20 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report.
 

 
 
Management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of EXFO’s internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on this evaluation, management concluded that EXFO’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as at August 31, 2009.
 
(c) Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
Our independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, audited the effectiveness of EXFO’s internal control over financial reporting as at August 31, 2009, as stated in its attestation report, which is included on pages F-1 and F-2 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.
 
(d) Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
 
There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the period covered by this annual report that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
 

 
 
[Reserved]
                
 
Audit Committee Financial Expert
                
Our Board of Directors has determined that Mr. André Tremblay, CA, chairman of our Audit Committee, is an Audit Committee financial expert. Mr. Tremblay is independent of management. For a description of Mr. Tremblay’s education and experience, please refer to Item 6A. The other members of the Audit Committee are Mr. Pierre Marcouiller, Mr. Guy Marier, Mr. David A. Thompson, Mr. Pierre-Paul Allard, who joined in January 2009, all of whom are independent. For a description of their respective education and experience, please also refer to Item 6A.
 
 
Code of Ethics
                   
In 2003, we adopted a code of ethics that applies to our chief executive officer, our chief financial officer and our manager of financial reporting and accounting. A copy of this code of ethics has been filed as exhibit 11.1 to our fiscal year 2005 Annual Report on Form 20-F. In March 2005, the Board updated and adopted the following policies:
 
·  
Board of Directors Corporate Governance Guidelines;
·  
Code of Ethics for our Principal Executive Officer and Senior Financial Officers;
·  
Ethics and Business Conduct Policy;
·  
Statement of Reporting Ethical Violations (Whistle Blower).
 
A copy of those policies has been filed respectively as exhibits 11.2 through 11.5 inclusively to our fiscal year 2005 Annual Report on Form 20-F. All these policies are also readily available on our website at www.EXFO.com. Accordingly, we believe that our corporate governance practices are in alignment to current regulatory requirements. We will provide without charge to each person, on the written or oral request of such person, a copy of our code of ethics. Requests for such copies should be directed to us at the following address: 400 Godin Avenue, Quebec, Quebec, G1M 2K2, Canada, Attention: Corporate Secretary, telephone number (418) 683-0211.
 
 
Principal Accountant Fees and Services
                  
Audit Fees
 
During the financial years ended August 31, 2008 and August 31, 2009, our principal accountant, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, billed us aggregate amounts of $329,000 and $448,000 respectively for the audit of our annual consolidated financial statements and services in connection with statutory and regulatory filings.
 
Audit-Related Fees
 
During the financial years ended August 31, 2008 and August 31, 2009, our principal accountant, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, billed us aggregate amounts of $38,000 and $63,000, respectively for audit related fees.
 
Tax Fees
 
During the financial years ended August 31, 2008 and August 31, 2009, our principal accountant, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, billed us aggregate amounts of $142,000 and $207,000, respectively for services related to tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning.
 
All Other Fees
 
Not applicable.
 

 
 
Audit Committee Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures
 
On September 25, 2002, our Audit Committee adopted a policy requiring prior approval by the Audit Committee of the annual audit plan which has been integrated in the Audit Committee Charter (refer to Item 6C for further details on the Audit Committee Charter). In the event any adjustments to audit plan may be required during the course of a financial year, such adjustments shall be approved by the chairman of the Audit Committee, acting alone, and shall be reported to the full Audit Committee at its next meeting.
 
In the case of non-audit services (excluding tax matters), the policy provides that proposals shall be submitted to the chairman of the Audit Committee and our chief financial officer at the same time and the chairman of the Audit Committee will be responsible for approval of such proposal, subject to any modifications that he may require. The chairman will make a report to the full Audit Committee at its next meeting.
 
As concerns tax services to be provided by our principal accountant, our policy provides that the principal accountant will present to the Audit Committee for pre-approval, on or before the beginning of each financial year, an engagement for tax matters that are foreseeable for the upcoming year and the Audit Committee shall be responsible for pre-approval thereof, subject to any modifications it may make to such proposals. In the event tax services are required that were not pre-approved by the Audit Committee, the procedure set forth in the previous paragraph will apply.
 
During the financial year ended on August 31, 2009, 100% of tax fees were approved by the Audit Committee pursuant to this policy. During the financial year ended on August 31, 2009, only full-time permanent employees of our principal accountant, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, performed work to audit our financial statements.
 
 
Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees
                 
Not Applicable.
 
 
Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
              
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
On November 5, 2007 we announced the approval of the establishment of a share repurchase program effective from November 8, 2007 to November 7, 2008, by way of a normal course issuer bid on the open market of up to 2,869,585 subordinate voting shares (“2007 NCIB”). On November 6, 2008 we announced the approval of the renewal of the share repurchase program effective from November 10, 2008 to November 9, 2009, by way of normal course issuer bid on the open market, of up to 2,738,518 subordinate voting shares (“2008 NCIB”). On November 10, 2008 we announced the approval of a substantial issuer bid by way of a “modified Dutch Auction” to purchase for cancellation up to 8,823,529 subordinate voting shares for an aggregate not to exceed US$30 million, such offer was effective until December 16, 2008 (“2008 SIB”). Following the announcement of the 2008 SIB, we suspended our 2008 NCIB and it was resumed on January 26, 2009. On November 6, 2009, we announced the approval of the renewal of the share repurchase program effective from November 10, 2009 and provided to expire on November 9, 2010, by way of a normal course issuer bid on the open market of up to 2,256,431 subordinate voting shares. As of the date of this filing, this program is still in effect (“2009 NCIB”).
 
 
 
 
Since November 2007, we spent approximately US$34.9 million (including fees) to repurchase 9,864,014 subordinate voting shares, out of which approximately US$8 million were spent to repurchase shares in fiscal year 2008, US$1.4 million were spent in fiscal year 2009 and US$25.5 million were spent to repurchase shares under the 2008 SIB.
 
Period
(a) Total Number
of Shares (or
Units) Purchased
(#)
(b) Average Price
Paid per Share (or Units)
(c) Total Number of Shares
(or Units) Purchased as Part
of Publicly Announced
Plans or Programs
(#)
(d) Maximum Number of
Shares (or Units) that May
Yet Be Purchased Under the
Plans or Programs
(#)
NASDAQ
(US$)
TSX
(CA$)
From Nov. 1, 2007
   29,200
5.95
5.66
 29,200
2,840,385
to Nov. 30, 2007
From Apr. 1, 2008
   189,126
5.57
5.67
   189,126
2,651,259
to Apr. 30, 2008
From May 1, 2008
   374,281
5.74
5.79
   374,281
2,276,978
to May 31, 2008
From Jul. 1, 2008
   979,962
4.34
4.39
   979,962
1,297,016
To Jul. 31, 2008
From Aug. 1, 2008
   113,351
4.28
4.49
   113,351
1,183,665
To Aug. 31, 2008
From Oct. 1, 2008
   176,915
4.43
3.03
   176,915
1,006,750
To Oct. 31, 2008
From Dec. 1, 2008
7,692,307  (1)
 – (1)
(1)
7,692,307
–   (2)
To Dec. 31, 2008
From Jan. 1, 2009
   20,172
3.18
3.83
 20,172
2,718,346
To Jan. 31, 2009
From Feb. 1, 2009
   32,900
3.43
4.41
 32,900
2,685,446
to Feb. 28, 2009
From Jul. 1, 2009
   93,000
2.95
3.41
 93,000
2,592,446
To Jul. 31, 2009
From Aug. 1, 2009
   165,800
3.14
3.48
   165,800
2,426,646
To Aug. 31, 2009
Total
    9,867,014
 
9,867,014
 
         
         
(1)  
Represents the number of subordinate voting shares repurchased under the 2008 SIB on December 17, 2008 at an average price of CA$3.90 (US$3.23). The average price has been converted from Canadian dollars to US dollars based upon the noon buying rate of the Bank of Canada on the date the subordinate voting shares were purchased.
(2)  
As identified above, the 2008 NCIB was suspended upon the announcement of the 2008 SIB, therefore the number of shares that may be repurchased under the 2008 NCIB are not identified. This value is nil as all subordinate voting shares approved for repurchase under the 2008 SIB were repurchased on the same day, none remained to be purchased on December 31, 2008.
 
 
Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant
                
Not Applicable.
 
 
Ite m 16G.   
Corporate Governance
                 
The Corporation’s corporate governance practices do not differ significantly from the standards and guidelines that have been set by the regulatory agencies. A copy of the Corporation’s Corporate Governance Policy is published on the corporate web site and has been filed as Exhibits 11.1 to 11.7 inclusively to our fiscal year 2005 Annual Report on Form 20-F.
 
 
 
 
PART III.                        
 
 
Financial Statements
      
Not Applicable.
 
 
Financial Statements
 
See pages F-3 to F-43.
 
 
 
 
It em 19.   
Exhibits
 
Number
Exhibit
1.1
Amended Articles of Incorporation of EXFO (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of EXFO’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed on June 9, 2000, File No. 333-38956).
 
1.2
Amended By-laws of EXFO (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.2 of EXFO’s annual report on Form-20F dated January 15, 2003, File No. 000-30895).
 
1.3
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of EXFO (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.3 of EXFO’s annual report on Form 20-F dated January 18, 2001, File No. 000-30895).
 
2.1
Form of Subordinate Voting Share Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of EXFO’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed on June 9, 2000, File No. 333-38956).
 
2.2
Form of Registration Rights Agreement between EXFO and Germain Lamonde dated July 6, 2000 )  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 of EXFO’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed on June 9, 2000, File No. 333-38956).
 
3.1
Form of Trust Agreement among EXFO, Germain Lamonde, GEXFO Investissements Technologiques inc., Fiducie Germain Lamonde and G. Lamonde Investissements Financiers inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2  of EXFO’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed on June 9, 2000, File No. 333-38956).
 
4.1
Agreement of Merger and Plan of Reorganization, dated as of November 4, 2000, by and among EXFO, EXFO Sub, Inc., EXFO Burleigh Instruments, Inc., Robert G. Klimasewski, William G. May, Jr., David J. Farrell and William S. Gornall (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of EXFO’s annual report on Form 20-F dated January 18, 2001, File No. 000-30895).
 
4.2
Amendment No. 1 to Agreement of Merger and Plan of Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2000, by and among EXFO, EXFO Sub, Inc., EXFO Burleigh Instruments, Inc., Robert G. Klimasewski, William G. May, Jr., David J. Farrell and William S. Gornall (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of EXFO’s annual report on Form 20-F dated January 18, 2001, File No. 000-30895).
 
4.3
Agreement of Merger, dated as of August 20, 2001, by and among EXFO, Buyer Sub, and Avantas Networks Corporation and Shareholders of Avantas Networks corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of EXFO’s annual report on Form 20-F dated January 18, 2002, File No. 000-30895).
 
4.4
Amendment No. 1 dated as of November 1, 2002 to Agreement of Merger, dated as of August 20, 2001, by and among EXFO, 3905268 Canada Inc., Avantas Networks Corporation and Shareholders of Avantas Networks (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of EXFO’s annual report on Form 20-F dated January 18, 2002, File No. 000-30895).
 
4.5
Offer to purchase shares of Nortech Fibronic Inc., dated February 6, 2000 among EXFO, Claude Adrien Noel, 9086-9314 Québec inc., Michel Bédard, Christine Bergeron and Société en Commandite Capidem Québec Enr. and Certificate of Closing, dated February 7, 2000 among the same parties (including summary in English) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of EXFO’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed on June 9, 2000, File No. 333-38956).
 
4.6
Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 5, 2001, among EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering, Inc., John Kennedy, Glenn Harvey and EFOS Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of EXFO’s Registration Statement on Form F-3 filed on July 13, 2001, File No. 333-65122).
 
4.7
Amendment Number One, dated as of March 15, 2001, to Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 5, 2001, among EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering, Inc., John Kennedy, Glenn Harvey and EFOS Corporation. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of EXFO’s Registration Statement on Form F-3 filed on July 13, 2001, File No. 333-65122).
 
4.8
Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 2, 2001 between JDS Uniphase Inc. and 3905268 Canada Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 of EXFO’s annual report on Form 20-F dated January 18, 2002, File No. 000-30895).
 
4.9
Intellectual Property Assignment and Sale Agreement between EFOS Inc., EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering, Inc., John Kennedy, Glenn Harvey and EFOS Corporation. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of EXFO’s Registration Statement on Form F-3 filed on July 13, 2001, File No. 333-65122).
 
4.10
Offer to acquire a building, dated February 23, 2000, between EXFO and Groupe Mirabau inc. and as accepted by Groupe Mirabau inc. on February 24, 2000 (including summary in English) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of EXFO’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed on June 9, 2000, File No. 333-38956).




4.11
Lease Agreement, dated December 1, 1996, between EXFO and GEXFO Investissements Technologiques inc., as assigned to 9080-9823 Québec inc. on September 1, 1999 (including summary in English) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of EXFO’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed on June 9, 2000, File No. 333-38956).
 
4.12
Lease Agreement, dated March 1, 1996, between EXFO and GEXFO Investissements Technologiques inc., as assigned to 9080-9823 Québec inc. on September 1, 1999 (including summary in English) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of EXFO’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed on June 9, 2000, File No. 333-38956).
 
4.13
Lease renewal of the existing leases between 9080-9823 Québec inc. and EXFO, dated November 30, 2001(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.13 of EXFO’s annual report on Form 20-F dated January 18, 2002, File No. 000-30895).
 
4.14
Loan Agreement between EXFO and GEXFO Investissements Technologiques inc., dated May 11, 1993, as assigned to 9080-9823 Québec inc. on September 1, 1999 (including summary in English)  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of EXFO’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed on June 9, 2000, File No. 333-38956).
 
4.15
Resolution of the Board of Directors of EXFO, dated September 1, 1999, authorizing EXFO to acquire GEXFO Distribution Internationale inc. from GEXFO Investissements Technologiques inc. (including summary in English) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of EXFO’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed on June 9, 2000, File No. 333-38956).
 
4.16
Form of Promissory Note of EXFO issued to GEXFO Investissements Technologiques inc. dated June 27, 2000 )  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of EXFO’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed on June 9, 2000, File No. 333-38956).
 
4.17
Term Loan Offer, dated March 28, 2000, among EXFO and National Bank of Canada as accepted by EXFO on April 3, 2000 (including summary in English) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of EXFO’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed on June 9, 2000, File No. 333-38956).
 
4.18
Employment Agreement of Germain Lamonde dated May 29, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 of EXFO’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed on June 9, 2000, File No. 333-38956).
 
4.19
Employment Agreement of Bruce Bonini dated as of September 1, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.24 of EXFO’s annual report on Form 20-F dated January 18, 2002, File No. 000-30895).
 
4.20
Employment Agreement of Juan-Felipe Gonzalez dated as of September 1, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.25 of EXFO’s annual report on Form 20-F dated January 18, 2002, File No. 000-30895).
 
4.21
Employment Agreement of David J. Farrell dated as of December 20, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.26 of EXFO’s annual report on Form 20-F dated January 18, 2002, File No. 000-30895).
 
4.22
Deferred Profit Sharing Plan, dated September 1, 1998 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of EXFO’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed on June 9, 2000, File No. 333-38956).
 
4.23
Stock Option Plan, dated May 25, 2000 (incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 10.7 of EXFO’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed on June 9, 2000, File No. 333-38956).
 
4.24
Share Plan, dated April 3, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of EXFO’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed on June 9, 2000, File No. 333-38956).
 
4.25
Directors’ Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 of EXFO’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed on June 9, 2000, File No. 333-38956).
 
4.26
Restricted Stock Award Plan, dated December 20, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.21 of EXFO’s annual report on Form 20-F dated January 18, 2001, File No. 000-30895).
 
4.27
Asset Purchase Agreement   by and Among EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc., EXFO Gnubi Products Group Inc., gnubi communications, L.P., gnubi communications General Partner, LLC, gnubi communications Limited Partner, LLC, gnubi communications, Inc., Voting Trust created by The Irrevocable Voting Trust Agreement Among Carol Abraham Bolton, Paul Abraham and James Ray Stevens, James Ray Stevens and Daniel J. Ernst dated September 5, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.30 of EXFO’s annual report on Form 20-F dated January 15, 2003, File No. 000-30895).
 
4.28
EXFO Protocol Inc. Executive Employment Agreement with Sami Yazdi signed November 2, 2001 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.28 of EXFO’s annual report on Form 20-F dated January 15, 2003, File No. 000-30895).
 
4.29
Second Amending Agreement to the Employment Agreement of Bruce Bonini dated as of September 1, 2002, (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.29 of EXFO’s annual report on Form 20-F dated January 15, 2004, File No. 000-30895).




4.30
Severance and General Release Agreement with Bruce Bonini dated August 8, 2003, (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.30 of EXFO’s annual report on Form 20-F dated January 15, 2004, File No. 000-30895).
 
4.31
Separation Agreement and General Release with Sami Yazdi dated April 1, 2003, (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.31 of EXFO’s annual report on Form 20-F dated January 15, 2004, File No. 000-30895).
 
4.32
Executive Employment Agreement of James Stevens dated as of October 4, 2003, (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.32 of EXFO’s annual report on Form 20-F dated January 15, 2004, File No. 000-30895).
 
4.33
Termination Terms for John Holloran Jr. dated May 28, 2003, (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.33 of EXFO’s annual report on Form 20-F dated January 15, 2004, File No. 000-30895).
 
4.34
Employment Agreement of Pierre Plamondon dated as of September 1, 2002, (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.34 of EXFO’s annual report on Form 20-F dated January 15, 2004, File No. 000-30895).
 
4.35
Long-Term Incentive Plan, dated May 25, 2000, amended in October 2004 and effective January 12, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.35 of EXFO’s annual report on Form 20-F dated November 29, 2005, File No. 000-30895).
 
4.36
Deferred Share Unit Plan, effective January 12, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.36 of EXFO’s annual report on Form 20-F dated November 29, 2005, File No. 000-30895).
 
4.37
Asset Purchase Agreement by and Among EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc., Consultronics Limited., Andre Rekai, Consultronics Europe Limited, Consultronics Development Kft. and Consultronics Inc. dated January 5, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.37 of EXFO’s annual report on Form 20-F dated November 23, 2006, File No. 000-30895).
 
4.38
Share Repurchase Program by Way of Normal Course Issuer Bid dated November 6, 2007 (incorporated by reference to EXFO’s report on Form 6-K dated November 6, 2007, file No. 000-30895).
 
4.39
Share Purchase Agreement by and Among EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc., Navtel Communications Inc. and Vengrowth Investment Fund, BDC Capital Inc. and others, dated March 26, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.38 of EXFO’s annual report on Form 20-F dated November 26, 2008, File No. 000-30895).
 
4.40
Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among Gexfo Distribution Internationale Inc., EXFO Service Assurance Inc. and Brix Networks, Inc. and Charles River Ventures, LLC dated April 2, 2008 (incorporated by reference to EXFO’s Material Change Report on Form 6-K dated May 2, 2008, File No. 000-30895).
 
4.41
Issuer Tender Offer, Letter of Transmittal and Notice of Guaranteed Delivery dated November 10, 2008 (incorporated by reference as Exhibits (a) (1) (i), (a) (1) (ii) and (a) (1) (iii) to EXFO’s Schedule TO dated November 10, 2008, File No. 000-30895).
 
4.42
Renewal of EXFO’s Share Repurchase Program by Way of Normal Course Issuer Bid dated November 6, 2008 (incorporated by reference to EXFO’s report on Form 6-K dated November 6, 2008, file No. 000-30895).
 
4.43
Final results of Issuer Bid Tender Offer, dated December 18, 2009 (incorporated by reference to EXFO’s Material Change Report on Form 6-K dated December 19, 2008, file No. 000-30895).
 
4.44
Share Transfer Agreement by and among GEXFO Distribution Internationale Inc. and AWS Holding AB (PicoSolve AB) and Patent Transfer Agreement by and among EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc. and Starta Eget Boxen 11629 AB dated February 5, 2009.
 
4.45
Renewal of EXFO’s Share Repurchase Program by Way of Normal Course Issuer Bid dated November 10, 2009 (incorporated by reference to EXFO’s report on Form 6-K dated November 6, 2009, file No. 000-30895).
 
8.1
Subsidiaries of EXFO (list included in Item 4C of this annual report).
 
10.1
Certificate of Amendment, Canada Business Corporations Act.
 
11.1
Code of Ethics for senior financial officers, (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 11.1 of EXFO’s annual report on Form 20-F dated November 29, 2005, File No. 000-30895).
 
11.2
Board of Directors Corporate Governance Guidelines (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 11.2 of EXFO’s annual report on Form 20-F dated November 29, 2005, File No. 000-30895).
 
11.3
Code of Ethics for our Principal Executive Officer and Senior Financial Officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 11.3 of EXFO’s annual report on Form 20-F dated November 29, 2005, File No. 000-30895).
 
11.4
Ethics and Business Conduct Policy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 11.4 of EXFO’s annual report on Form 20-F dated November 29, 2005, File No. 000-30895).
 
11.5
Statement of Reporting Ethical Violations (Whistle Blower) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 11.5 of EXFO’s annual report on Form 20-F dated November 29, 2005, File No. 000-30895).
 
11.6
Audit Committee Charter (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 11.6 of EXFO’s annual report on Form 20-F dated November 29, 2005, File No. 000-30895).
 
 
 
 
 
11.7
Human Resources Committee Charter (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 11.7 of EXFO’s annual report on Form 20-F dated November 29, 2005, File No. 000-30895).
 
12.1
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
12.2
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
13.1
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
13.2
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
 

SIGNATURES

 
The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.


EXFO ELECTRO-OPTICAL ENGINEERING INC.


 
 
 
 By:  /s/ Germain Lamonde
 Name:  Germain Lamonde
Title: 
Chairman of the Board, President
and Chief Executive Officer
 
 Date: November 25, 2009
 

 
 
Exhibit 12.1
Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Germain Lamonde, certify that:
 
1.  
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 20-F of EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc. ("EXFO");
 
2.  
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.  
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of EXFO as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.  
EXFO's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for EXFO and have:
 
a.  
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to EXFO, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
b.  
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
c.  
Evaluated the effectiveness of EXFO's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
d.  
Disclosed in this report any change in EXFO's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, EXFO's internal control over financial reporting.
 
5.  
EXFO's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to EXFO's auditors and the audit committee of EXFO's board of directors:
 
a.  
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect EXFO's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
b.  
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in EXFO’s internal control over financial reporting.
 

Date: November 25, 2009
 
 
/s/ Germain Lamonde
Germain Lamonde
Chairman of the Board,
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 12.2
Certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of section 1350, chapter 63 of title 18, United States Code), the undersigned officer of EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc., hereby certifies, that:

1.  
The Annual Report of Form 20-F for the year ended August 31, 2009 of EXFO fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2.  
The information contained in this Annual Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of EXFO.


Date:           November 25, 2009



/s/   Germain Lamonde
Germain Lamonde
Chairman of the Board,
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of section 1350, chapter 63 of title 18, United States Code) and is not being filed as part of the Report or as separate disclosure document.


 
 
Exhibit 13.1
Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Pierre Plamondon, certify that:
 
1.  
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 20-F of EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc. ("EXFO");
 
2.  
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.  
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of EXFO as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.  
EXFO's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for EXFO and have:
 
a.  
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to EXFO, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
b.  
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
c.  
Evaluated the effectiveness of EXFO's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
d.  
Disclosed in this report any change in EXFO's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, EXFO's internal control over financial reporting.
 
5.  
EXFO's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to EXFO's auditors and the audit committee of EXFO's board of directors:
 
a.  
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect EXFO's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
b.  
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in EXFO's internal control over financial reporting.
 

Date: November 25, 2009


/s/ Pierre Plamondon
Pierre Plamondon, CA
Vice-President Finance
and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

 
 
Exhibit 13.2
Certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of section 1350, chapter 63 of title 18, United States Code), the undersigned officer of EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc., hereby certifies, that:

1.  
The Annual Report of Form 20-F for the year ended August 31, 2009 of EXFO fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2.  
The information contained in this Annual Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of EXFO.


Date:           November 25, 2009



/s/ Pierre Plamondon
Pierre Plamondon, CA
Vice-President Finance
and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of section 1350, chapter 63 of title 18, United States Code) and is not being filed as part of the Report or as separate disclosure document.


 
 
Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 

 
To the Shareholders of
EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc.
 
We have completed integrated audits of the consolidated financial statements and internal control over financial reporting of EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc. as at August 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007. Our opinions, based on our audits, are presented below.
 
Consolidated financial statements
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc.   as at August 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated   statements of earnings, comprehensive income (loss) and accumulated other comprehensive income, retained earnings and contributed surplus and cash flows   for each of the years in the three-year period ended August 31, 2009. We have also audited the financial statement schedule, Valuation and Qualifying Accounts, in Item 8.A. of this Annual Report on Form 20-F. These consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits of the Company's financial statements in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards and the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform an audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit of financial statements includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. A financial statement audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as at August 31, 2009 and 2008 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended August 31, 2009   in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles. Furthermore, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule, Valuation and Qualifying Accounts, in Item 8.A. of this Annual Report on Form 20-F presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements.
 
Internal control over financial reporting
 
We have also audited EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc.'s internal control over financial reporting as at August 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
 


 
We conducted our audit of internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. An audit of internal control over financial reporting includes obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we consider necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as at August 31, 2009   based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the COSO.
 

 
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants
Quebec, Quebec, Canada
October 13, 2009, except Note 21 which is as of November 6, 2009
 

 
1 Chartered accountant auditor permit No. 18144


 
EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
(in thousands of US dollars)

   
As at August 31,
 
             
   
2009
   
2008
 
             
Assets
           
             
Current assets
           
Cash
  $ 10,611     $ 5,914  
Short-term investments (note 6)
    59,105       81,626  
Accounts receivable (note 6)
               
Trade
    22,946       31,473  
Other
    2,752       4,753  
Income taxes and tax credits recoverable
    2,353       4,836  
Inventories (note 7)
    30,863       34,880  
Prepaid expenses
    2,043       1,774  
Future income taxes (note 17)
    5,538       9,140  
                 
      136,211       174,396  
                 
Tax credits recoverable
    26,762       20,657  
                 
Forward exchange contracts (note 6)
    428        
                 
Property, plant and equipment (note 8)
    19,100       19,875  
                 
Intangible assets (note 9)
    16,859       19,945  
                 
Goodwill (notes 3, 4 and 9)
    22,478       42,653  
                 
Future income taxes (note 17)
    18,533       15,540  
                 
    $ 240,371     $ 293,066  
Liabilities
               
                 
Current liabilities
               
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities (note 11)
  $ 21,650     $ 24,713  
Deferred revenue
    6,481       5,079  
                 
      28,131       29,792  
                 
Deferred revenue
    4,195       3,759  
                 
      32,326       33,551  
                 
Commitments (note 12)
               
                 
Contingencies (note 13)
               
                 
Shareholders’ equity
               
                 
Share capital (note 14)
    104,846       142,786  
Contributed surplus
    17,758       5,226  
Retained earnings (note 14)
    43,909       60,494  
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    41,532       51,009  
                 
      208,045       259,515  
                 
    $ 240,371     $ 293,066  
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
 

On behalf of the Board
 
/s/ Germain Lamonde
GERMAIN LAMONDE
Chairman, President and CEO
 
 
/s/ André Tremblay
ANDRÉ TREMBLAY
Chairman, Audit Committee
                                  
 
 
 
EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Earnings
 
(in thousands of US dollars, except share and per share data)


   
Years ended August 31,
 
                   
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
                   
Sales (note 19)
  $ 172,878     $ 183,790     $ 152,934  
                         
Cost of sales (1, 2)   (note 7)
    66,892       75,624       65,136  
                         
Gross margin
    105,986       108,166       87,798  
                         
Operating expenses
                       
Selling and administrative (1)
    63,808       61,153       49,580  
Net research and development (1) (notes 16 and 17)
    27,698       26,867       16,668  
Amortization of property, plant and equipment
    4,607       4,292       2,983  
Amortization of intangible assets
    5,067       3,871       2,864  
Restructuring charges (note 4)
    1,171              
Government grants (note 16)
                (1,079 )
Impairment of goodwill (note 4)
    21,713              
                         
Total operating expenses
    124,064       96,183       71,016  
                         
Earnings (loss) from operations
    (18,078 )     11,983       16,782  
                         
Interest income
    597       4,639       4,717  
Foreign exchange gain (loss)
    1,157       442       (49 )
                         
Earnings (loss) before income taxes and extraordinary gain (note 17)
    (16,324 )     17,064       21,450  
                         
Income taxes (note 17)
                       
Current
    561       (7,094 )     3,741  
Future
    72       14,094        
Recognition of previously unrecognized future income tax assets
    (372 )     (5,324 )     (24,566 )
                         
      261       1,676       (20,825 )
                         
Earnings (loss) before extraordinary gain
    (16,585 )     15,388       42,275  
                         
Extraordinary gain (note 3)
          3,036        
                         
Net earnings (loss) for the year
  $ (16,585 )   $ 18,424     $ 42,275  
                         
Basic and diluted earnings (loss) before extraordinary gain per share
  $ (0.27 )   $ 0.22     $ 0.61  
                         
Basic and diluted net earnings (loss) per share
  $ (0.27 )   $ 0.27     $ 0.61  
                         
Basic weighted average number of shares outstanding (000’s)
    61,845       68,767       68,875  
                         
Diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding (000’s) (note 18)
    61,845       69,318       69,555  
                         
(1)     Stock-based compensation costs included in:
                       
Cost of sales
  $ 137     $ 148     $ 118  
Selling and administrative
    858       830       633  
Net research and development
    414       294       230  
                         
    $ 1,409     $ 1,272     $ 981  
                         
(2)   The cost of sales is exclusive of amortization, shown separately.
 

 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 
 
 
EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
 
(in thousands of US dollars)

Comprehensive income (loss)
     
       
   
Years ended August 31,
 
                   
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
                   
Net earnings (loss) for the year
  $ (16,585 )   $ 18,424     $ 42,275  
Foreign currency translation adjustment
    (10,671 )     (2,289 )     9,881  
Changes in unrealized losses on short-term investments
    22       31        
Unrealized gains (losses) on forward exchange contracts
    (1,467 )     962        
Reclassification of realized gains (losses) on forward exchange contracts in net earnings (loss)
    3,167       (3,915 )      
Future income tax effect of the above items
    (528 )     909        
                         
Comprehensive income (loss)
  $ (26,062 )   $ 14,122     $ 52,156  



Accumulated other comprehensive income
     
       
   
Years ended August 31,
 
             
   
2009
   
2008
 
             
Foreign currency translation adjustment
           
Cumulative effect of prior years
  $ 51,129     $ 53,418  
Current year
    (10,671 )     (2,289 )
                 
      40,458       51,129  
Unrealized gains (losses) on forward exchange contracts
               
Cumulative effect of prior years
    (96 )     1,948  
Current year, net of realized gains (losses) and future income taxes
    1,172       (2,044 )
                 
      1,076       (96 )
                 
Unrealized losses on short-term investments
               
Cumulative effect of prior years
    (24 )     (55 )
Current year, net of future income taxes
    22       31  
                 
      (2 )     (24 )
                 
Accumulated other comprehensive income
  $ 41,532     $ 51,009  

Total retained earnings and accumulated other comprehensive income amounted to $111,503 and $85,441 as at August 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively.
 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
 


 
EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Retained Earnings and Contributed Surplus
 
(in thousands of US dollars)

Retained earnings
                 
                   
   
Years ended August 31,
 
                   
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
                   
Balance – Beginning of year
  $ 60,494     $ 42,275     $  
                         
Add (deduct)
                       
Cumulative effect of prior years
          55        
Net earnings (loss) for the year
    (16,585 )     18,424       42,275  
Premium on redemption of share capital (note 14)
          (260 )      
                         
Balance – End of year
  $ 43,909     $ 60,494     $ 42,275  



Contributed surplus
                 
                   
   
Years ended August 31,
 
                   
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
                   
Balance – Beginning of year
  $ 5,226     $ 4,453     $ 3,776  
                         
Add (deduct)
                       
Stock-based compensation costs
    1,407       1,287       973  
Reclassification of stock-based compensation costs to share capital upon exercise of stock awards (note 14)
    (540 )     (514 )     (296 )
Discount on redemption of share capital (note 14)
    11,665              
                         
Balance – End of year
  $ 17,758     $ 5,226     $ 4,453  

 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 
 
 
EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
 
(in thousands of US dollars)

   
Years ended August 31,
 
                   
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
                   
Cash flows from operating activities
                 
Net earnings (loss) for the year
  $ (16,585 )   $ 18,424     $ 42,275  
Add (deduct) items not affecting cash
                       
Change in discount on short-term investments
    597       1,035       (404 )
Stock-based compensation costs
    1,409       1,272       981  
Amortization
    9,674       8,163       5,847  
Deferred revenue
    1,706       47       1,299  
Government grants
                (752 )
Loss (gain) on disposal of capital assets
    237             (117 )
Impairment of goodwill (note 4)
    21,713              
Future income taxes
    (300 )     8,770       (24,566 )
Extraordinary gain (note 3)
          (3,036 )      
Change in unrealized foreign exchange gain
    (1,955 )     (1,093 )     (65 )
                         
      16,496       33,582       24,498  
                         
Change in non-cash operating items
                       
Accounts receivable
    9,654       (4,338 )     (5,468 )
Income taxes and tax credits
    (3,391 )     (12,833 )     (3,403 )
Inventories
    2,624       (2,166 )     (5,456 )
Prepaid expenses
    (350 )     (127 )     85  
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    (2,409 )     (1,416 )     4,105  
                         
      22,624       12,702       14,361  
Cash flows from investing activities
                       
Additions to short-term investments
    (438,460 )     (717,020 )     (807,056 )
Proceeds from disposal and maturity of short-term investments
    456,612       760,310       793,435  
Additions to capital assets
    (6,945 )     (6,508 )     (5,547 )
Net proceeds from disposal of capital assets
                3,092  
Business combinations, net of cash acquired (note 3)
    (2,414 )     (41,016 )      
                         
      8,793       (4,234 )     (16,076 )
Cash flows from financing activities
                       
Repayment of long-term debt
                (472 )
Redemption of share capital (note 14)
    (26,871 )     (8,068 )      
Exercise of stock options
    56       61       802  
                         
      (26,815 )     (8,007 )     330  
                         
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash
    95       (88 )     73  
                         
Change in cash
    4,697       373       (1,312 )
                         
Cash – Beginning of year
    5,914       5,541       6,853  
                         
Cash – End of year
  $ 10,611     $ 5,914     $ 5,541  
                         
Supplementary information
                       
Interest paid
  $ 23     $ 55     $ 57  
Income taxes paid
  $ 86     $ 759     $ 3,527  
 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 
 
EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(tabular amounts in thousands of US dollars, except share and per share data and as otherwise noted)
 
 
1   Nature of Activities

EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc. (“EXFO”) designs, manufactures and markets a line of test and service assurance solutions for network service providers and equipment manufacturers in the global telecommunications industry. The Telecom Division, which represents the company’s main business activity, offers a wide range of innovative solutions to assess optical networks, from the core to access, as well as next-generation IP infrastructures and related triple-play services. The Life Sciences and Industrial Division offers solutions for medical-device and opto-electronics assembly, fluorescence microscopy and other life sciences sectors. EXFO’s products are sold in approximately 95 countries around the world.    


2   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of presentation

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) in Canada, and significant differences in measurement and disclosure from U.S. GAAP are set out in note 20. These consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the company and its domestic and international subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Accounting estimates

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting years. Significant estimates include the fair value of financial instruments, the allowance for doubtful accounts receivable, the amount of tax credits recoverable, the provision for excess and obsolete inventories, the useful lives of capital assets, the valuation of long-lived assets, the impairment of goodwill, the valuation allowance for future income taxes, the amount of certain accrued liabilities and deferred revenue as well as stock-based compensation costs. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Reporting currency

The measurement currency of the company is the Canadian dollar. The company has adopted the US dollar as its reporting currency. The financial statements are translated into the reporting currency using the current rate method. Under this method, the financial statements are translated into the reporting currency as follows: assets and liabilities are translated at the exchange rate in effect on the date of the balance sheet, while revenues and expenses are translated at the monthly average exchange rate. The cumulative foreign currency translation adjustment arising from such translation is included in accumulated other comprehensive income in shareholders’ equity.

In the event that management decides to declare dividends, such dividends would be declared in Canadian dollars.

Foreign currency translation

Foreign currency transactions

Transactions denominated in currencies other than the measurement currency are translated into the relevant measurement currency as follows: monetary assets and liabilities are translated at the exchange rate in effect on the date of the balance sheet, and revenues and expenses are translated at the exchange rate in effect on the date of the transaction. Non-monetary assets and liabilities are translated at historical rates. Foreign exchange gains and losses arising from such translation are reflected in the statements of earnings.


 
 
EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(tabular amounts in thousands of US dollars, except share and per share data and as otherwise noted)
 
 
Integrated foreign operations

The financial statements of integrated foreign operations are remeasured into the relevant measurement currency using the temporal method. Under this method, monetary assets and liabilities are remeasured at the exchange rate in effect on the date of the balance sheet. Non-monetary assets and liabilities are remeasured at historical rates, unless such assets and liabilities are carried at market value, in which case, they are remeasured at the exchange rate in effect on the date of the balance sheet. Revenues and expenses are remeasured at the monthly average exchange rate. Foreign exchange gains and losses arising from such remeasurement are reflected in the statements of earnings.

Forward exchange contracts

Forward exchange contracts are utilized by the company to manage its foreign currency exposure. Forward exchange contracts, which qualify for hedge accounting as per the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants (CICA) Handbook Section 3865, “Hedges”, are entered into by the company to hedge anticipated US-dollar-denominated sales and the related accounts receivable. The company’s policy is not to utilize those derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

In accordance with the requirements of the CICA Handbook Section 3855, “Financial Instruments – Recognition and Measurement”, adopted by the company on September 1, 2007, the company’s forward exchange contracts are recorded at fair value in the balance sheet, and changes in their fair value are reported in comprehensive income. Any ineffective portion is recognized immediately in the statements of earnings. Upon the recognition of related hedged sales, accumulated changes in fair value are reclassified in sales in the statements of earnings.

Prior to the adoption of Section 3855 on September 1, 2007, the company’s forward exchange contracts qualified for hedge accounting; therefore, foreign exchange translation gains and losses on these contracts were recognized as an adjustment of the revenues when the corresponding hedged sales were recorded.

Short-term investments

All investments with original terms to maturity of three months or less and that are not required for the purposes of meeting short-term cash requirements are classified as short-term investments.

In accordance with the requirements of the CICA Handbook Section 3855, “Financial Instruments – Recognition and Measurement”, adopted by the company on September 1, 2007, short-term investments are classified as available-for-sale securities; therefore, they are carried at fair value in the balance sheet, and any changes in their fair value are reflected in comprehensive income. Upon the disposal of these assets, accumulated changes in their fair value are reclassified in the statements of earnings.

Interest income on short-term investments is recorded in interest income in the statements of earnings and in cash flows from operating activities in the statements of cash flows.

Inventories

Inventories are valued on an average cost basis, at the lower of cost and net realizable value.

Property, plant and equipment and amortization

Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost, less related government grants and research and development tax credits. Amortization is provided on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives as follows:

   
Term
Land improvements
 
5 years
Buildings
 
25 years
Equipment
 
2 to 10 years
Leasehold improvements
 
The lesser of useful life and remaining lease term


 
 
EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(tabular amounts in thousands of US dollars, except share and per share data and as otherwise noted)
 
 
Intangible assets, goodwill and amortization

Intangible assets primarily include the cost of core technology and software, net of accumulated amortization. Core technology represents existing technology that was acquired in business combinations and that has reached technological feasibility. Amortization is provided on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of five years for core technology and four and 10 years for software.

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price of acquired businesses over the fair value of net identifiable assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized but must be tested for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that it might be impaired. Recoverability of goodwill is determined at the reporting unit level, using a two-step approach. First, the carrying value of a reporting unit is compared to its fair value, which is usually determined based on a combination of discounted future cash flows and a market approach. If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step is performed. In this step, the amount of impairment loss, if any, represents the excess of the carrying value of goodwill over its fair value, and the loss is charged to earnings in the period in which it is incurred. For the purposes of this impairment test, the fair value of goodwill is estimated in the same way as goodwill is determined in business combinations; that is, the excess of the fair value of a reporting unit over the fair value of its net identifiable assets.

The company performs its annual impairment test in the third quarter of each fiscal year for all its existing reporting units (note 4).

Impairment of long-lived assets
 
Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment when events or circumstances indicate that cost may not be recoverable. Impairment exists when the carrying amount/value of an asset or group of assets is greater than the undiscounted future cash flows expected to be provided by the asset or group of assets. The amount of impairment loss, if any, is the excess of the carrying value over the fair value. The company assesses fair value of long-lived assets based on discounted future cash flows.

Warranty

The company offers its customers warranties of one to three years, depending on the specific products and terms of the purchase agreement. The company’s typical warranties require it to repair or replace defective products during the warranty period at no cost to the customer. Costs related to original warranties are accrued at the time of shipment, based upon estimates of expected rework and warranty costs to be incurred. Costs associated with separately priced extended warranties are expensed as incurred.

Revenue recognition

For products in which software is incidental, the company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the product has been delivered, the price is fixed or determinable, and collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured. Provisions are made for estimated returns, warranties and support obligations.

For products in which software is not incidental, revenues are separated into two categories: product and post-contract customer support (PCS) revenues, based upon vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value. Product revenues for these sales are recognized as described above. PCS revenues are deferred and recognized ratably over the years of the support arrangement. PCS revenues are recognized at the time the product is delivered when provided substantially within one year of delivery, the costs of providing this support are insignificant (and accrued at the time of delivery), and no (or infrequent) software upgrades or enhancements are provided.
 
 
 
 
EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(tabular amounts in thousands of US dollars, except share and per share data and as otherwise noted)
 
 
Maintenance contracts generally include the right to unspecified upgrades and enhancements on a when-and-if available basis and ongoing customer support. Revenue from these contracts is recognized ratably over the terms of the maintenance contracts on a straight-line basis.

Revenue for extended warranties is recognized on a straight-line basis over the warranty period.

For all sales, the company uses a binding purchase order as evidence that a sales arrangement exists.

Delivery generally occurs when the product is handed over to a transporter for shipment.

At the time of the transaction, the company assesses whether the price associated with its revenue transaction is fixed or determinable and whether or not collection is reasonably assured. The company assesses whether the price is fixed or determinable based on the payment terms associated with the transaction. The company assesses collection based on a number of factors, including past transaction history and the creditworthiness of the customer. Generally, collateral or other security is not requested from customers.

Most sales arrangements do not generally include acceptance clauses. However, when a sales arrangement does include an acceptance provision, acceptance occurs upon the earliest of receipt of a written customer acceptance or expiration of the acceptance period. For these sales arrangements, the sale is recognized when acceptance occurs.

Advertising costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred.

Government grants

Grants related to operating expenses are included in earnings when the related expenses are incurred. Grants related to capital expenditures are deducted from the related assets. Grants are included in earnings or deducted from the related assets, provided there is reasonable assurance that the company has complied and will comply with all the conditions related to the grant.

Research and development expenses

All expenses related to research, as well as development activities that do not meet generally accepted criteria for deferral are expensed as incurred, net of related tax credits and government grants. Development expenses that meet generally accepted criteria for deferral, in accordance with the CICA Handbook Section 3450, “Research and Development”, are capitalized, net of related tax credits and government grants, and are amortized against earnings over the estimated benefit period. Research and development expenses are mainly comprised of salaries and related expenses, material costs as well as fees paid to third-party consultants.

As at August 31, 2009, the company had not deferred any development costs.

Income taxes

The company provides for income taxes using the liability method of tax allocation. Under this method, future income tax assets and liabilities are determined based on deductible or taxable temporary differences between financial statement values and tax values of assets and liabilities as well as the carry forward of unused tax losses and deductions, using substantively enacted income tax rates expected to be in effect for the years in which the assets are expected to be realized or the liabilities to be settled.

The company establishes a valuation allowance against future income tax assets if, based on available information, it is more likely than not that some or all of the future income tax assets will not be realized.
 
 
 
 
EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(tabular amounts in thousands of US dollars, except share and per share data and as otherwise noted)
 
 
Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share are determined using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year.

Diluted earnings per share are determined using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year, plus the effect of dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the year. This method requires that diluted earnings per share be calculated (using the treasury stock method) as if all dilutive potential common shares had been exercised at the latest at the beginning of the year or on the date of issuance, as the case may be, and that the funds obtained thereby (plus an amount equivalent to the unamortized portion of related stock-based compensation costs) be used to purchase common shares of the company at the average market price of the common shares during the year.

Stock-based compensation costs

The company accounts for stock-based compensation on stock options, restricted share units and deferred share units, using the fair value-based method. The company accounts for stock-based compensation on stock appreciation rights, using the intrinsic value method. Stock-based compensation costs are amortized to expense over the vesting periods.

New accounting standards and pronouncements

Adopted in fiscal 2009

In December 2006, the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants (CICA) issued three new sections, which provide a complete set of disclosure and presentation requirements for financial instruments: Section 3862, “Financial Instruments − Disclosures”; Section 3863, “Financial Instruments − Presentation”; and Section 1535, “Capital Disclosures”.

Section 3862 replaces the disclosure portion of Section 3861, “Financial Instruments − Disclosure and Presentation”. The new standard places increased emphasis on disclosures regarding risks associated with both recognized and unrecognized financial instruments and how these risks are managed. It is also intended to remove any duplicate disclosures and simplify the disclosures about concentrations of risk, credit risk, liquidity risk and price risk previously found in Section 3861.

Section 3863 carries forward the presentation requirements from Section 3861, unchanged.

Section 1535 applies to all entities, regardless of whether they have financial instruments or are subject to external capital requirements. The new section requires disclosure of information about an entity’s objectives, policies and processes for managing capital, as well as quantitative data about capital and whether the entity has complied with any capital requirements.

The company adopted these new standards on September 1, 2008 (notes 5 and 6).

In June 2007, the CICA issued Section 3031, “Inventories”. This standard requires the measurement of inventories at the lower of cost and net realizable value and includes guidance on the determination of cost, including allocation of overheads and other costs to inventory. The standard also requires the consistent use of either first-in, first-out (FIFO) or weighted average cost formula to measure the cost of inventories and requires the reversal of previous write-downs to net realizable value when there is a subsequent increase in the value of inventories. The new standard applies to fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2008. The company adopted this new standard on September 1, 2008, and its adoption had no material measurement effect on the consolidated financial statements. The additional disclosure is shown in note 7.

In June 2007, the CICA amended Section 1400, “General Standards of Financial Statement Presentation”, to include new requirements regarding an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. These amendments apply to fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2008. The company adopted these amendments on September 1, 2008, and their adoption had no material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

 
 
EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(tabular amounts in thousands of US dollars, except share and per share data and as otherwise noted)
 
 
In January 2009, the CICA issued Emerging Issues Committee 173 (EIC-173), “Credit Risk and the Fair Value of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities”. This abstract clarifies that an entity’s own credit risk and the credit risk of its counterparty should be taken into account in determining the fair value of financial assets and liabilities. The company adopted this standard on January 20, 2009, and its adoption had no material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

To be adopted after fiscal 2009

In February 2008, the CICA issued Section 3064, “Goodwill and Intangible Assets”, which supersedes Section 3062, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” and Section 3450, “Research and Development Costs”. Various changes have been made to other sections of the CICA Handbook for consistency purposes. Section 3064 establishes standards for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of goodwill subsequent to its initial recognition and of intangible assets by profit-oriented enterprises. Standards concerning goodwill remain unchanged from the standards included in Section 3062. This new section applies to fiscal years beginning on or after October 1, 2008. The company will adopt this new standard on September 1, 2009, and has not yet determined the effects its adoption will have on the consolidated financial statements.

In January 2009, the CICA issued Section 1582, “Business Combinations”, which replaces Section 1581, “Business Combinations”. This new section establishes the standards for the accounting of business combinations and states that all assets and liabilities of an acquired business will be recorded at fair value. Obligations for contingent consideration and contingencies will also be recorded at fair value at the acquisition date. The standard also states that acquisition-related costs will be expensed as incurred and that restructuring charges will be expensed in the periods after the acquisition date. This standard applies prospectively to business combinations with acquisition dates on or after January 1, 2011; earlier adoption is permitted.

In January 2009, the CICA issued Section 1601, “Consolidated Financial Statements”, which replaces Section 1600, “Consolidated Financial Statements”, and establishes the standards for preparing consolidated financial statements. This new section applies to fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2011; earlier adoption is permitted. The company has not yet determined the impact that adopting this standard will have on the consolidated financial statements.

In January 2009, the CICA issued Section 1602, “Non-controlling Interests”, which establishes standards for the accounting of non-controlling interests of a subsidiary in the preparation of consolidated financial statements subsequent to a business combination. This new section applies to fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2011; earlier adoption is permitted as of the beginning of a fiscal year.

Should the company decide to adopt one of these three new sections ealier, it must adopt all three on the same date.

In June 2009, the CICA amended section 3862, "Financial Instruments − Disclosures", to include enhanced   disclosures on liquidity risk of financial instruments and new disclosures on fair value measurements of financial   instruments. The amendments apply to fiscal years ending after September   30, 2009, with early adoption permitted. The company will adopt these amendments on September 1, 2010, and has not yet determined the effects its adoption will have on the consolidated financial statements.


3   Business Combinations

Navtel Communications Inc.

On March 26, 2008, the company acquired all issued and outstanding shares of Navtel Communications Inc. Based in Toronto, Canada, Navtel Communications Inc. was a privately held company specializing in tests for next-generation Internet protocol networks. On March 26, 2008, Navtel Communications Inc. was liquidated into the parent company.

This acquisition was settled for a total cash consideration of $11,477,000, or $11,332,000 net of $145,000 of cash acquired. The total consideration included acquisition-related costs of $172,000.
 
 
 
 
EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(tabular amounts in thousands of US dollars, except share and per share data and as otherwise noted)
 
 
This acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method and, consequently, the results of operations of the acquired business have been included in the consolidated financial statements of the company since March 26, 2008, being the date of acquisition.

The purchase price, including acquisition-related costs, was allocated based on the estimated fair value of acquired net assets at the date of acquisition as follows:

Assets acquired, net of cash acquired
     
Accounts receivable
  $ 776  
Inventories
    447  
Other current assets
    320  
Tax credits
    7,074  
Core technology
    2,919  
Future income tax assets
    8,586  
Current liabilities assumed
       
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    (431 )
Deferred revenue
    (523 )
Future income tax liabilities
    (2,737 )
Net identifiable assets acquired
    16,431  
Purchase price, net of cash acquired
    11,332  
Excess of the fair value of net identifiable assets acquired over the purchase price
  $ (5,099 )

The excess of the fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired over the purchase price in the amount of $5,099,000 has been eliminated in part by fully reducing the value assigned to acquired core technology and related future income tax liabilities. The remaining excess in the amount of $3,036,000 has been presented as an extraordinary gain in the statement of earnings for the year ended August 31, 2008. The basic and diluted extraordinary gain per share amounted to $0.05 for the year ended August 31, 2008.

This business reports to the Telecom Division.

Brix Networks Inc. (renamed EXFO Service Assurance Inc.)

On April 22, 2008, the company acquired all issued and outstanding shares of Brix Networks Inc. (renamed EXFO Service Assurance Inc.). Based in the Boston, MA area, Brix Networks Inc. was a privately held company offering VoIP and IPTV test solutions across the three areas that most affect the success of a real-time service: signaling quality (signaling path performance), delivery quality (media transport performance) and content quality (overall quality of experience).

This acquisition was settled for a cash consideration of $29,696,000, or $29,684,000 net of $12,000 of cash acquired, plus a contingent cash consideration of $2,414,000; this contingent cash consideration was paid in fiscal 2009 based upon the achievement of a certain bookings volume during the 12 months following the acquisition. The amount paid for the contingent cash consideration increased goodwill.

The purchase price allocation took into account severance expenses of $497,000 (note 4) for the termination of employees of the acquired business.

This acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method and, consequently, the results of operations of the acquired business have been included in the consolidated financial statements of the company since April 22, 2008, being the date of acquisition.


 
 
EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(tabular amounts in thousands of US dollars, except share and per share data and as otherwise noted)
 
The purchase price, including acquisition-related costs, was allocated based on the estimated fair value of acquired net assets at the date of acquisition as follows:
 
 
Assets acquired, net of cash acquired
     
Accounts receivable
  $ 1,106  
Inventories
    1,229  
Other current assets
    488  
Capital assets
    1,097  
Core technology
    13,765  
Future income tax assets
    1,641  
Current liabilities assumed
       
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    (2,565 )
Deferred revenue
    (2,445 )
Net identifiable assets acquired
    14,316  
Goodwill
    15,368  
Purchase price, net of cash acquired
  $ 29,684  

Intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful life of five years.

Future income tax assets at the acquisition date amounted to $13,701,000 and were mainly comprised of net operating losses and research and development expenses carried forward. A valuation allowance of $8,195,000 was recorded against these assets at the acquisition date. In the event that the company would reverse a portion or all of the valuation allowance, the amount of such reversal would reduce the amount of goodwill recognized at the date of acquisition.

This business, including acquired goodwill, reports to the Telecom Division. Acquired goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes.


4   Special Charges

Impairment of goodwill

Fiscal 2009

In the third quarter of fiscal 2009, the company performed its annual impairment test for goodwill for all reporting units. Recoverability of goodwill is determined at the reporting unit level, using a two-step approach. First, the carrying value of the reporting units is compared to their fair value. If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step is performed to determine the amount of the impairment loss. Following the decrease in the company’s stock price in June 2009, the company came to the conclusion that the carrying value of one of its reporting units exceeded its fair value, and it recorded an impairment charge of $21,713,000 in fiscal 2009, to bring the goodwill of this reporting unit to its fair value. This reporting unit reports to the Telecom Division.

This impairment resulted in a future income tax recovery of $2,070,000.

Restructuring charges

Fiscal 2009

During fiscal 2009, the company implemented a restructuring plan to align its cost structure to the current economic and market conditions. Under that plan, the company recorded charges of $1,171,000 in severance expenses for the 65 employees who were terminated throughout the company. These charges are included in the restructuring charges in the statement of earnings for the year ended August 31, 2009. As at August 31, 2009, the accrued liabilities related to the severance expenses amounted to $24,000.
 
 
 
 
EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(tabular amounts in thousands of US dollars, except share and per share data and as otherwise noted)
 
The following tables summarize changes in restructuring charges payable since August 31, 2006:

Year ended August 31, 2009

   
Balance as at
August 31, 2008
   
Additions
   
Payments
   
Balance as at
August 31, 2009
 
Fiscal 2009 plan
                       
Severance expenses
  $     $ 1,171     $ (1,147 )   $ 24  
                                 
Fiscal 2008 plan
                               
Severance expenses (note 3)
    292             (292 )      
                                 
Total for all plans (note 11)
  $ 292     $ 1,171     $ (1,439 )   $ 24  

Year ended August 31, 2008

   
Balance as at
August 31, 2007
   
Additions
   
Payments
   
Balance as at
August 31, 2008
 
                         
Fiscal 2008 plan (notes 3 and 11)
                       
Severance expenses
  $     $ 497     $ (205 )   $ 292  

Year ended August 31, 2007

   
Balance as at
August 31, 2006
   
Additions
   
Payments
   
Balance as at
August 31, 2007
 
Fiscal 2006 plan
                       
Severance expenses
  $ 631     $     $ (631 )   $  
                                 
Fiscal 2003 plan
                               
Exited leased facilities
    60             (60 )      
                                 
Total for all plans
  $ 691     $     $ (691 )   $  


5   Capital Disclosures

The company is not subject to any external restrictions on its capital.

The company’s objectives when managing capital are:

·  
To maintain a flexible capital structure, which optimizes the cost of capital at acceptable risk;
·  
To sustain future development of the company, including research and development activities, market development, and potential acquisitions of complementary businesses or products; and
·  
To provide the company’s shareholders with an appropriate return on their investment.

The company defines its capital as shareholders’ equity, excluding accumulated other comprehensive income. Accumulated other comprehensive income’s main components are the cumulative foreign currency translation adjustment, which is the result of the translation of the company’s consolidated financial statements into US dollars (the reporting currency) as well as after-tax unrealized gains (loss) on forward exchange contracts.


 
 
EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(tabular amounts in thousands of US dollars, except share and per share data and as otherwise noted)
 
 
The capital of the company amounted to $208,506,000 and $166,513,000 as at August 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively.

Of the capital, as at August 31, 2009, an amount of $69,716,000 represented cash and short-term investments ($87,540,000 as at August 31, 2008), a portion of which can be considered in excess of the company’s current and expected needs (except for potential acquisitions of businesses). The company has consequently been repurchasing shares from the open market via a normal course issuer bid through the facilities of the Toronto Stock Exchange and NASDAQ. Furthermore, on December 18, 2008, pursuant to a substantial issuer bid (note 14), the company purchased for cancellation 7,692,307 subordinate voting shares for an aggregate purchase price of CA$30,000,000 (US$24,879,000), plus related fees of $576,000.


6   Financial Instruments

Market risk

Currency risk

The principal measurement currency of the company is the Canadian dollar. The company is exposed to currency risks as a result of its export sales of products manufactured in Canada and China, the majority of which are denominated in US dollars and euros. These risks are partially hedged by forward exchange contracts (US dollars) and certain operating expenses (US dollars and euros).

As at August 31, 2009, the company held contracts to sell US dollars for Canadian dollars at various forward rates, which are summarized as follows:

 
Expiry dates
 
Contractual
amounts
   
Weighted average contractual
forward rates
 
         
 
September 2009 to August 2010
  $ 27,600       1.1019  
 
September 2010 to August 2011
    14,600       1.1221  
 
September 2011
    1,000       1.1278  
 
Total
  $ 43,200       1.1093  

These contracts are designated and accounted for as cash flow hedges.

The fair value of forward exchange contracts, which represents the amount that the company would receive or pay to settle the contracts based on the forward exchange rate at period end, amounted to net gains of $62,000 as at August 31, 2008 and net gains of $530,000 as at August 31, 2009.

As at August 31, 2009, forward exchange contracts, in the amount of $874,000, are presented as current assets in other receivable in the balance sheet, forward exchange contracts, in the amount of $428,000, are presented as long-term assets in forward exchange contracts in the balance sheet, and forward exchange contracts, in the amount of $704,000, are presented as current liabilities in the accounts payable and accrued liabilities in the balance sheet (note 11). As at August 31, 2008, forward exchange contracts, in the amount of $614,000, are presented as current assets in other receivable in the balance sheet and forward exchange contracts, in the amount of $714,000, are presented as current liabilities in the accounts payable and accrued liabilities in the balance sheet (note 11).

Based on the portfolio of forward exchange contracts as at August 31, 2009, the company estimates that the portion of the unrealized gains on these contracts as of that date, which will be realized and reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to net earnings over the next 12 months, amounts to $170,000.


 
 
EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(tabular amounts in thousands of US dollars, except share and per share data and as otherwise noted)
 
The following table summarizes significant financial assets and liabilities that are subject to currency risk as at August 31, 2009:
 
 
   
Carrying/nominal amount
(in thousands
of US dollars)
   
Carrying/nominal amount
(in thousands
of euros)
 
       
Financial assets
           
Cash
  $ 6,040     779  
Accounts receivable
    17,402       2,642  
      23,442       3,421  
Financial liabilities
               
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    5,718       332  
Forward exchange contracts
    5,600        
      11,318       332  
Net exposure
  $ 12,124     3,089  

The period-end value of the Canadian dollar compared to the US dollar was CA$1.0967 = US$1.00 as at August 31, 2009.

The period-end value of the Canadian dollar compared to the euro was CA$1.5741 = €1.00 as at August 31, 2009.

The following sensitivity analysis summarizes the effect that a change in the value of the Canadian dollar (compared to US dollar and euro) on financial assets and liabilities denominated in US dollars and euros, would have on net earnings, net earnings per diluted share and comprehensive income, based on the foreign exchange rates as at August 31, 2009:

·  
An increase (decrease) of 10% in the period-end value of the Canadian dollar compared to the US dollar would decrease (increase) net earnings by $1,205,000 or $0.02 per diluted share.

·  
An increase (decrease) of 10% in the period-end value of the Canadian dollar compared to the euro would decrease (increase) net earnings by $445,000, or $0.01 per diluted share.

·  
An increase (decrease) of 10% in the period-end value of the Canadian dollar compared to the US dollar would increase (decrease) comprehensive income by $2,500,000.

The impact of the change in the value of the Canadian dollar compared to the US dollar and the euro on these financial assets and liabilities is recorded in the foreign exchange gain or loss line item in the consolidated statements of earnings, except for outstanding forward contracts, which impact is recorded in comprehensive income. The change in the value of the Canadian dollar compared to the US dollar and the euro also impacts the company’s balances of income tax and tax credits recoverable or payable and future income tax assets and liabilities related to integrated foreign subsidiaries; this may result in additional and significant foreign exchange gain or loss. However, these assets and liabilities are not considered financial instruments and are excluded from the sensitivity analysis above. The foreign exchange rate fluctuations also flow through the statements of earnings line items, as a significant portion of the company’s operating expenses is denominated in Canadian dollars, and the company reports its results in US dollars; that effect is not reflected in the sensitivity analysis above.


 
 
EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(tabular amounts in thousands of US dollars, except share and per share data and as otherwise noted)
 
 
Interest rate risk

The company is exposed to interest rate risks through its short-term investments. Short-term investments consist of the following:

   
As at August 31,
 
             
   
2009
   
2008
 
             
Commercial paper denominated in Canadian dollars, bearing interest at annual rates of 0.2% to 0.6% in 2009 and 2.80% to 3.32% in 2008, maturing between September 2009 and December 2009 in fiscal 2009, and September 2008 and February 2009 in fiscal 2008
  $ 45,109     $ 81,626  
Bankers acceptance denominated in Canadian dollars, bearing interest at an annual rate of 0.2%, maturing between September and October 2009
    13,996        
    $ 59,105     $ 81,626  

The fair value of short-term investments based on market value amounted to $81,626,000 and $59,105,000 as at August 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively.

An increase (decrease) of 0.5% in the interest rate of the company’s short-term investments would increase (decrease) net earnings by $204,000, or $0.00 per diluted share.

Due to their short-term maturity of usually three months or less, the company’s short-term investments are not subject to significant fair value interest rate risk. Accordingly, change in fair value has been nominal to the degree that amortized cost has historically approximated the fair value. Any change in fair value of the company’s short-term investments, all of which are classified as available for sale, is recorded in other comprehensive income.

Cash, accounts receivable and accounts payable and accrued liabilities are non-interest-bearing financial assets and liabilities. Accounts receivable and accounts payable are financial instruments whose carrying value approximates their fair value due to their short-term maturity.

Credit risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the company to credit risk consist primarily of cash, short-term investments, accounts receivable and forward exchange contracts (with a positive fair value). As at August 31, 2009, the company’s short-term investments consist of debt instruments issued by 11 (10 as at August 31, 2008) high-credit quality corporations and trusts. None of these debt instruments are expected to be affected by a significant liquidity risk, and none of them represent asset-backed commercial paper. The company’s cash and forward exchange contracts are held with or issued by high-credit quality financial institutions; therefore, the company considers the risk of non-performance on these instruments to be limited.

Generally, the company does not require collateral or other security from customers for trade accounts receivable; however, credit is extended to customers following an evaluation of creditworthiness. In addition, the company performs ongoing credit reviews of all its customers and establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts receivable when accounts are determined to be uncollectible. Allowance for doubtful accounts amounted to $305,000 and $1,220,000 as at August 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively. Bad debt expense (recovery) amounted to $(52,000), $148,000 and $967,000 for the years ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.

For the years ended August 31, 2007 and 2009, one customer represented more than 10% of global sales with 14.7% ($22,480,000) and 11.6% ($20,049,000), respectively. This customer purchased from the Telecom Division. In fiscal 2008, no customer represented more than 10% of sales.
 
 
 
 
EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(tabular amounts in thousands of US dollars, except share and per share data and as otherwise noted)
 
 
The following table summarizes the age of trade accounts receivable as at August 31 2009:

       
Current
  $ 16,489  
Past due, 0 to 30 days
    3,551  
Past due, 31 to 60 days
    1,464  
Past due, more than 60 days
    2,662  
Total accounts receivable
    24,166  
Allowance for doubtful accounts
    (1,220 )
    $ 22,946  

Changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts are as follows:

   
Years ended August 31,
 
             
   
2009
   
2008
 
             
Balance – Beginning of year
  $ 305     $ 206  
Addition charged to earnings
    979       204  
Write-off of uncollectible accounts
    (45 )     (53 )
Recovery of uncollectible accounts
    (19 )     (52 )
                 
Balance – End of year
  $ 1,220     $ 305  

Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is defined as the potential that the company cannot meet its obligations as they become due.

The following table summarizes the contractual maturity of the company’s financial liabilities as at August 31, 2009:

   
0-12
months
   
13-24
months
   
25-36
months
 
                   
                   
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
  $ 20,946     $     $  
Forward exchange contracts
                       
  Outflow
    27,600       14,600       1,000  
  Inflow
    (27,730 )     (14,938 )     (1,028 )
Total
  $ 20,816     $ (338 )   $ (28 )

In addition, the company has a share repurchase program that may require additional cash outflows during fiscal 2010 and 2011 (note 14). Also, the company has an outstanding contingent consideration payable upon the acquisition of assets, which is not yet recorded in the financial statements and may require additional cash outflows in upcoming years (note 13).

As at August 31, 2009, the company had $69,716,000 in cash and short-term investments and $25,698,000 in accounts receivable. In addition to these financial assets, the company has unused available lines of credit totaling $14,169,000 for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including potential acquisitions and its share repurchase program as well as unused lines of credit of $16,465,000 for foreign currency exposure related to its forward exchange contracts (note 10).


 
 
EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(tabular amounts in thousands of US dollars, except share and per share data and as otherwise noted)
 
 
7   Inventories

   
As at August 31,
 
             
   
2009
   
2008
 
             
Raw materials
  $ 14,497     $ 17,651  
Work in progress
    1,955       1,961  
Finished goods
    14,411       15,268  
                 
    $ 30,863     $ 34,880  

The cost of sales comprised almost exclusively the amount of inventory recognized as an expense during the reporting periods, except for the related amortization, which is shown separately in operating expenses.

Inventory write-down amounted to $3,586,000, $2,651,000 and $3,332,000 for the years ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.

On an ongoing basis and when technically possible, the company adjusts the design of its products to reuse excess inventory; over the past few years, the company experienced higher sales than expected on some product lines and consumed such excess inventory. Consequently, it was able to reuse excess inventories that were written off in previous years. Excess inventory reuse accounted for $1,700,000, $1,200,000 and $154,000 for the years ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.


8   Property, Plant and Equipment

   
As at August 31,
 
                         
   
2009
   
2008
 
                         
   
Cost
   
Accumulated
amortization
   
Cost
   
Accumulated
amortization
 
                         
Land and land improvements
  $ 2,224     $ 1,157     $ 2,295     $ 1,184  
Buildings
    12,374       4,354       12,319       3,985  
Equipment
    37,824       28,852       36,423       27,083  
Leasehold improvements
    4,751       3,710       3,698       2,608  
                                 
      57,173     $ 38,073       54,735     $ 34,860  
Less:
                               
Accumulated amortization
    38,073               34,860          
                                 
    $ 19,100             $ 19,875          

As at August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, unpaid purchases of property, plant and equipment amounted to $464,000, $414,000 and $348,000, respectively.


 
 
EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(tabular amounts in thousands of US dollars, except share and per share data and as otherwise noted)
 
 
9   Intangible Assets and Goodwill

Intangible assets

   
As at August 31,
 
                         
   
2009
   
2008
 
                         
   
Cost
   
Accumulated
amortization
   
Cost
   
Accumulated
amortization
 
                         
Core technology
  $ 63,490     $ 49,316     $ 62,933     $ 45,981  
Software
    9,193       6,508       8,631       5,638  
                                 
      72,683     $ 55,824       71,564     $ 51,619  
Less:
                               
   Accumulated amortization
    55,824               51,619          
                                 
    $ 16,859             $ 19,945          

Estimated amortization expense for intangible assets in each of the next five fiscal years amounts to $5,564,000 in 2010, $4,355,000 in 2011, $3,442,000 in 2012, $2,392,000 in 2013 and $416,000 in 2014.

Additions to intangible assets for the years ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 amounted to $1,156,000, $14,828,000 and $2,600,000, respectively.

Goodwill

Changes in the carrying value of goodwill are as follows:
 
   
Years ended August 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
                                     
   
Telecom Division
   
Life Sciences and Industrial Division
   
Total
   
Telecom Division
   
Life Sciences and Industrial Division
   
Total
 
                                     
Balance – Beginning of year
  $ 37,866     $ 4,787     $ 42,653     $ 23,622     $ 4,815     $ 28,437  
Addition from business combinations (note 3)
    2,414             2,414       15,368             15,368  
Impairment (note 4)
    (21,713 )           (21,713 )                  
Foreign currency translation adjustment
    (727 )     (149 )     (876 )     (1,124 )     (28 )     (1,152 )
                                                 
Balance – End of year (note 19)
  $ 17,840     $ 4,638     $ 22,478     $ 37,866     $ 4,787     $ 42,653  
 
 
 
 
EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(tabular amounts in thousands of US dollars, except share and per share data and as otherwise noted)
 
 
  10   Credit Facilities
 
The company has lines of credit that provide for advances of up to CA$15,000,000 (US$13,677,000) and up to $2,000,000. These lines of credit bear interest at the Canadian prime rate. As at August 31, 2009, an amount of CA$6,040,356 (US$5,508,000) was drawned from theses lines of credit for letters of guarantee (note 13). These lines of credit are subject to a negative pledge whereby the company has agreed with the bank not to pledge its assets to any   other party.

The company also has another line of credit, which provides for advances of up to US$4,000,000. This line of credit bears interest at the Chinese prime rate for advances made in CNY and at LIBOR plus 3.5% for advances made in US dollars. As at August 31, 2009, this line of credit was unused.

Finally, the company has lines of credit of $19,935,000 for the foreign currency risk exposure related to its forward exchange contracts (note 6). As at August 31, 2009, an amount of $3,470,000 was reserved from these lines of credit.

These lines of credit are renewable annually and unsecured.

 
 
  11   Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities
 
   
As at August 31,
 
             
   
2009
   
2008
 
             
Trade
  $ 9,063     $ 10,303  
Salaries and social benefits
    8,863       8,888  
Warranty
    699       974  
Commissions
    647       761  
Restructuring charges (note 4)
    24       292  
Forward exchange contracts (note 6)
    704       714  
Other
    1,650       2,781  
                 
    $ 21,650     $ 24,713  

Changes in the warranty provision are as follows:

   
Years ended August 31,
 
             
   
2009
   
2008
 
             
Balance – Beginning of year
  $ 974     $ 800  
Provision
    590       655  
Addition from business combinations
          175  
Settlements
    (865 )     (656 )
                 
Balance – End of year
  $ 699     $ 974  


 
 
EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(tabular amounts in thousands of US dollars, except share and per share data and as otherwise noted)
 
 
  12   Commitments
 
The company entered into operating leases for certain of its premises and equipment, which expire at various dates through August 2015. As at August 31, 2009, minimum rental expenses of these operating leases in each of the next five years will amount to $3,262,000 in 2010, $1,567,000 in 2011, $741,000 in 2012, $250,000 in 2013 and $189,000 in 2014. Total commitments for these operating leases amount to $6,176,000.

For the years ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, rental expenses amounted to $1,847,000, $2,427,000 and $2,736,000, respectively.

 
  13   Contingencies
 
 
a)
Class action

On November 27, 2001, a class action suit was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York against the company, four of the underwriters of its Initial Public Offering and some of its executive officers pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder and Sections 11, 12 and 16 of the Securities Act of 1933. This class action alleges that the company’s registration statement and prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 29, 2000, contained material misrepresentations and/or omissions resulting from (i) the underwriters allegedly soliciting and receiving additional, excessive and undisclosed commissions from certain investors in exchange for which they allocated material portions of the shares issued in connection with the company’s Initial Public Offering; and (ii) the underwriters allegedly entering into agreements with customers whereby shares issued in connection with the company’s Initial Public Offering would be allocated to those customers in exchange for which customers agreed to purchase additional amounts of shares in the after-market at predetermined prices.

On April 19, 2002, the plaintiffs filed an amended complaint containing master allegations against all of the defendants in all of the 310 cases included in this class action and also filed an amended complaint containing allegations specific to four of the company’s underwriters, the company and two of its executive officers. In addition to the allegations mentioned above, the amended complaint alleges that the underwriters (i) used their analysts to manipulate the stock market; and (ii) implemented schemes that allowed issuer insiders to sell their shares rapidly after an initial public offering and benefit from high market prices. As concerns the company and its two executive officers in particular, the amended complaint alleges that (i) the company’s registration statement was materially false and misleading because it failed to disclose the additional commissions and compensation to be received by underwriters; (ii) the two named executive officers learned of or recklessly disregarded the alleged misconduct of the underwriters; (iii) the two named executive officers had motive and opportunity to engage in alleged wrongful conduct due to personal holdings of the company’s stock and the fact that an alleged artificially inflated stock price could be used as currency for acquisitions; and (iv) the two named executive officers, by virtue of their positions with the company, controlled the company and the contents of the registration statement and had the ability to prevent its issuance or cause it to be corrected. The plaintiffs in this suit seek an unspecified amount for damages suffered.

In July 2002, the issuers filed a motion to dismiss the plaintiffs’ amended complaint and a decision was rendered on February 19, 2003. Only one of the claims against the company was dismissed. On October 8, 2002, the claims against its officers were dismissed pursuant to the terms of Reservation of Rights and Tolling Agreements entered into with the plaintiffs.

In June 2004, an agreement of partial settlement was submitted to the court for preliminary approval. The proposed partial settlement was between the plaintiffs, the issuer defendants in the consolidated actions, the issuer officers and directors named as defendants, and the issuers’ insurance companies. The court granted the preliminary approval motion on February 15, 2005, subject to certain modifications. On August 31, 2005, the court issued a preliminary order further approving the modifications to the settlement and certifying the settlement classes. The court also appointed the notice administrator for the settlement and ordered that notice of the settlement be distributed to all settlement class members by January 15, 2006. The settlement fairness hearing occurred on April 24, 2006, and the court reserved decision at that time.
 
 
 
 
EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(tabular amounts in thousands of US dollars, except share and per share data and as otherwise noted)

 
While the partial settlement was pending approval, the plaintiffs continued to litigate against the underwriter defendants.  The district court directed that the litigation proceed within a number of “focus cases” rather than in all of the 310 cases that have been consolidated. The company's case is not one of these focus cases.  On October 13, 2004, the district court certified the focus cases as class actions. The underwriter defendants appealed that ruling, and on December 5, 2006, the Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit reversed the district court’s class certification decision. 

On April 6, 2007, the Second Circuit denied the plaintiffs’ petition for rehearing of that decision and, on May 18, 2007, the Second Circuit denied the plaintiffs’ petition for rehearing en banc . In light of the Second Circuit’s opinion, liaison counsel for all issuer defendants, including the company, informed the court that this settlement cannot be approved, because the defined settlement class, like the litigation class, cannot be certified. On June 25, 2007, the district court entered an order terminating the settlement agreement. On August 14, 2007, the plaintiffs filed their second consolidated amended class action complaints against the focus cases and, on September 27, 2007, again moved for class certification. On November 12, 2007, certain defendants in the focus cases moved to dismiss the second consolidated amended class action complaints. On March 26, 2008, the district court denied the motions to dismiss, except as to Section 11 claims raised by those plaintiffs who sold their securities for a price in excess of the initial offering price and those who purchased outside of the previously certified class period. Briefing on the class certification motion was completed in May 2008. That motion was withdrawn without prejudice on October 10, 2008.

On April 2, 2009, a stipulation and agreement of settlement between the plaintiffs, issuer defendants and underwriter defendants was submitted to the Court for preliminary approval. The Court granted the plaintiffs’ motion for preliminary approval and preliminarily certified the settlement classes on June 10, 2009.  The settlement fairness hearing was held on September 10, 2009. On October 6, 2009, the Court entered an opinion granting final approval to the settlement and directing that the Clerk of the Court close these actions. Notices of appeal of the opinion granting final approval have been filed. Given that the settlement remains subject to appeal as of the date of issuance of these financial statements, the ultimate outcome of the contingency is uncertain.  However, based on the settlement approved on October 6, 2009, and the related insurance against such claims, management has determined the impact to its financial position and results of operations as at and for the year ended August 31, 2009 to be immaterial.

 
b)
Letters of guarantee

As at August 31, 2009, in the normal course of its operations, the company had outstanding letters of guarantee in the amount of $5,508,000, which expire at various dates through fiscal 2016. From this amount, the company had $1,108,000 worth of letters of guarantee for its own selling and purchase requirements, which were for the most part reserved from one of the lines of credit (note 10). The remainder in the amount of $4,400,000 was used by the company to secure its line of credit in CNY. This line of credit was unused as at August 31, 2009 (note 10).

 
c)
Contingent cash consideration

Following the purchase of assets in fiscal 2009, the company has a contingent cash consideration of up to $1,000,000, payable based upon the achievement of a certain booking volume in the next 24 months following the purchase.
 
 
  14   Share Capital
 
Authorized – unlimited as to number, without par value
 
Subordinate voting and participating, bearing a non-cumulative dividend to be determined by the Board of Directors, ranking pari passu with multiple voting shares
 
Multiple voting and participating, entitling to 10 votes each, bearing a non-cumulative dividend to be determined by the Board of Directors, convertible at the holder’s option into subordinate voting shares on a one-for-one basis, ranking pari passu with subordinate voting shares
 
 
 
 
EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(tabular amounts in thousands of US dollars, except share and per share data and as otherwise noted)
 
 
The following table summarizes the share capital activity since August 31, 2006:
 
   
Multiple voting shares
   
Subordinate voting shares
       
   
Number
   
Amount
   
Number
   
Amount
   
Total
amount
 
                               
Balance as at August 31, 2006
    37,143,000     $ 1       31,609,969     $ 148,920     $ 148,921  
                                         
Exercise of stock options (note 15)
                250,528       802       802  
Redemption of  restricted share units (note 15)
                1,064              
Conversion of multiple voting shares into subordinate voting shares
    (500,000 )           500,000              
Reclassification of stock-based compensation costs to share capital upon exercise of stock awards
                      296       296  
                                         
Balance as at August 31, 2007
    36,643,000       1       32,361,561       150,018       150,019  
                                         
Exercise of stock options (note 15)
                18,500       61       61  
Redemption of restricted share units (note 15)
                65,870              
Redemption of deferred share units (note 15)
                20,695              
Reclassification of stock-based compensation costs to share capital upon exercise of stock awards
                      514       514  
Redemption of share capital
                (1,682,921 )     (7,808 )     (7,808 )
                                         
Balance as at August 31, 2008
    36,643,000       1       30,783,705       142,785       142,786  
                                         
Exercise of stock options (note 15)
                27,500       56       56  
Redemption of restricted share units (note 15)
                106,190              
Reclassification of stock-based compensation costs to share capital upon exercise of stock awards
                      540       540  
Redemption of share capital
                (8,181,093 )     (38,536 )     (38,536 )
                                         
Balance as at August 31, 2009
    36,643,000     $ 1       22,736,302     $ 104,845     $ 104,846  
 
a)  
On November 6, 2008, the company announced that its Board of Directors had authorized a renewal of its share repurchase program, by way of a normal course issuer bid on the open market, of up to 10% of its public float (as defined by the Toronto Stock Exchange), or 2,738,518 subordinate voting shares, at the prevailing market price. The company expects to use cash, short-term investments or future cash flows from operations to fund the repurchase of shares. The period of the normal course issuer bid commenced on November 10, 2008, and will end on November 9, 2009. All shares repurchased under the bid are cancelled. In fiscal 2009, the company redeemed 488,786 subordinate voting shares for an aggregate net purchase price of $1,416,000.
 

 
 
EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(tabular amounts in thousands of US dollars, except share and per share data and as otherwise noted)
 

b)  
On November 10, 2008, the company announced that its Board of Directors had authorized a substantial issuer bid (the “Offer”) to purchase for cancellation subordinate voting shares for an aggregate purchase price not to exceed CA$30,000,000. On December 18, 2008, pursuant to the Offer, the company purchased for cancellation 7,692,307 subordinate voting shares for the aggregate purchase price of CA$30,000,000 (US$24,879,000), plus related fees of $576,000. The company used cash and short-term investments to fund the purchase of shares.

c)  
On November 6, 2009, the company announced that its Board of Directors had authorized the second renewal of its share repurchase program, by way of a normal course issuer bid on the open market, of up to 10% of its public float (as defined by the Toronto Stock Exchange), or 2,256,431 million subordinate voting shares, at the prevailing market price. The company expects to use cash, short-term investments or future cash flows from operations to fund the repurchase of shares. The period of the normal course issuer bid will start on November 10, 2009, and end on November 9, 2010, or on an earlier date if the company repurchases the maximum number of shares permitted under the bid. The program does not require that the company repurchases any specific number of shares, and it may be modified, suspended or terminated at any time and without prior notice. All shares repurchased under the bid will be cancelled.
 
 
  15   Stock-Based Compensation Plans
 
The maximum number of additional subordinate voting shares issuable under the Long-Term Incentive Plan and the Deferred Share Unit Plan cannot exceed 6,306,153 shares. The maximum number of subordinate voting shares that may be granted to any individual on an annual basis cannot exceed 5% of the number of outstanding subordinate voting shares. The company settles stock options and redeems restricted share units and deferred share units through the issuance of common shares from treasury.

Long-Term Incentive Plan

In May 2000, the company established a Stock Option Plan for directors, executive officers and employees and those of the company’s subsidiaries, as determined by the Board of Directors. In January 2005, the company made certain amendments to the existing Stock Option Plan, including the renaming of the plan to Long-Term Incentive Plan, which includes stock options and restricted share units. This plan was approved by the shareholders of the company.

Stock Options

The exercise price of stock options granted under the Long-Term Incentive Plan is the market price of the common shares on the date of grant. Stock options granted under the plan generally expire 10 years from the date of grant and vest over a four-year period, being the required period of service from employees, generally with 25% vesting on an annual basis commencing on the first anniversary of the date of grant. The Board of Directors may accelerate the vesting of any or all outstanding stock options upon the occurrence of a change of control.


 
 
EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(tabular amounts in thousands of US dollars, except share and per share data and as otherwise noted)
 
 
The following table summarizes stock option activity since August 31, 2006:

   
Years ended August 31,
 
                                     
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
                                     
   
Number
   
Weighted
average
exercise
price
   
Number
   
Weighted
average
exercise
price
   
Number
   
Weighted
average
exercise
price
 
         
(CA$)
         
(CA$)
         
(CA$)
 
Outstanding – Beginning of year
    1,821,481     $ 21       1,929,388     $ 21       2,439,375     $ 20  
Exercised
    (27,500 )     3       (18,500 )     3       (250,528 )     4  
Forfeited
    (1,000 )     6       (8,750 )     6       (37,869 )     5  
Expired
    (126,392 )     26       (80,657 )     29       (221,590 )     37  
                                                 
Outstanding – End of year
    1,666,589     $ 21       1,821,481     $ 21       1,929,388     $ 21  
                                                 
Exercisable – End of year
    1,660,090     $ 21       1,762,969     $ 21       1,746,699     $ 22  

The intrinsic value of stock options exercised during fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009 was $743,000, $43,000 and $23,000, respectively.

Expected forfeitures are immaterial to the company and are not reflected in the table above.

The following table summarizes information about stock options as at August 31, 2009:

     
Stock options outstanding
 
Stock options exercisable
                                           
Exercise price
   
Number
   
Weighted
 average
exercise
 price
   
Intrinsic
 value
 
Weighted
 average
remaining
contractual
 life
 
Number
   
Weighted
 average
 exercise
 price
   
Intrinsic
 value
 
Weighted
 average
remaining
contractual
 life
(CA$)
         
(CA$)
   
(CA$)
           
(CA$)
   
(CA$)
   
  $2.50       232,625     $ 2.50     $ 184  
3.1 years
    232,625     $ 2.50     $ 184  
3.1 years
  $3.96 to $5.60       383,404       5.11        
4.7 years
    376,905       5.11        
4.7 years
  $6.22 to $9.02       142,516       6.54        
4.4 years
    142,516       6.54        
4.4 years
  $14.27 to $20.00       354,928       15.57        
2.1 years
    354,928       15.57        
2.1 years
  $29.70 to $43.00       401,263       36.54        
 1.2 year
    401,263       36.54        
 1.2 year
  $51.25 to $68.17       119,523       66.26        
 1.0 year
    119,523       66.26        
 1.0 year
  $83.66       32,330       83.66        
 1.0 year
    32,330       83.66        
 1.0 year
                                                         
          1,666,589     $ 20.57     $ 184  
2.7 years
    1,660,090     $ 20.63     $ 184  
2.7 years

Restricted Share Units (RSUs)

RSUs are “phantom” shares that rise and fall in value based on the market price of the company’s subordinate voting shares and are redeemable for actual subordinate voting shares or cash at the discretion of the Board of Directors as determined on the date of grant. Vesting dates are also established by the Board of Directors on the date of grant. The vesting dates are subject to a minimum term of three years and a maximum term of 10 years from the award date, being the required period of service from employees. Fair value of RSUs equals the market price of the common shares on the date of grant. This plan was approved by the shareholders of   the company.
 
 
 
 
EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(tabular amounts in thousands of US dollars, except share and per share data and as otherwise noted)
 
 
The following table summarizes RSU activity since August 31, 2006:
 
   
Years ended August 31,
 
                   
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
                   
Outstanding – Beginning of year
    847,791       488,015       327,877  
Granted
    685,972       469,847       219,002  
Redeemed
    (106,190 )     (65,870 )     (1,064 )
Forfeited
    (87,954 )     (44,201 )     (57,800 )
                         
Outstanding – End of year
    1,339,619       847,791       488,015  
 
None of the RSUs outstanding, as at August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, were redeemable. The weighted average grant-date fair value of RSUs granted during fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009 amounted to $6.48, $5.46 and $2.69, respectively.

As at August 31, 2009, the intrinsic value of RSUs outstanding was $4,019,000.

Expected forfeitures are immaterial to the company and are not reflected in the table above.

As at August 31, 2009, unrecognized stock-based compensation costs of unvested RSUs amounted to $2,995,000. The weighted average period over which they are expected to be recognized is 3.2 years.

Deferred Share Unit Plan

In January 2005, the company established a Deferred Share Unit (DSU) Plan for the members of the Board of Directors as part of their annual retainer fees. Each DSU entitles the Board members to receive one subordinate voting share. DSUs are acquired on the date of grant and will be redeemed in subordinate voting shares when the Board member ceases to be Director of the company. This plan was approved by the shareholders of the company.

The following table summarizes DSU activity since August 31, 2006:
 
   
Years ended August 31,
 
                   
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
                   
Outstanding – Beginning of year
    79,185       64,718       43,290  
Granted
    35,739       35,162       21,428  
Redeemed
          (20,695 )      
                         
Outstanding – End of year
    114,924       79,185       64,718  
 
None of the DSUs outstanding as at August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 were redeemable. The weighted average grant-date fair value of DSUs granted during fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009 amounted to $6.29, $5.14 and $3.19.

As at August 31, 2009, the intrinsic value of DSUs outstanding was $345,000.

Stock Appreciation Rights Plan

In August 2001, the company established the Stock Appreciation Rights Plan for certain employees. Under that plan, eligible employees are entitled to receive a cash amount equivalent to the difference between the market price of the common shares on the date of exercise and the exercise price determined on the date of grant. Stock appreciation rights granted under the plan generally expire 10 years from the date of grant and vest over a four-year period, being the required period of service from employees, with 25% vesting on an annual basis commencing on the first anniversary of the date of   grant. This plan was approved by the shareholders of the company.
 
 
 
 
EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(tabular amounts in thousands of US dollars, except share and per share data and as otherwise noted)
 
 
The following table summarizes stock appreciation rights activity since August 31, 2006:
 
   
Years ended August 31,
 
                                     
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
                                     
   
Number
   
Weighted
average
exercise
price
   
Number
   
Weighted
average
exercise
price
   
Number
   
Weighted
average
exercise
price
 
                                     
Outstanding – Beginning of year
    30,700     $ 10       27,700     $ 11       24,500     $ 11  
Granted
    9,674       2       3,000       6       5,200       6  
Forfeited
                            (2,000 )     2  
                                                 
Outstanding – End of year
    40,374     $ 8       30,700     $ 10       27,700     $ 11  
                                                 
Exercisable – End of year
    24,475     $ 11       19,550     $ 12       13,875     $ 15  

The following table summarizes information about stock appreciation rights as at August 31, 2009:

     
Stock appreciation
rights outstanding
 
Stock appreciation rights exercisable
 
                 
Exercise price
   
Number
 
Weighted average
remaining contractual
life
 
Number
 
                 
  $2.36       9,674  
 9.2 years
     
  $4.51 to $6.50       25,700  
 6.2 years
    19,475  
  $22.25       2,500  
 1.4 year
    2,500  
  $45.94       2,500  
 1.0 year
    2,500  
                       
          40,374  
 6.3 years
    24,475  

 
  16   Other Disclosures
 
Net research and development expenses

Net research and development expenses comprise the following:
 
   
Years ended August 31,
 
                   
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
                   
Gross research and development expenses
  $ 35,757     $ 32,454     $ 25,201  
Research and development tax credits and grants
    (6,157 )     (5,587 )     (5,371 )
Recognition of previously unrecognized research and development tax credits (note 17)
    (1,902 )           (3,162 )
                         
    $ 27,698     $ 26,867     $ 16,668  
 
 
 
 
EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(tabular amounts in thousands of US dollars, except share and per share data and as otherwise noted)
 
 
Government grants

Until December 31, 2006, companies operating in the Quebec City area were eligible for a refundable credit granted by the Quebec provincial government. This credit was earned based on the increase of eligible production and marketing salaries incurred in the Quebec City area at a rate of 40%. From the total amount claimed by the company under this program, a sum of CA$1,142,000 (US$1,079,000) was deferred in the balance sheet until the company received the final approval of eligible salaries by the sponsor of the program. In fiscal 2007, the sponsor of the program granted the company its final approval, and the company recorded CA$1,142,000 (US$1,079,000) in the earnings from operations in the statement of earnings of fiscal 2007.

Defined contribution plans

The company maintains separate defined contribution plans for certain eligible employees. These plans, which are accounted for on an accrual basis, are summarized as follows:
 
·  
Deferred profit-sharing plan
 
The company maintains a plan for certain eligible employees residing in Canada, under which the company may elect to contribute an amount equal to 2% of an employee’s gross salary, provided that the employee has contributed at least 2% of his gross salary to a tax-deferred registered retirement savings plan. Cash contributions to this plan and expenses for the years ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, amounted to $419,000, $531,000 and $504,000, respectively.

·  
401K plan
 
The company maintains a 401K plan for eligible employees residing in the U.S. Under this plan, the company must contribute an amount equal to 3% of an employee’s current compensation. During the years ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, the company recorded cash contributions and expenses totaling $166,000, $216,000 and $356,000, respectively.

 
  17   Income Taxes
 
Fiscal 2007

During fiscal 2007, after reviewing both available positive and negative evidence, and because the company was in a cumulative profit position in the parent company (Canadian federal and provinces level) and in one of its subsidiaries, located in the United States, and also because the company expected to generate sufficient taxable income in future years, management concluded that it was more likely than not that future income tax assets and deferred non-refundable research and development tax credits of the parent company and a portion of the company’s future income tax assets in the United States would be realizable. Consequently, it reversed a portion of its valuation allowance against future income tax assets in the amount of $24,566,000 and recognized previously unrecognized non-refundable research and development tax credits in the amount of $3,162,000 (note 16). Future income tax assets recognized in 2007 were recorded in the income tax provision, while research and development tax credits were recorded against gross research and development expenses in the statement of earnings for that year.

However, in the United States (federal level), based on available positive and negative evidence as at August 31, 2007, as well as the level and the nature of cumulative and expected profits, the company maintained a valuation allowance of $7,568,000 on a portion of its future income tax assets in this tax jurisdiction because it was more likely than not that these assets would not be recovered. These future income tax assets consisted of operating losses carried forward.


 
 
EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(tabular amounts in thousands of US dollars, except share and per share data and as otherwise noted)
 
 
In other tax jurisdictions where the company has future income tax assets, the company was still in a cumulative loss position as at August 31, 2007, and available negative evidence outweighed positive evidence. Consequently, for these tax jurisdictions, the company maintained a full valuation allowance against its future income tax assets. As at August 31, 2007, the valuation allowance recorded by the company for these tax jurisdictions amounted to $4,924,000 and mainly related to deferred operating losses.

Fiscal 2008

During fiscal 2008, reductions to the Canadian federal statutory tax rate were substantively enacted. Therefore, Canadian federal future income tax assets decreased by $1,524,000, and generated a future income tax expense in the same amount during the year.

In addition, during fiscal 2008, taking into consideration these new Canadian federal substantively enacted tax rates, the company reviewed its tax strategy for the future use of its Canadian federal operating losses, research and development expenses, certain timing differences and research and development tax credits to minimize income taxes payable on future years’ taxable income. Consequently, it amended its prior year’s income tax returns to generate a net operating loss to be carried back to prior years, which reinstated previously used research and development tax credits. This resulted in an increase of its tax-related assets of $2,715,000 and an income tax recovery of the same amount in the statement of earnings for the year ended August 31, 2008.

Finally, during fiscal 2008, considering the expected positive impact of the acquisitions of Navtel Communications Inc. and Brix Networks Inc. on future years’ taxable income at the United States (federal) level, and because actual taxable income in the United States was greater than initially expected, management concluded that it was more likely than not that all future income tax assets of its existing consolidated U.S. group would be recovered. Consequently, it reversed its valuation allowance against future income tax assets in the amount of $7,617,000. The portion of the valuation allowance that was reversed, and that was attributable to the effects of the Navtel Communications Inc. and Brix Networks Inc. acquisitions, in   the amount of $652,000 and $1,641,000, respectively, was included in the purchase price allocation of the related acquired businesses. The remainder of the reversal, in the amount of $5,324,000, has been recorded in income taxes in the statement of earnings for the year ended August 31, 2008.

Fiscal 2009

During fiscal 2009, after reviewing both available positive and negative evidence, and because the company was in a cumulative profit position in one of its subsidiaries, and also because the company expected to generate sufficient taxable income in future years at the subsidiary level, management concluded that it was more likely than not that future income tax assets and deferred non-refundable research and development tax credits of this subsidiary would be realizable. Consequently, it reversed the valuation allowance against future income tax assets in the amount of $372,000 and recognized previously unrecognized non-refundable research and development tax credits in the amount of $1,902,000 (note 16). Future income tax assets recognized in 2009 were recorded in the income tax provision, while research and development tax credits were recorded against gross research and development expenses in the statement of earnings for that year.


 
 
EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(tabular amounts in thousands of US dollars, except share and per share data and as otherwise noted)
 
 
The reconciliation of the income tax provision calculated using the combined Canadian federal and provincial statutory income tax rate with the income tax provision in the financial statements is as follows:
 
   
Years ended August 31,
 
                   
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
                   
Income tax provision at combined Canadian federal and provincial statutory tax rate (31% in 2009 and 2008 and 32% in 2007)
  $ (5,060 )   $ 5,290     $ 6,864  
                         
Increase (decrease) due to:
                       
Foreign income taxed at different rates
    63       147       (12 )
Non-taxable income
    (211 )     (448 )     (109 )
Non-deductible expenses
    5,200       998       692  
Change in tax rates
          1,522       105  
Change in tax strategy
          (2,715 )      
Foreign exchange effect of translation of foreign integrated subsidiaries
    95       32       45  
Other
    638       378       236  
Recognition of previously unrecognized future income tax assets
    (372 )     (5,324 )     (24,566 )
Utilization of previously unrecognized  future income tax assets
    (937 )     (1,872 )     (4,715 )
Unrecognized  future income tax assets on temporary deductible differences and unused tax losses and deductions
    845       3,668       635  
                         
    $ 261     $ 1,676     $ (20,825 )
The income tax provision consists of the following:
                       
Current
                       
Canada
  $ 62     $ (7,474 )   $ 3,568  
Other
    499       380       173  
                         
      561       (7,094 )     3,741  
Future
                       
Canada
    2,307       12,111       3,726  
United States
    (2,511 )     376       428  
Other
    368       (189 )     (74 )
                         
      164       12,298       4,080  
                         
Valuation allowance
                       
Canada
    (1,005 )     812       (23,092 )
United States
    604       (4,545 )     (5,628 )
Other
    (63 )     205       74  
                         
      (464 )     (3,528 )     (28,646 )
      (300 )     8,770       (24,566 )
                         
    $ 261     $ 1,676     $ (20,825 )
Details of the company’s income taxes:
                       
Earnings (loss) before income taxes and extraordinary gain
                       
Canada
  $ (11,344 )   $ 18,347     $ 19,634  
United States
    (5,026 )     (748 )     1,059  
Other
    46       (535 )     757  
    $ (16,324 )   $ 17,064     $ 21,450  
 
 
 
 
EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(tabular amounts in thousands of US dollars, except share and per share data and as otherwise noted)
 
 
Significant components of the company’s future income tax assets and liabilities are as follows:
 
   
As at August 31,
 
             
   
2009
   
2008
 
             
Future income tax assets
           
Long-lived assets
  $ 5,195     $ 3,696  
Provisions and accruals
    3,946       3,475  
Deferred revenue
    1,659       1,466  
Research and development expenses
    12,340       12,424  
Losses carried forward
    28,165       29,890  
                 
      51,305       50,951  
                 
Valuation allowance
    (15,458 )     (15,529 )
                 
      35,847       35,422  
                 
Future income tax liabilities
               
Research and development tax credits
    (7,118 )     (5,607 )
Long-lived assets
    (4,658 )     (5,135 )
                 
      (11,776 )     (10,742 )
                 
Future income tax assets, net
  $ 24,071     $ 24,680  
 
As at August 31, 2009, the company had available operating and capital losses in several tax jurisdictions, against which a valuation allowance of $13,161,000 was recorded. The valuation allowance includes $8,263,000 for which subsequently recognized benefits will be allocated to reduce goodwill (note 3).

The following table summarizes the year of expiry of these losses by tax jurisdiction:

   
Canada
   
United States
 
Year of expiry
 
Federal
   
Provincial
   
and other
 
                   
2013
  $     $     $ 604  
2014
                451  
2015
    1,084       1,084       291  
2019
                68  
2020
                3,471  
2021
                10,202  
2022
                9,191  
2023
                6,356  
2024
                6,706  
2025
                6,525  
2026
    980       980       3,302  
2027
    1,244       1,244       1,376  
2028
                2,447  
Indefinite
    17,361       17,680       17,461  
                         
    $ 20,669     $ 20,988     $ 68,451  
 
 
 
 
EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(tabular amounts in thousands of US dollars, except share and per share data and as otherwise noted)
 
 
As at August 31, 2009, in addition to operating and capital losses, the company had available research and development expenses in Canada amounting to $41,919,000 at the federal level and $31,344,000 at the provincial level; in the United States, research and development expenses amounted to $4,680,000. A valuation allowance of $1,872,000 was recorded against these assets for which subsequently recognized benefits will be allocated to   reduce goodwill (note 3). In Canada, these expenses can be carried forward indefinitely against future years’ taxable income in their respective tax jurisdiction, and in the United States, these expenses can be carried forward against taxable income of fiscal years 2013 to 2016.

Finally, as at August 31, 2009, the company had non-refundable research and development tax credits at the Canadian federal level in the amount of $26,432,000 that can be carried forward against future years’ income taxes payable over the next 20 years.

 
  18   Earnings per Share
 
The following table summarizes the reconciliation of the basic weighted average number of shares outstanding and the diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding:
 
   
Years ended August 31,
 
                   
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
                   
Basic weighted average number of shares
outstanding (000’s)
    61,845       68,767       68,875  
Plus dilutive effect of:
                       
Stock options (000’s)
    131       291       448  
Restricted share units (000’s)
    311       181       179  
Deferred share units (000’s)
    94       79       53  
                         
Diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding (000’s)
    62,381       69,318       69,555  
                         
Stock awards excluded from the calculation of the diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding because their exercise price was greater than the average market price of the common shares (000’s)
    1,602       1,404       1,207  
 
For the year ended August 31, 2009, the diluted amount per share was the same amount as the basic amount per share since the dilutive effect of stock options, restricted share units and deferred share units was not included in the calculation; otherwise, the effect would have been anti-dilutive. Accordingly, the diluted amount per share for this period was calculated using the basic weighted average number of shares outstanding.

 
  19   Segment Information
 
The company is organized under two reportable segments. The Telecom Division, which represents the company’s main business activity, offers a wide range of innovative solutions to assess optical networks, from the core to access, as well as next-generation IP infrastructures and related triple-play services.   The Life Sciences and Industrial Division offers solutions for medical-device and opto-electronics assembly, fluorescence microscopy and other life sciences sectors.

The reporting structure reflects how the company manages its business and how it classifies its operations for planning and measuring performance.
 
 
 
 
EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(tabular amounts in thousands of US dollars, except share and per share data and as otherwise noted)
 
 
The following tables present information by segment:

   
Year ended August 31, 2009
 
                   
   
Telecom Division
   
Life Sciences and Industrial Division
   
Total
 
                   
Sales
  $ 153,082     $ 19,796     $ 172,878  
Earnings (loss) from operations
  $ (21,954 )   $ 3,876     $ (18,078 )
Unallocated items:
                       
Interest income
                    597  
Foreign exchange gain
                    1,157  
Loss before income taxes
                    (16,324 )
Income taxes
                    261  
Net loss for the year
                  $ (16,585 )
Recognition of previously unrecognized research and development tax credits (note 17)
  $     $ (1,902 )   $ (1,902 )
                         
Restructuring charges (note 4)
  $ 963     $ 208     $ 1,171  
                         
Amortization of capital assets
  $ 9,486     $ 188     $ 9,674  
                         
Stock-based compensation costs
  $ 1,300     $ 109     $ 1,409  
                         
Impairment of goodwill (note 4)
  $ 21,713     $     $ 21,713  
                         
Capital expenditures
  $ 6,782     $ 163     $ 6,945  
 
 
   
Year ended August 31, 2008
 
                   
   
Telecom Division
   
Life Sciences and Industrial Division
   
Total
 
                   
Sales
  $ 160,981     $ 22,809     $ 183,790  
Earnings from operations
  $ 9,524     $ 2,459     $ 11,983  
Unallocated items:
                       
Interest income
                    4,639  
Foreign exchange gain
                    442  
Earnings before income taxes and extraordinary gain
                    17,064  
Income taxes
                    1,676  
Earnings before extraordinary gain
                    15,388  
Extraordinary gain
                    3,036  
                         
Net earnings for the year
                  $ 18,424  
                         
Amortization of capital assets
  $ 7,999     $ 164     $ 8,163  
                         
Stock-based compensation costs
  $ 1,171     $ 101     $ 1,272  
                         
Capital expenditures
  $ 6,327     $ 181     $ 6,508  
 
 

 
EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(tabular amounts in thousands of US dollars, except share and per share data and as otherwise noted)
 
 
   
Year ended August 31, 2007
 
                   
   
Telecom Division
   
Life Sciences and Industrial Division
   
Total
 
                   
Sales
  $ 129,839     $ 23,095     $ 152,934  
Earnings from operations
  $ 13,132     $ 3,650     $ 16,782  
Unallocated items:
                       
Interest income
                    4,717  
Foreign exchange loss
                    (49 )
Earnings before income taxes
                    21,450  
Income taxes
                    (20,825 )
Net earnings for the year
                  $ 42,275  
Recognition of previously unrecognized research and development tax credits (note 17)
  $ (3,162 )   $     $ (3,162 )
                         
Government grants (note 16)
  $ (1,079 )   $     $ (1,079 )
                         
Amortization of capital assets
  $ 5,557     $ 290     $ 5,847  
                         
Stock-based compensation costs
  $ 886     $ 95     $ 981  
                         
Capital expenditures
  $ 5,424     $ 123     $ 5,547  

Total assets by reportable segment are detailed as follows:
 
   
As at August 31,
 
             
   
2009
   
2008
 
             
Telecom Division
  $ 135,015     $ 170,429  
Life Sciences and Industrial Division
    10,267       9,803  
Unallocated assets
    95,089       112,834  
                 
    $ 240,371     $ 293,066  
 
Unallocated assets are comprised of cash, short-term investments, other receivable on forward exchange contracts as well as future income taxes.


 
 
EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(tabular amounts in thousands of US dollars, except share and per share data and as otherwise noted)
 
 
Sales to external customers by geographic region are detailed as follows:

   
Years ended August 31,
 
                   
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
                   
United States
  $ 72,379     $ 79,471     $ 73,679  
Canada
    18,681       14,219       9,619  
Latin America
    8,086       8,858       7,592  
                         
Americas
    99,146       102,548       90,890  
                         
China
    13,455       13,960       9,329  
Other
    13,745       15,148       11,445  
                         
Asia-Pacific
    27,200       29,108       20,774  
                         
Europe, Middle-East and Africa
    46,532       52,134       41,270  
                         
    $ 172,878     $ 183,790     $ 152,934  
 
Sales were allocated to geographic regions based on the country of residence of the related customers.

Long-lived assets by geographic region are detailed as follows:
 
   
As at August 31,
 
                                     
   
2009
   
2008
 
                                     
   
Property,
plant and equipment
   
Intangible
assets
   
Goodwill
   
Property,
plant and equipment
   
Intangible
assets
   
Goodwill
 
                                     
Canada
  $ 15,013     $ 7,086     $ 4,638     $ 15,916     $ 7,479     $ 23,007  
United States
    1,015       9,687       17,840       918       12,397       19,646  
China
    2,033       32             1,965       16        
Other
    1,039       54             1,076       53        
                                                 
    $ 19,100     $ 16,859     $ 22,478     $ 19,875     $ 19,945     $ 42,653  
 
 
  20   United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
 
As a registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission in the United States (SEC), the company is required to reconcile its financial statements for significant differences in measurement and disclosure between generally accepted accounting principles as applied in Canada (Canadian GAAP) and those applied in the United States (U.S. GAAP). Furthermore, additional significant disclosures required under U.S. GAAP and Regulation S-X of the SEC are also provided in the accompanying financial statements and notes. The following summarizes the significant quantitative differences between Canadian and U.S. GAAP, as well as other significant disclosures required under U.S. GAAP and Regulation S-X of the SEC not already provided in the accompanying financial statements.


 
 
EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(tabular amounts in thousands of US dollars, except share and per share data and as otherwise noted)
 
 
Reconciliation of net earnings (loss) to conform to U.S. GAAP

The following summary sets out the significant differences between the company’s reported net earnings (loss) and net earnings (loss) per share under Canadian GAAP as compared to U.S. GAAP. Refer to corresponding explanatory notes in the Reconciliation Items section.
 
         
Years ended August 31,
 
                         
         
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
                         
Net earnings (loss) for the year in accordance with Canadian GAAP
        $ (16,585 )   $ 18,424     $ 42,275  
Impairment of goodwill
    a )     8,406              
Unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities
    b )                 55  
Stock-based compensation costs related to stock appreciation rights
    c )                 (73 )
                                 
Net earnings (loss) for the year in accordance with U.S. GAAP
          $ (8,179 )   $ 18,424     $ 42,257  
                                 
Out of which:
                               
                                 
Earnings (loss) before extraordinary gain
          $ (8,179 )   $ 15,388     $ 42,257  
                                 
Extraordinary gain
          $     $ 3,036     $  
                                 
Basic and diluted earnings (loss) before extraordinary gain per share in accordance with U.S. GAAP
          $ (0.13 )   $ 0.22     $ 0.61  
Basic and diluted net earnings (loss) per share in accordance with U.S. GAAP
          $ (0.13 )   $ 0.27     $ 0.61  
                                 
Basic weighted average number of shares outstanding (000’s)
            61,845       68,767       68,875  
Diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding (000’s)
            61,845       69,318       69,555  
 
Reconciliation of shareholders’ equity to conform to U.S. GAAP

The following summary sets out the significant differences between the company’s reported shareholders’ equity under Canadian GAAP as compared to U.S. GAAP. Refer to the corresponding explanatory note in the Reconciliation Items section.
 
         
As at August 31,
 
                   
         
2009
   
2008
 
                   
Shareholders’ equity in accordance with Canadian GAAP
        $ 208,045     $ 259,515  
Goodwill
    a )     (3,879 )     (12,640 )
Stock appreciation rights
    c )     (73 )     (73 )
                         
Shareholders’ equity in accordance with U.S. GAAP
          $ 204,093     $ 246,802  
 
 
 
 
EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(tabular amounts in thousands of US dollars, except share and per share data and as otherwise noted)
 
 
Statements of cash flows

For the years ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, there were no significant differences between the statements of cash flows under Canadian GAAP as compared to U.S. GAAP, except for the subtotal before change in non-cash operating items, whose presentation is not permitted under U.S. GAAP.

Reconciliation items
 
a)  
Goodwill
 
Under U.S. GAAP, until the adoption of SFAS 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”, when assets being tested for recoverability were acquired in business combinations accounted for by the purchase method, the goodwill that arose in that transaction had to be included as part of the asset grouping in determining recoverability. The intangible assets tested for recoverability prior to the adoption of SFAS 142 were acquired in business combinations that were accounted for using the purchase method and, consequently, the company allocated goodwill to those assets on a pro rata basis, using the relative fair values of the long-lived assets and identifiable intangible assets acquired as determined at the date of acquisition. The carrying value of goodwill identified with the impaired intangible assets was written down before any reduction was made to the intangible assets.

Under Canadian GAAP, no allocation of goodwill was required and each asset was tested for recoverability separately based on its pre-tax undiscounted future cash flows over its expected period of use.

As a result of this difference, goodwill under U.S. GAAP was lower compared to Canadian GAAP. Consequently, the amount of goodwill impairment recorded in fiscal 2009 was lower under U.S. GAAP as compared to the amount recorded under Canadian GAAP.
 
b) 
Short-term investments
 
Upon the adoption by the company of the CICA Handbook Section 3855 on September 1, 2007, existing GAAP differences between Canadian GAAP and U.S. GAAP with respect to accounting for short-term investments were eliminated. Under Canadian GAAP, prior to the adoption of Section 3855 on September 1, 2007, short-term investments were carried at the lower of cost and market value and any unrealized loss was reflected in the statements of earnings. Under U.S. GAAP, short-term investments are classified as “available-for-sale securities” and carried at their fair value and any changes in their fair value are reflected in comprehensive income consistent with the accounting treatment required by Section 3855.
 
c)
Stock-based compensation costs related to stock appreciation rights
 
Under U.S. GAAP, stock-based compensation costs related to stock appreciation rights must be measured using the fair value-based method at the end of each period. The company uses the Black-Scholes options valuation model to measure the fair value of its stock appreciation rights, based on the same assumptions than those used for stock options. Changes in the fair value of these awards must be charged to earnings. Under Canadian GAAP, stock appreciation rights are measured using the intrinsic value method, based on the market price of the common shares at the end of each period, and changes in the intrinsic value of these awards are charged to earnings.
 
d) 
Research and development tax credits
 
Under Canadian GAAP, all research and development tax credits are recorded as a reduction of gross research and development expenses in the statements or earnings. Under U.S. GAAP, tax credits that are refundable against income taxes otherwise payable are recorded in the income taxes. These tax credits amounted to $6,639,000, $3,692,000 and $5,565,000 for fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively. This difference has no impact on the net earnings (loss) and the net earnings (loss) per share figures for the reporting years.
 
 
 
 
EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(tabular amounts in thousands of US dollars, except share and per share data and as otherwise noted)
 
 
e) 
Elimination of deficit by reduction of share capital
 
As at August 31, 2006, under Canadian GAAP, the company proceeded to eliminate its deficit against its share capital. However, under U.S. GAAP, such elimination is not permitted, which creates a permanent difference of $373,711,000 in the deficit and the share capital between the Canadian GAAP and U.S. GAAP figures. This difference has no impact on the total amount of the shareholders’ equity.
 
f) 
New accounting standards and pronouncements
 
Adopted in fiscal 2009
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS 157, “Fair Value Measurements”, which establishes a framework for measuring fair value in GAAP and is applicable to other accounting pronouncements, in which fair value is considered to be the relevant measurement attribute. SFAS 157 also expands disclosures about fair value measurement. In February 2008, the FASB amended SFAS 157 to exclude leasing transactions and to delay the effective date by one year for non-financial assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a non-recurring basis. This statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The company adopted this statement on September 1, 2008, and its adoption had no significant impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities – Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115”, which allows entities to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. Most of the provisions of this statement apply only to entities that elect the fair value option. However, the amendment to SFAS 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities”, applies to all entities with available-for-sale and trading securities. This statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The company adopted this statement on September 1, 2008, and it did not elect to use the fair value option as of the date of adoption.

In May 2008, the FASB issued SFAS 162, “The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles”, which is intended to improve financial reporting by identifying a consistent framework for selecting accounting principles to be used in preparing financial statements that are presented in conformity with U.S. GAAP for non-governmental entities. The guidance in SFAS 162 replaces that which is prescribed by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ (“AICPA”) Statement on Auditing Standards (“SAS”) No. 69, “The Meaning of Present Fairly in Conformity with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, for Nongovernmental Entities”. SFAS 162 became effective in January 2009, and the adoption of this standard had no significant impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In May 2009, the FASB issued SFAS 165, “Subsequent Events”. This statement introduces the concept of financial statements being available to be issued. It requires the disclosure of the date through which an entity has evaluated subsequent events and the basis for that date, i.e., whether that date represents the date when the financial statements were issued or were available to be issued. This statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods ending after June 15, 2009. The adoption of this standard had no significant impact on the consolidated financial statements.

To be adopted after fiscal 2009

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS 141(R), “Business Combinations”, and SFAS 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements, an amendment of ARB No. 51”. These new standards will significantly change the accounting and reporting for business combination transactions and noncontrolling (minority) interests in consolidated financial statements. SFAS 141(R) and SFAS 160 are required to be adopted simultaneously and are effective for the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. Earlier adoption is prohibited. The company will adopt these statements on September 1, 2009, and is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of SFAS 141(R) and SFAS 160 will have on its consolidated financial statements.
 
 
 
 
EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(tabular amounts in thousands of US dollars, except share and per share data and as otherwise noted)
 
 
In February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (FSP) FAS 157-2, “Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157” (FSP FAS 157-2). FSP FAS 157-2 defers the implementation of SFAS No. 157 for certain non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities. The aspects that have been deferred by FSP FAS 157-2 will be effective for the company beginning in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010.  The company is currently evaluating the impact that FSP FAS 157-2 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities – an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133”, which will require entities to provide enhanced disclosures about (a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (b) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under SFAS 133 and its related interpretations, and (c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance and cash flow. SFAS 161 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, with early application encouraged. The company will adopt this statement on September 1, 2009, and is currently evaluating the impact its adoption will have on the note disclosures related to derivative instruments and hedging activities.

In April 2008, the FASB issued the FASB staff position (FSP) FAS 142-3, “Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets”. This FSP amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”. The intent of this FSP is to improve the consistency between the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS 142 and the period of expected cash flows used to measure the fair value of the asset under SFAS 141 (revised 2007), “Business Combinations”, and other U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). This FSP shall be effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is prohibited. The guidance for determining the useful life of a recognized intangible asset in paragraphs 7–11 of this FSP shall be applied prospectively to intangible assets acquired after the effective date. The disclosure requirements in paragraphs 13–15 shall be applied prospectively to all intangible assets recognized as of, and subsequent to, the effective date. The company will adopt this FSP on September 1, 2009, and is currently evaluating the impact its adoption will have on the consolidated financial statements.

In April 2009, the FASB issued FSP FAS 107-1 and Accounting Principles Board (APB) APB 28-1 (“FSP FAS 107-1 and APB 28-1”), “Interim Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments”. FSP FAS 107-1 and APB 28-1 amends SFAS 107, “Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments”, to require disclosures about fair value of financial instruments for annual and interim reporting periods of publicly traded companies and amends APB 28, “Interim Financial Reporting” to require those disclosures in summarized financial information at interim reporting periods. FSP FAS 107-1 and APB 28-1 are effective for reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009. The company will adopt these statements on September 1, 2009 and is currently evaluating the impact their adoption will have on the consolidated financial statements.

In September 2009, the FASB issued Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) 09-3, “Applicability of AICPA Statement of Position 97-2 to Certain Arrangements That Include Software Elements” (“EITF 09-3”). EITF 09-3 amends Statement of Position (“SOP”) 97-2, “Software Revenue Recognition”, to exclude tangible products containing software components and non-software components that function together to deliver the product’s essential functionality. EITF 09-3 applies to revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010, with early application permitted with EITF 08-1. The company expects to adopt this standard in the first quarter of fiscal 2011. The company is currently evaluating the impact EITF 09-3 will have on the consolidated financial statements.
 
 
 
 
EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(tabular amounts in thousands of US dollars, except share and per share data and as otherwise noted)

 
In September 2009, the FASB issued Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) 08-1, “Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables”   (“EITF 08-1”). EITF 08-1 amends EITF 00-21, “Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables”, to require an entity to use an estimated   selling price when vendor-specific objective evidence or acceptable third-party evidence does not exist for any products or services   included in a multiple element arrangement. The arrangement consideration should be allocated among the products and services based   upon their relative selling prices, thus eliminating the use of the residual method of allocation. EITF 08-01 also requires expanded qualitative and   quantitative disclosures regarding significant judgments made and changes in applying the guidance. EITF 08-1 applies to fiscal   years beginning after June 15, 2010, with early application permitted. The company expects to adopt the standard in the first quarter of fiscal 2011. The company is currently evaluating the impact EITF 08-1 will have on the financial statements.

In June 2009, the FASB issued SFAS 168, “The FASB Accounting Standards Codification TM and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles—a replacement of FASB Statement No. 162” (“SFAS 168”). SFAS 168 modifies the U.S. GAAP hierarchy created by FASB Statement No. 162, “The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles”, (“SFAS 162”) by establishing only two levels of GAAP: authoritative and non-authoritative. FASB Accounting Standards Codification will become the single source of authoritative U.S. accounting and reporting standards, along with rules and interpretative releases of the SEC which are considered sources of authoritative GAAP for SEC registrants. All other non-grandfathered, non-SEC accounting literature not included in the Codification would become non-authoritative. SFAS 168 will not result in any accounting changes. This Statement applies to interim and annual reporting periods ending after September 15, 2009. The company will adopt this standard in the first quarter of fiscal 2010 and its adoption will have no material impact on the interim and annual consolidated financial statements.

 
  21   Subsequent Events

Subsequent events have been evaluated until October 13, 2009, which is the date the consolidated financial statements of the company were available to be issued, except for notes 13 a) and 14 c), which are dated November 6, 2009.
 

F-43

 

 


Final version
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AWS HOLDING AB AND ETTORE J. CORINGRATO JR
 
 
 
GEXFO DISTRIBUTION INTERNATIONALE INC.
 
 
SHARE TRANSFER AGREEMENT
 
REGARDING PICOSOLVE AB
 
Final version
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 



 

 
Final version

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
1         Background
2         Definitions
3         Sale and Purchase
4         Purchase Price
4.1           The Purchase Price
4.2.          Payment of the Fixed Purchase Price
4.3           Payment of the Earn-Out
4.6           General Conditions
4.7           Conditions Precedent to Buyer’s obligations
4.8           Non-fulfilment
5         Closing
6         Warranties of the Seller
6.1           Corporate Existence and Power
6.2           Corporate Authorisation and Non-Contravention
6.3           Capitalisation and Title
6.4           Records
6.5           Accounts and Accounting Principles
6.6           Loans and Other Financial Facilities
6.7           Dividends and Loans
6.8           Title to Assets
6.9           Accounts Receivable and Liquid Assets
6.10          Leased Premises
6.11          Powers of Attorney
6.12          Agreements
6.13          Insurance
6.14          Environmental Matters
6.15          Intellectual Property
6.16          IT and Data Protection
6.17          Employment and Pension Agreements and Labour Controversies
6.18          Compliance with Law
6.19          Litigation
6.20          Taxes
6.21          The Business
6.22          Relationship with the Seller
 
 

 
 
6.23           Information
6.24           Absence of Certain Changes or Events
7         Covenants of the Seller
7.1           Restrictive Covenant
7.2           Co-operation by Seller
7.3           Breach by the Seller
8         Covenants of the Buyer
9         Indemnification
9.1           Indemnification
9.2           Limitation of Indemnification
10         Confidentiality
11         Announcements
12         Costs
13         Entire Agreement
14         Amendments and Waivers
15         Notices
16         Assignments
17         Partial Invalidity
18         Governing Law and Disputes
 
 
 
APPENDICES:
 

 
  Appendix 6.3.2    Share Capital of the company
 





 
 


 






 
PATENT TRANSFER AGREEMENT
 
 

 
Final version
 
 
SHARE TRANSFER AGREEMENT
 
 
This share transfer agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into on 5 February 2009
 
AMONGST:
 
(1)  
Starta Eget Boxen 11 629 AB, in the process of changing its name to AWS Holding AB , a company duly incorporated and organised under the laws of Sweden, Sweden (the “Holding”); and NOTE 1
 
(2)  
Ettore J. Coringrato Jr., (“NN”) NOTE 1
 
 
 
Holding and NN are jointly referred to as the Seller
 
(3)  
GEXFO Distribution Internationale, Inc. , a company duly incorporated and organised under the laws of the province of Quebec, Canada, having its registered address at  400 Godin Avenue, Quebec City, Province of Quebec, Canada, G1M 2K2 (the “Buyer”).
 
 
Background
 
1.1  
PicoSolve AB, is a company duly incorporated and organised under the laws of Sweden, having its registered address at Chalmers Teknikpark, 412 88 Gothenburg, Sweden (the “Company”), NOTE 1
 
The Intellectual Property as defined herein and other assets related to a method and apparatus for the Technology. NOTES 1 AND 2
 
NOTE 1
 
Buyer is a holding company whose parent company EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering, Inc (“EXFO”)  is a company active directly or indirectly in technologial areas related to the Technology.
 
 
NOTE 1:      Contains seller's confidential information.
NOTE 2:      Contains confidential information that would be prejudicial to the interests of EXFO.
 
 
Page 1 of 54

 
 
NOTE 2
 
 
1.2  
The Seller owns all of the outstanding shares in the Company. NOTE 1
 
1.3  
The Seller agrees to sell and the Buyer agrees to purchase all of the Shares on a fully diluted basis the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement.
 
 
2   
Definitions
 
In this Agreement, the following definitions are used:
 
“Accounting Principles” means generally accepted accounting principles in Sweden
 
“Accounts” means the balance sheet attached hereto as Appendix 6.5.2 ;
 
“Accounts Date” means 5 February 2009
 
 “Affiliated Person” means a closely related Person ( Sw. närstående ) as set out in Chapter 21 § 1 of the Swedish Companies Act ( Sw. Aktiebolagslagen (2005:551 )) or a Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Seller or the Buyer (as the case may be);
 
“Agreement” means this share transfer agreement, including all the appendices attached to it;
 
 “Business” means the development and commercializing of the Technology  by the EXFO Group;
 
“Business Day” means a day when banks are open for general banking business in Sweden and Canada;
 
“Buyer” means GEXFO Distribution Internationale, Inc.;
 
“Claim” means any claim made by the Buyer against the Seller in respect of a Loss;
 
“Closing” means the completion of the transaction contemplated by this Agreement;
 
 “Closing Date” means  February 5, 2009  
 
 “Company” means Picosolve AB, NOTE 2;
 
 
NOTE 1:      Contains seller's confidential information.
NOTE 2:      Contains confidential information that would be prejudicial to the interests of EXFO.
 
 
Page 2 of 54

 
 
“Competition Authorities” means the competition authorities or courts in the jurisdictions listed in Appendix 4.6 , and/or the European Commission or a relevant member state of the European Economic Area, in the event of a referral thereto;
 
“Confidential Information” means any information of any kind or nature whatsoever, whether written or oral, including, without limitation, this Agreement and financial information, trade secrets, customer lists and other information, regarding the Buyer, the Seller or the Company which is not known to the general public;
 
“Directors” means the board members, dep­uty board members, managing directors and deputy managing directors of the Company as at the Closing Date;
 
“Earn-Out period” has the meaning set out in Section 4;
 
“Encumbrance” means any mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, option or other security interest or restriction of any kind;
 
“EXFO Group” means the current and future companies directly or indirectly controlled by or under common control of EXFO;
 
“Independent Accounting Firm” means a reputable international accounting firm to be selected by the Parties, provided that such firm shall not then be currently performing significant services for any of the Parties or, failing agreement between them, such firm to be appointed by the Stockholm Chamber of Commerce;
 
“Intellectual Property” means inventions, patents, trademarks, domain names, trade names, designs, copyrights (including copyrights in software), neighbouring rights and database rights, confidential and proprietary information including trade secrets, know-how, and any other rights of a similar kind, whether registered or not, including applications for the registration of such rights;
 
“Licensed Intellectual Property” means all Intellectual Property licensed to any of the Company;
 
“Loss” means any claim, loss, damage, liability or expense that the Buyer or the Company has incurred or may incur (including, without limitation, settlement costs and any legal, accounting and other expenses for the investigation or defence of any actions or threatened actions), resulting from or in connection with any breach of any of the Warranties;
 
“Material Agreement” means each agreement and other undertaking by or to Company, the value of which, or which contains undertakings or provisions that restrict the ability or right of the Company to engage in any business or compete with any Person, or which has not been entered into in the ordinary course of the Business or which is otherwise of material importance to the Company or the Business; NOTE 2
 
 
NOTE 2:      Contains confidential information that would be prejudicial to the interests of EXFO.
 
 
Page 3 of 54

 
 
“Net selling price” means the price payable by the customer, exclusive of taxes, freights, customs and any other external charges;
 
“Network” means all hardware which is used in the Business and all communication networks or the network capacity which is necessary for the communication systems used in the Business;
 
“Open Source Software” means software licensed under terms pursuant to which the software licensed may be used, modified and/or redistributed in source code and/or object code forms without the payment of a license fee, including but not limited to those licenses approved by the Open Source Initiative (see www.opensource.org) , such as the GNU General Public License (GPL), the GNU Library or Lesser General Public License (LGPL), the Mozilla Public License and the Apache License;
 
“Owned Intellectual Property” means all Intellectual Property owned by the Company;
 
“Party” means the Seller or the Buyer, and “Parties” means the Seller and the Buyer, collectively;
 
“Person” means any individual, firm, company, corporation or other corporate body, government, state or agency of a state or any joint venture, trust, association or partnership (general or limited), whether or not incorporated, and whether or not its owners enjoy limited liability, and any other legal entity;
 
“Purchase Price” means the purchase price for the Shares set out in Section 4.1.1 hereof;
 
 “SEK” means the currency Swedish kronor;
 
“Seller” mean AWS Holding AB, and NN; NOTE 1
 
“Shares” means all outstanding shares in the Company on a fully diluted basis;
 
 “Signing Date” means the date of this Agreement;
 
“Statutory Books” means the shareholders’ register and minutes from shareholders’ meetings and board meetings;
 
 “Taxes” means all direct and indirect taxes and charges, social security fees, fees, duties and other assessments (including but not limited to any income tax, whether actual or deemed), sales tax, use tax, transfer tax, transaction tax, investment tax, capital tax, real property tax, value added tax, withholding tax, employment tax, asset holding tax or registration tax, preliminary tax under the Swedish Tax Payment Act ( Sw. skattebetalningslagen) , or the equivalent legislation in any relevant jurisdiction, or any amendments or replacements thereof, and deferred taxes, wherever arising, together with any interest, penalties, residual tax charges or addition to tax; and
 
 
NOTE 1:      Contains seller's confidential information.
 
 
Page 4 of 54

 
 
NOTE 2
 
“Valid Bookings” means confirmed purchase orders, for products developed or based on the Technology, received by the EXFO Group and accepted by the EXFO Group under their normal business terms NOTE 2
 
“Warranties” means the warranties ( Sw. garantier ) of the Seller set out in Section 6.
 
 
3   
Sale and Purchase
 
3.1  
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set out in this Agreement, the Seller agrees to sell and the Buyer agrees to purchase the Shares, together with all rights attached to them.
 
3.2  
The Shares shall be transferred to the Buyer on and as of the Closing Date, free and clear from any Encumbrances.
 
 
4   
Purchase Price
 
4.1   
The Purchase Price
 
4.1.1  
NOTE 2
 
4.2                 Payment of the Fixed Purchase Price
 
The Fixed Purchase Price shall be paid in USD by the Buyer on the Closing Date as set out below:
 
(a)  
NOTE 2
 
(b)  
NOTE 2
 
4.3                 Payment of the Earn-Out
 
 
The purchase price for the Shares shall comprise of the First Earn-out, the  Second Earn-out, the Third Earn-Out and the Fourth Earn-Out and the four Earn-Outs calculated and paid according to an Earn-out structure as further set out below. Payment shall be effected to Holding and NN in the same proportions as the Fixed Purchase Price. Each of the periods below shall be an “Earn-Out period” . NOTE 2
 
 
NOTE 2:      Contains confidential information that would be prejudicial to the interests of EXFO.
 
 
Page 5 of 54


 
4.3.1
NOTE 2

4.3.2
NOTE 2

4.3.3 .
NOTE 2

4.3.4
NOTE 2

 
4.4                  Calculation of Earn-out
 
4.4.1
The Buyer shall calculate earned Earn-Out for the respective period above after the expiry of the period. The calculation shall be made in USD as per EXFO’s accounting system.

 
Appendix 4.4.1 sets out an example of the calculation of the Earn-Out amounts.

4.4.2
The Seller may audit the Buyer’s calculation of Earn-Out at any time through an Independent Accounting Firm at Seller’s cost.

 
4.5                  Dates for Payment of the Earn-Out
 
4.5.1
Within Business Days following the expiry of an Earn-Out period NOTES 1, 2 AND 3
 
 
NOTE 1:      Contains seller's confidential information.
NOTE 2:      Contains confidential information that would be prejudicial to the interests of EXFO.
NOTE 3:      Contains third party confidential information.
 
 
Page 6 of 54

 
 
4.5.2
NOTE 2
 
4.6                    General Conditions
 
 
The respective obligations of the Buyer and the Seller to complete the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to receipt of all clearances and approvals from the Competition Authorities, listed in Appendix 4.6 unconditional, or if subject to any conditions, only such conditions that are acceptable to the Buyer in its sole discretion or the waiver by the Buyer of any clearance or approval from the competition authorities.
 
 
The Buyer has waived this condition on the Closing Date.
 
4.7                   Conditions Precedent to Buyer’s obligations
 
The obligations of the Buyer to complete the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to the satisfaction or the waiver by the Buyer of the following conditions precedent:
 
   (a)  
any and all required consents under any of the Material Agreements to the change of control or change of management of the Company having been obtained on terms and conditions acceptable to the Buyer, in its sole discretion;
 
(b)  
the Warranties being true and correct  at the Closing Date and the Seller shall having performed  all of its obligations hereunder required to be performed by it on or prior to the Closing Date; and
 
(c)  
approval of the board of directors of the Buyer and EXFO; and
 
(d)  
the Patent Transfer Agreement between Holding and EXFO, shall have been duly executed; and
 
(e)  
NOTES 3 AND 4
 
(f)  
NOTES 1 AND 2
 
(g)  
The balance sheet of the Company as of the Closing Date satisfactory to the Buyer
 
 
NOTE 1:      Contains seller's confidential information.
NOTE 2:      Contains confidential information that would be prejudicial to the interests of EXFO.
NOTE 3:      Contains third party confidential information.
NOTE 4:      Contains confidential employee related information.
 
 
Page 7 of 54

 
 
(h)  
NOTES 3 AND 4
 
4.8                 Non-fulfilment
 
 
In the event that the conditions set out in Sections 4.7 above have not been fulfilled , the Buyer shall be entitled, in its sole discretion, to terminate this Agreement forthwith in writing, and the Seller shall not be entitled to any compensation of any kind due to such termination. NOTE 2
 
 
5   
Closing
 
5.1  
Signing and Closing shall take place at the offices of Advokatfirman Vinge KB, Nils Ericssongatan 17, Göteborg, at 14.00 on the Closing Date.
 
5.2  
At Closing:
 
(a)  
the Seller shall:
 
(i)  
transfer the Shares
 
(ii)  
deliver to the Buyer the Company’s shareholders’ register, evidencing that the Buyer has been duly entered as the holder of the Shares;
 
(iii)  
ensure that all Directors, as notified by the Buyer to the Seller not later than three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, retire from their respective offices, each such Director acknowledging in writing that he or she has resigned as a director of the Company, and that he or she has no claims against the Buyer or the Company for compensation or otherwise;
 
(iv)  
have taken all such measures that are requested by the Buyer in order for the Buyer to hold a shareholders’ meeting and a board meeting in the Company on the Closing Date, allowing the Buyer to appoint new directors and deputy directors, to appoint company signatories and to make all other decisions required by the Buyer;
 
(v)  
cause the Company to issue powers of attorney enabling the persons appointed by the Buyer to sign for and on behalf of the Company until new signatories have been duly registered;
 
(vi)  
demonstrate to the Buyer that the Company has been fully and finally released from guarantees, indemnities or other obligations given or incurred by the Company, as applicable, in favour of the Seller or any of its Affiliated Persons.
 
(vii)  
Demonstrate to the Buyer that the Company does not have any debt, amount payable, taxes payable or any other amount due at the Closing Date.
 
 
NOTE 2:      Contains confidential information that would be prejudicial to the interests of EXFO.
NOTE 3:      Contains third party confidential information.
NOTE 4:      Contains confidential employee related information.
 
 
Page 8 of 54

 
 
(b)  
the Buyer shall, against performance by the Seller of the requirements in Section 5.2 (a), pay the Purchase Price as set out in Section 4.1.
 
 
6   
Warranties of the Seller
 
The Seller makes the following warranties ( Sw. garantier ), all of which are made as of the Closing Date, unless otherwise expressly stated.
 
6.1   
Corporate Existence and Power
 
6.1.1  
The Holding and the Company are duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdictions in which they were incorporated and the Seller has the requisite power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and in any certificate or other document furnished or to be furnished under this Agreement. The Company has full corporate power and all necessary licences, permits and authorisations to carry on the Business as now conducted and to own, lease and operate the assets and Properties necessary in connection therewith. NN has the requisiste power and authority to enter into and perform his obligations under this Agreement and any obligation relating hereto.
 
6.1.2  
The Company has not filed (or have had filed against them) any petition for their winding-up, are not insolvent within the meaning of applicable laws, rules or regulations or similar requirements, and have not made any assignment in favour of its creditors, nor has any petition for receivership or any administration order been presented in respect of any of the Company. The Company has not initiated any proceedings with respect to a compromise or arrangement with its creditors or for the dissolution, liquidation or reorganisation of theCompany or the winding-up or cessation of the business of the Company. No receiver or administrative receiver or liquidator has been appointed in respect of the Company or any of its material assets.
 
Corporate Authorisation and Non-Contravention
 
6.2.1  
This Agreement and any certificate or other document furnished or to be furnished under this Agreement and the performance by the Seller of its obligations under them have been duly authorised by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Seller, and this Agreement and any other document or instrument executed in connection with this Agreement will, when executed, constitute valid and binding obligations of the Seller in accordance with their respective terms.
 
6.2.2  
The execution by the Seller of this Agreement and any other document or instrument in connection with it, and the performance by the Seller of its obligations under the Agreement and the consummation of the transaction provided for in this Agreement, do not and will not result in a breach of any provision of the articles of association of the Seller or the Company or of any applicable law, order, judgement or decree of any court or governmental agency or of any agreement to which the Seller or the Company is a party or by which the Seller or the Company is bound.
 
 
Page 9 of 54

 
 
6.3   
Capitalisation and Title
 
6.3.1  
The Seller lawfully owns and has good and transferable title to the Shares. The Shares are free and clear from any Encumbrances and there is no agreement to create any Encumbrance over any such shares. Upon the delivery of the Shares by the Seller against payment of the Purchase Price, the Buyer will acquire good and marketable title to the Shares free and clear from any Encumbrances.
 
6.3.2  
The share capital of the Company is fully and correctly listed in Appendix 6.3.2 . The Shares constitute the entire issued capital stock of the Company, and are legally and validly issued and fully paid and owned as set out in Appendix 6.3.2 .
 
6.3.3  
There are no outstanding subscriptions, options or similar rights relating to the Shares and no securities giving a right to conversion into, or any agreement or arrangement which accords to any Person the right to acquire, shares in the Company.
 
6.3.4  
All share certificates representing the Shares are in the possession of the Seller  and they are the only share certificates ever issued in relation to such shares.
 
6.3.5  
The Company has been rendered any conditional contribution by any Person.
 
Records
 
6.4.1  
Copies of the Company’s articles of association, shareholders’ registers and extracts from the relevant trade registers are attached as Appendix 6.4.1 , and all such copies are true, accurate, up-to-date and complete, and reflect the present status of the Company.
 
6.4.2  
All constitutional and other corporate documentation of the Company required by the applicable law, including but not limited to the Statutory Books, articles of association, annual reports, permits and licences, exist and are kept in accordance with applicable law and in an organised way and are true, accurate, up-to-date and complete, and all registrations and applications relating thereto have been fulfilled, and all applicable fees have been paid. There are no registrations of changes pending with the relevant authorities in the jurisdiction of the Company. No notice or allegation that any of the corporate documentation mentioned in this Section 6.4.2 is incorrect or should be rectified has been received.
 
6.5   
Accounts and Accounting Principles
 
6.5.1  
The Accounting Principles have been applied on a consistent basis during the existence of the Company.
 
6.5.2  
The Accounts have been prepared in accordance with the Accounting Principles and they give a true and fair view of the financial position and results of the operations of the Company. Balance sheet is attached as, Appendix 6.5.
 
 
Page 10 of 54

 
 
6.5.3  
The Company has not pledged any assets or has any obligations, commit­ments or liabilities, liquidated or non-liquidated, contingent or otherwise, whether for Taxes or otherwise, in excess of what is shown in the Accounts.
 
6.5.4  
The inventory of the Company has been subject to physical stock-taking as at the Accounts Date and adequate reserves have been made in the Accounts for slow moving items, excessive inventory levels and commercial or technical obsolescence in accordance with the Accounting Principles.
 
6.5.5  
The value of all inventory, including finished goods, work-in-process and raw materials, has been recorded in accordance with the Accounting Principles.
 
6.6   
Loans and Other Financial Facilities
 
6.6.1  
There are no loans or other financial facilities available to the Company other than as set out in Appendix 6.6.1 .
 
6.6.2  
There is no event which gives, or after notice or lapse of time, or both, would give any third party the right to call for repayment from the Company prior to normal maturity of any loan or other financial facility.
 
6.7   
Dividends and Loans
 
The Company has not made any payment to its shareholders or any other Person or granted or received loans or furnished securities in contravention of the Swedish Companies Act ( Sw. Aktiebolagslagen (2005:551 )) or the equivalent legislation in any relevant jurisdiction.
 
6.8   
Title to Assets
 
6.8.1  
The Company is the owner of the assets, tangible and intangible, that are reflected in the Accounts and has good and marketable title to all such assets, tangible and intangible, free and clear from any Encumbrance.
 
6.8.2  
The Company does not have any lease for premises and assets, tangible and intangible, necessary for it to carry on the Business as presently conducted.
 
6.9   
Accounts Receivable and Liquid Assets
 
6.9.1  
There are no accounts receivable or any amount to be received by the Company at the Closing Date.
 
6.9.2  
All liquid assets of the Company, including but not limited to bank accounts and cash, are available free and clear from any Encumbrances.
 
6.10   
Leased Premises
 
6.10.1  
There are no lease agreements for premises leased by the Company.
 
6.10.2  
The  Company does not own and has never owned any real estate or property.
 
 
Page 11 of 54

 
 
6.11   
Powers of Attorney
 
The Company has not issued to any Person any power of attorney or other authorisation (express or implied), which is still outstanding, to enter into any agreement or obligation or other transaction on its behalf or to bind it in any way, other than the authorisation given to its employees to enter into routine agreements in the ordinary course of business.
 
6.12   
Agreements
 
6.12.1  
There are no other Material Agreements than those listed in Appendix 6.12.1 . The Material Agreements listed in said appendix are in full force and effect and the text of the agreements accurately reflects the contents of the agreements.
 
6.12.2  
Neither the Seller nor the Company has received any notice that the Company is  in default under any provision of any Material Agreement, and the Company has not received or given notice of termination of any Material Agreement.
 
6.12.3  
The Company is not:
 
(a)  
in default under any provision of any Material Agreement and no event has occurred which would constitute such a default;
 
(b)  
aware of, or has any reason to believe, that any counterparty to a Material Agreement is in default under any provision of any Material Agreement;
 
(c)  
a party to any agreement containing provisions for material price re-determination or price revision except for compensation for inflation, movements in exchange rates, and discounts for bulk buying;
 
(d)  
or has been a party to any agreement or arrangement which is or could be contravening applicable laws;
 
(e)  
a party to or bound by any agreement, judgement or order under which the execution or performance of this Agreement (i) would give any other contracting party the right to terminate or adversely change the terms and conditions of such agreement, or that would otherwise have a negative effect for the Company, or (ii) would constitute a violation or default by the Company, or (iii) would result in the creation of an Encumbrance on any assets of the Company; or
 
(f)  
a party to any agreement containing any terms or conditions not consistent with fair market terms, conditions and prices.
 
6.12.4  
The Company has not sold any company, business, shares, real property or other asset where there are outstanding obligations or warranty undertakings (express or implied), except as set out in Appendix 6.12.4.
 
6.13   
Insurance
 
6.13.1  
The Company does not maintain insurance policies on fire, theft, loss, disruption, product and general liability and other forms of insurance.
 
 
Page 12 of 54

 
 
6.14   
Environmental Matters
 
6.14.1  
The Company fully complies and has fully complied with the Environmental Laws.
 
6.15   
Intellectual Property
 
6.15.1  
Appendix 6.15.1 sets forth a true and complete list of all i) patent registrations and patent applications, trademarks, trademark registrations, trademark applications, designs, design registrations, design applications and domain names included in the Owned Intellectual Property, and ii) license agreements for Licensed Intellectual Property
 
6.15.2  
The Owned Intellectual Property and the Licensed Intellectual Property include all of the Intellectual Property used in the ordinary conduct of the Business as currently conducted or intended to be conducted and there are no other items of Intellectual Property that are necessary for the ordinary conduct of the Business or for the Business contemplated to be conducted.
 
6.15.3  
The Company is the exclusive owner of the Owned Intellectual Property with full right of disposition and not subject to any Encumbrances, and are entitled to use the Licensed Intellectual Property in the ordinary course of the Business as currently conducted or as contemplated to be conducted.
 
6.15.4  
The Owned Intellectual Property and the Licensed Intellectual Property are subsisting, valid, enforceable and not withdrawn, cancelled or abandoned. All Owned Intellectual Property and Licensed Intellectual Property which may be registered by the Company have been duly registered. All application fees and renewal fees for such Intellectual Property have been paid in full and the registrations and applications are in all other respects being maintained and asserted.
 
6.15.5  
Appendix 6.15.5 sets forth a list of all litigation, proceedings, investigations, claims or actions of any nature alleging that the operation of the Business as formerly or currently conducted or as contemplated to be conducted or the use of the Owned Intellectual Property or the Licensed Intellectual Property infringes, misappropriates, or otherwise violates or conflicts with the Intellectual Property of any Person. Except as set out in Appendix 6.15.5, no litigation, proceedings, investigations, claims or actions of such nature are pending or are threatened.
 
6.15.6  
No Person has been engaged, is engaging or is expected to engage in any activity or use of any Intellectual Property that infringes, misappropriates, or otherwise violates or conflicts with the Owned Intellectual Property or the Licensed Intellectual Property.
 
6.15.7  
Except as set out in Appen dix 6.15.7 , none of the Owned Intellectual Property or Licensed Intellectual Property has been, is or is expected to become, subject to any outstanding consents, settlements or judgments restricting the use of such Intellectual Property or adversely effecting the commercial value of the Company’s right to such Intellectual Property or that would impair the validity or enforceability of such Intellectual Property and the Company has not granted, or is obliged to grant, any licence, assignment or other right in respect of any Intellectual Property, or is obliged to disclose any Intellectual Property to any Person.
 
 
Page 13 of 54

 
 
6.15.8  
The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not cause any impairment of any Owned Intellectual Property or any termination of any license agreement for Licensed Intellectual Property or effect any change in such agreement adverse to the Buyer.
 
6.15.9  
The Company has, with respect to third parties, maintained the confidentiality of any trade secrets and other confidential Intellectual Property related to the Business.
 
6.15.10  
All software used by the Company is free of all viruses, worms, Trojan horses and other contaminants and does not contain any bugs, errors, or problems of a material nature that disrupt its operation or have an adverse impact on the operation of other software programs or operating systems.
 
6.15.11  
No Open Source Software has been used by the Company and no product or item developed or distributed by the Company has been distributed with, or is designed to link with or access in any way any Open Source Software.
 
6.15.12  
The Company has complied with the requirements of all licenses if any for Licensed Intellectual Property, including licenses for Open Source Software.
 
6.15.13  
None of the activities of the Company or the employees of the Company violates any agreement or arrangement which any such employees have with former employers. All employees and consultants who contributed to the discovery or development of any of the Owned Intellectual Property have fully and finally (without any compensation remaining to be paid) assigned all rights to such Intellectual Property to the Company.
 
IT and Data Protection
 
6.16.1  
The Company is not using software and is not using a Network for the Business.
 
Employment and Pension Agreements and Labour Controversies
 
6.17.1  
Except as set out in Appendix 6.17.1 there are no, and the Company has not undertaken to have collective bargaining agreements of the Company.
 
6.17.2  
NOTES 1, 2 AND 4
 
 
NOTE 1:      Contains seller's confidential information.
NOTE 2:      Contains confidential information that would be prejudicial to the interests of EXFO.
NOTE 4:      Contains confidential employee related information.
 
 
Page 14 of 54

 
 
6.18   
Compliance with Law
 
6.18.1  
The Company complies with and has at all times (i) complied with and (ii) conducted the Business in accordance with applicable laws relating to its operations and the Business.
 
6.18.2
All necessary licenses  consents, permits and authorisations have been obtained by the Company to enable the Company to carry on the Business in the places and in the manner in which such business is now conducted and all such licences, consents, permits and authorisations are valid and subsisting and have been complied with in all respects. NOTE 2
 
6.19   
Litigation
 
6.19.1  
There are no suits, administrative, arbitration or other proceedings (including but not limited to Tax proceedings) pending or threatened againstt the Company, the Business or assets, and there are no such suits or proceedings pending or threatened by the Company against any other Person, nor are there any circumstances which may result in such suits, administrative, arbitration or other proceedings, except as set out in Appendix 6.19.1 .
 
6.19.2  
No investigation or enquiry is being or has been conducted by any governmental, fiscal, regulatory or other body in respect of the affairs of the Company, and no such investigation is pending, threatened or expected.
 
6.20   
Taxes
 
6.20.1  
The Company has properly filed with the appropriate tax authorities all tax returns and reports required to be filed for all tax periods ending prior to the Closing Date and such filings are true, correct and complete and all information required for a correct assessment of Taxes has been provided, and the Company is not in delay with the payment of any Taxes due to any tax authority.
 
6.20.2  
The tax returns of the Company have been assessed and approved by the tax authorities through the tax years up to and including the years for which such assessment and approval is required and the Company is not subject to any dispute with any such authority.
 
6.20.3  
All Taxes that have become due have been fully paid or fully provided for in the Accounts and the Company will not be liable for any additional Tax pertaining to the period before the Accounts Date. All Taxes for the period after the Accounts Date have been fully paid when due.
 
6.20.4  
There are no tax audits, disputes or litigation currently pending with respect to the Company, and there is no basis for assessment of any deficiency in any Taxes against
 
6.20.5  
The Company has not been involved in any transactions, which could be considered as tax evasion.
 
 
NOTE 2:      Contains confidential information that would be prejudicial to the interests of EXFO.
 
 
Page 15 of 54

 
 
6.20.6  
All transactions and agreements entered into by the Company with the Seller have been made on terms and conditions which do not in any way deviate from what would have been agreed between independent parties (i.e. on an arm’s length basis).
 
6.20.7  
All losses for tax purposes incurred by the Company are trading losses and are available to be carried forward and set off against income in succeeding periods without limitation and have been accepted by the relevant tax authorities.
 
6.20.8  
The Company is not and has not been subject to any taxation outside its respective country of fiscal residence.
 
6.21   
The Business
 
6.21.1  
The Company is not a party to or bound by any agreement which limits the freedom of the Company to compete in any line of business or with any Person or to transact business with any Person.
 
6.21.2  
The Company has no interest in any other business entity or association or carries on, or has agreed to carry on, business in partnership or as an equity participant in a joint venture with any other Person.
 
6.21.3  
The Company has not entered into any agreement or commitment or is a party to any transaction or arrangement which is not of an arm’s length nature or not made in connection with the Business.
 
6.21.4  
There is no Encumbrance on the whole or on any part of the Business or assets of the Company except as set out in the Accounts and there is no agreement to create any such Encumbrance.
 
6.21.5  
The Company has no outstanding offers which are capable of being binding following acceptance by any third party, except in the ordinary course of business.
 
6.21.6  
The Company is not bound by any agreement which cannot readily be fulfilled or performed by the Company on time.
 
6.22   
Relationship with the Seller
 
6.22.1  
Neither the Seller, SCI, nor any of its Affiliated Persons or any other Person affiliated with the Seller, have any claims of any kind against the Company and the Company is not indebted in any way towards the Seller, SCI, any of the Seller’s Affiliated Person or any other Person affiliated with the Seller.
 
6.22.2  
There are no agreements or arrangements between the Company and the Seller, no liabilities or obligations (contingent or otherwise) owed by the Company in respect of the Seller, and no guarantees or similar commitments issued by the Company for obligations owed by the Seller.
 
 
Page 16 of 54

 
 
6.22.3  
No services, which have been provided by the Seller to the Company, are necessary for the conduct of the Business in the ordinary course.
 
6.22.4  
No payments of any kind, including but not limited to management charges, have been made by the Company to the Seller, save for payments under agreements or arrangements made on an arm’s length basis.
 
6.23  
 
6.23.1  
All documents provided to the Buyer by or on behalf of the Seller or the Company are true and correct and no document provided to the Buyer by or on behalf of the Seller or the Company, contains any untrue statement of a relevant fact or omits to state a relevant fact necessary not to make the statements contained in the document misleading.
 
6.23.2  
All original copies and other relevant documentation relating to agreements entered into by the Company, and other information which is relevant in relation to the activities of the Company, including historical records, are true, accurate and complete in all respects and kept in good order and are in the possession of the Company.
 
6.23.3  
There are no facts or circumstances relating to the affairs of any of the Company which have not been disclosed to the Buyer and which, if disclosed, might reasonably have been expected to influence the decision of the Buyer to purchase the Shares on the terms of this Agreement.
 
6.24   
Absence of Certain Changes or Events
 
Except as expressly set out in Appendix 6.24.1 , since the Accounts Date:
 
(a)  
the Business has been conducted in the ordinary course of business with a view to maintaining it as a going concern and no major decisions in any matters of material importance to the Business have been implemented and the Company has complied with applicable laws and has used its best efforts to maintain all material licenses, permits and authorisations required to carry on the business as presently conducted;
 
(b)  
the Company has not issued or repaid any share capital or issued any debt instrument;
 
(c)  
the Company has not declared or paid any dividend, group contribution or made any other distribution (including but not limited to repayment of conditional contributions) to the Seller or any other Person;
 
(d)  
the Company  has not entered into any transaction, arrangement or agreement with the Seller, other than as contemplated by this Agreement, and no payments have been made or agreed to be made by the Company to the Seller or any of its Affiliated Persons other than pursuant to commercial arrangements in the ordinary course of business;
 
(e)  
none of the Material Agreements have been amended or terminated and there has been no agreement to amend or terminate such agreements;
 
 
Page 17 of 54

 
 
(f)  
there has not occurred any change in the financial condition, any extraordinary event, loss, damage (whether covered by insurance or not) or any waiver of any debts, claims, or rights of substantial value which separately or jointly has resulted in, or may result in, a Material Adverse Effect;
 
(g)  
the Company has not sold, acquired, invested in, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered, leased or otherwise disposed of any asset – or borrowed any additional funds, assumed or incurred any liability, obligation, expenditure or commitment.
 
(h)  
The Company has not repaid any of its loans existing as at the Accounts Date, other than as required in the agreements governing such loans or in the ordinary course of business;
 
(i)  
there has been no change of accounting methods, principles or practices or working capital principles or practices;
 
(j)  
the Company has not deferred any payments to creditors beyond the agreed date of payment;
 
(k)  
the Company has not amended its principles for debt collection to the effect that payments from debtors are accelerated;
 
(l)  
all Taxes have been paid when due;
 
(m)  
there has been no investments in fixed assets;
 
(n)  
the Company has not amended its articles of association and has not passed any resolution in shareholders’ meetings (other than any resolution constituting ordinary business conducted at an annual shareholders’ meeting or as required in connection with this Agreement);
 
(o)  
the Company has not created any Encumbrance over any of its assets;
 
(p)  
the Company has not settled or waived any material claim;
 
(q)  
the Company has not instituted any litigation proceedings or settled or waived any claim other than in relation to the collection of trade debts;
 
(r)  
the Company has not entered into voluntary liquidation; and
 
(s)  
neither the Seller nor the Company have agreed or arranged to do any of the foregoing.
 
 
7   
Covenants of the Seller
 
7.1   
Restrictive Covenant
 
7.1.1  
The Seller, directly or indirectly, undertakes at all times for a period of  from the Closing Date not to, without the written consent of the Buyer, assist or have any active interest in, own any assets or shares in or act as agent or as adviser or consultant to or otherwise enter into any relationship with any customer or supplier of any of the Company, the Buyer or the EXFO Group, or to carry out any other activities which compete with the Business. NOTE 2
 
 
NOTE 2:      Contains confidential information that would be prejudicial to the interests of EXFO.
 
 
Page 18 of 54

 
 
7.1.2  
The Seller, directly or indirectly, undertakes at all times for a period of  from the Closing Date not to solicit the services of or endeavour to entice away from the Company, the Buyer or the EXFO Group any of its directors, managers or employees nor to employ any such person during such period of time. NOTE 2
 
7.1.3  
NOTE 2
 
7.2   
Co-operation by Seller
 
7.2.1  
The Seller shall, at any time and from time to time, whether before, at, or after the Closing Date, execute and deliver any further instruments or documents and, at its own cost, take all such further action as the Buyer may reasonably request in order to consummate effectively the transaction contemplated by this Agreement and to deliver to the Buyer legal title to the Shares.
 
7.2.2  
The Seller shall take, or cause to be taken, all actions and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary to consummate and make effective as promptly as possible the transaction contemplated by this Agreement and to co-operate with the Buyer in connection with the foregoing, such as to provide all information and documents required for the Buyer to complete notification to the Competition Authorities. The Seller shall obtain the authorisations, consents, orders and approvals of regulatory bodies and officials that may be or become necessary for the performance of its obligations pursuant to this Agreement and the completion of the transaction contemplated by it. The Seller shall co-operate with the Buyer and promptly seek to obtain such authorisations, consents, orders and approvals as may be necessary for the performance of the Parties’ respective obligations pursuant to this Agreement.
 
7.3   
Breach by the Seller
 
Should the Seller violate any of the provisions set out in Sections 7.1.1 or 7.1.2 above, the Seller shall at the Buyer’s request pay liquidated damages. The payment of liquidated damages or other damages does not affect the rights of the Buyer to take other action in relation to a violation of the provisions herein, including but not limited to injunctive relief as set out in section 18.2 below. NOTES 1 AND 2
 
8   
Covenants of the Buyer
 
Subject to approval of the auditor of the Company, the Buyer undertakes to cause those Directors who retire in connection with this transaction to be granted discharge from liability for their administration until the Closing Date (or the earlier date of their retire­ment) at the next annual shareholders’ meeting of the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, the grant of discharge in accordance with this Section will not in any way release the Seller from its Warranties, covenants and liabilities under this Agreement.
 
 
NOTE 1:      Contains seller's confidential information.
NOTE 2:      Contains confidential information that would be prejudicial to the interests of EXFO.
 
 
Page 19 of 54

 
 
9   
Indemnification
 
9.1   
Indemnification
 
9.1.1  
The Seller shall be liable and shall indemnify the Buyer, and, after the Closing, without duplication, the Company, from and against any and all Losses.
 
9.1.2  
NOTE 2
 
9.1.3  
NOTE 2
 
9.1.4  
The Buyer may deduct the amount of any Loss from any Earn-Out payment owed by the Buyer.
 
9.2   
Limitation of Indemnification
 
9.2.1  
NOTE 2
 
9.2.2  
NOTE 2
 
(a)  
NOTE 2
 
(b)  
NOTE 2
 
9.2.3  
NOTE 2
 
 
NOTE 2:      Contains confidential information that would be prejudicial to the interests of EXFO.
 
 
Page 20 of 54

 
 
9.2.4
NOTE 2
 
9.2.5
This Section 9.2.5 shall not apply to any breach of Warranty in relation to Section 6.1 (Corporate Existence and Power), 6.2 (Corporate Authorisation and Non-Contravention) or 6.3 (Capitalisation and Title), above. Claims for any such breach may be made by the Buyer without any limitations.
 
 
10   
Confidentiality
 
10.1  
Each Party undertakes not to use or disclose any Confidential Information unless (i) required to do so by law or pursuant to any order of court or other competent authority or tribunal (ii) required to do so by any applicable stock exchange regulations or the regulations of any other recognised market place (iii) such disclosure has been consented to by the other Party in writing (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) or (iv) to its professional advisers (who are bound to such party by a duty of confidentiality which applies to any information disclosed). If a Party becomes required, in circumstances contemplated by (i) or (ii) to disclose any information, the disclosing Party shall use its reasonable endeavours to consult with the other Party prior to any such disclosure.
 
10.2  
Notwithstanding Section 10.1 above, as from the Closing Date, the Buyer shall be entitled to use and disclose any Confidential Information relating to the Company.
 
 
11   
Announcements
 
All press releases, public announcements and public relations activities by the Parties with regard to this Agreement or the transaction contemplated by it shall be mutually approved by the Parties in advance of such release, announcement or activity. A Party shall, however, not be prevented from, after reasonable consultation with the other Party, disclosing such information which is required under law or pursuant to any order of court or other competent authority or tribunal or under any applicable stock exchange regulations or the regulations of any other recognised market place.
 
Notwithstanding the above, Seller shall not make any announcement whatsoever without the prior written approval of the Buyer, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.
 
 
12   
Costs
 
Each Party shall pay its own costs and expenses in connection with the preparation and completion of the transaction contemplated by this Agreement and no such costs or expenses shall be charged to or paid by the Company.
 
 
NOTE 2:      Contains confidential information that would be prejudicial to the interests of EXFO.
 
 
Page 21 of 54

 
 
13   
Entire Agreement
 
This Agreement represents the entire understanding and agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior negotiations, understandings and agreements relating to the subject matter hereof.
 
 
Amendments and Waivers
 
This Agreement may only be amended by an instrument in writing duly executed by the Parties. No change, termination, modification or waiver of any provision, term or condition of this Agreement shall be binding on the Parties, unless it is made in writing.
 
 
15   
Notices
 
15.1  
All notices, requests, demands, approvals, waivers and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement must be in writing in the English language and shall be deemed to have been received by a Party when:
 
(a)  
delivered by post, unless actually received earlier, on the third Business Day after posting, if posted within Sweden, or the fifth Business Day, if posted to or from a place outside Sweden;
 
(b)  
delivered by hand, on the day of delivery;
 
(c)  
delivered by fax, on the day of dispatch if supported by a written confirmation from the sender’s fax machine that the message has been properly transmitted.
 
15.2  
All such notices and communications shall be addressed as set out below or to such other addresses as may be given by written notice in accordance with this Section.
 

NOTES 1 AND 3
 
 
NOTE 1:      Contains seller's confidential information.
NOTE 4:      Contains third party confidential information.

 
Page 22 of 54


NOTES 1 AND 3
 
 
15.3  
For the purposes of this Agreement, “writing” or “written” shall include faxes but not e-mails.
 
 
16   
Assignments
 
No Party may assign, delegate, sub-contract, or otherwise transfer or pledge or grant any other security interest in or over any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party, except that the Buyer may transfer or assign, in whole or in part, to one or more of its Subsidiaries from time to time the right to purchase all or a portion of the Shares, provided that no such transfer will relieve the Buyer of its obligations, or affect the rights of the Seller, under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the above, the Buyer may pledge or grant security interests over its rights under this Agreement for the purpose of financing the transaction contemplated by this Agreement, including (a) any refinancing of the existing indebtedness of the Company and (b) any other facilities provided to the Buyer and/or the Company in addition to such financing.
 
 
17   
Partial Invalidity
 
If any provision of this Agreement or the application of it shall be declared or deemed void, invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part for any reason, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. The Parties shall seek to amend such void, invalid or unenforceable provisions and thereby this Agreement in order to give effect to, so far as is possible, the spirit of this Agreement and to achieve the purposes intended by the Parties.
 
 
18   
Governing Law and Disputes
 
18.1  
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Sweden.
 
18.2  
Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of, or in connection with, this Agreement, or the breach, termination or invalidity of the Agreement, shall be finally settled by arbitration in accordance with the Arbitration Rules of the Arbitration Institute of the Stockholm Chamber of Commerce and the decision of the arbitrator(s) shall be final and binding upon the Parties both as to law and to fact snd shall not be appealable to any court in any jurisdiction. The Parties shall share the expense of the arbitrator(s) equally, unless otherwise decided by the arbitrator(s).
 
 
NOTE 1:      Contains seller's confidential information.
NOTE 4:      Contains third party confidential information.
 
 
Page 23 of 54

 
 
Notwithstanding the above, Buyer or EXFO shall have the right to initiate proceedings in any competent court of law for the granting of interim measures, such as injunctions or other actions to prevent, minimize or prohibit any threatened or ongoing breach of this Agreement. NOTE 2
 
18.3  
The place of arbitration shall be Gothenburg, Sweden. The language to be used in the arbitral proceedings shall be English. The arbitration shall be conducted by one arbitrator unless either Party requests that an arbitration tribunal composed of three (3) arbitrators shall adjuciate the dispute and such Party shall be solely responsible for the expenses of the two extra arbitrators, unless otherwise decided by the arbitrators.
 
18.4  
The Parties undertake and agree that all arbitral proceedings conducted with reference to this arbitration clause will be kept strictly confidential. This confidentiality undertaking shall cover all information disclosed in the course of such arbitral proceedings, as well as any decision or award that is made or declared during the proceedings. Information covered by this confidentiality undertaking may not, in any form, be disclosed to a third party without the written consent of the other Party. This notwithstanding, a Party shall not be prevented from disclosing such information in order to safeguard in the best possible way his rights vis-à-vis the other Party in connection with the dispute, or if the Party is obliged to so disclose pursuant to statute, regulation, a decision by an authority, a stock exchange contract or similar.
 
18.5  
In case this Agreement or any part of it is assigned or transferred to a third party, such third party shall automatically be bound by the provisions of this arbitration clause.
 

 
____________________


NOTE 2:      Contains confidential information that would be prejudicial to the interests of EXFO.

Page 24 of 54


 
This Agreement has been duly executed in three (3) original copies, of which each of the Parties has taken one (1) each.
 
 

NOTES 1, 2, 3 AND 4
 
 
 
NOTE 1:      Contains seller's confidential information.
NOTE 2:      Contains confidential information that would be prejudicial to the interests of EXFO.
NOTE 3:      Contains third party confidential information.
NOTE 4:      Contains confidential employee related information.
 

Page 25 of 54


 
APPENDIX 4.4.1 - Calculation of the Earn-outs
 
 
NOTE 2:      Contains confidential information that would be prejudicial to the interests of EXFO.
 
 
Page 26 of 54

 
 
APPENDIX 4.6 - Competition Authorities
 
 
N/A
 
 
Page 27 of 54

 
 
Appendix 6.3.2 - Share Capital of the Company
 
 
NOTE 1:      Contains seller's confidential information.
NOTE 2:      Contains confidential information that would be prejudicial to the interests of EXFO.
 
 
Page 28 of 54

 
 
Appendix 6.4.1   - Copies of the Company's articles of association, shareholders' register and extracts from the relevant trade register
 
 
NOTE 1:      Contains seller's confidential information.
 
 
Page 29 of 54

 
 
Appendix 6.5.2 - Balance Sheet
 
 
NOTE 1:      Contains seller's confidential information.
NOTE 2:      Contains confidential information that would be prejudicial to the interests of EXFO.
 
 
Page 30 of 54

 
 
Appendix 6.6.1 - Loans and other Financial Facilities
 
 
NOTE 2:      Contains confidential information that would be prejudicial to the interests of EXFO.
 
 
Page 31 of 54

 
 
Appendix 6.10.1 - Leased Premises
 
 
N/A
 
 
Page 32 of 54

 
 
Appendix 6.12.1 - Material Agreements
 
 
NOTE 1:      Contains seller's confidential information.
NOTE 2:      Contains confidential information that would be prejudicial to the interests of EXFO.
NOTE 4:      Contains confidential employee related information.
 
 
Page 33 of 54

 
 
Appendix 6.12.4 - Obligations or Warranty Undertakings
 
 
NOTE 1:      Contains seller's confidential information.
NOTE 2:      Contains confidential information that would be prejudicial to the interests of EXFO.
NOTE 4:      Contains confidential employee related information.
 
 
Page 34 of 54

 
 
Appendix 6.15.1 - Intellectual Property
 
 
NOTE 1:      Contains seller's confidential information.
NOTE 2:      Contains confidential information that would be prejudicial to the interests of EXFO.
 
 
Page 35 of 54

 
 
Appendix 6.15.5 - List of all litigation, proceedings, investigations, claims or actions
 
 
NOTE 1:      Contains seller's confidential information.
NOTE 2:      Contains confidential information that would be prejudicial to the interests of EXFO.
 
 
Page 36 of 54

 
 
Appendix 6.15.7 - Owned Intellectual Property or Licensed Intellectual Property
 
 
NOTE 1:      Contains seller's confidential information.
NOTE 2:      Contains confidential information that would be prejudicial to the interests of EXFO.
NOTE 3:      Contains third party confidential information.
 
 
Page 37 of 54

 
 
Appendix 6.17.1 - Employment matters
 
 
NOTE 1:      Contains seller's confidential information.
NOTE 4:      Contains confidential employee related information.
 
 
Page 38 of 54

 
 
Appendix 6.17.2 - Employment Agreements
 
 
NOTE 2:      Contains confidential information that would be prejudicial to the interests of EXFO.
NOTE 4:      Contains confidential employee related information.
 
 
Page 39 of 54

 
 
Appendix 6.19.1 - Litigation
 
 
NOTE 2:      Contains confidential information that would be prejudicial to the interests of EXFO.
 
 
Page 40 of 54

 
 
Ap pendix 6.24.1 - Certain Events
 
 
NOTE 1:      Contains seller's confidential information.
NOTE 2:      Contains confidential information that would be prejudicial to the interests of EXFO.
 

Page 41 of 54

 

Patent Transfer Agreement
 

This patent transfer agreement (this “Patent Transfer Agreement”) is entered into on 5 February 2009

BETWEEN:

(1) Starta Eget Boxen 11629 AB , under change of name to AWS Holding AB, a company duly incorporated and organized under the laws of Sweden, Sweden (the “Seller”); and NOTE 1

(2) EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc., a company duly incorporated and organized under the laws of Canada, having its registered address at 400 Godin Avenue, Quebec City, Province of Quebec, Canada, G1M 2K2 (the “Buyer”).

 
1
Background
 
1.1
The Seller is the owner of all title, right and interest in and to certain inventions, one of which is comprised by a pending patent application and two of which are protected under issued patents.

1.2              The Buyer is interested in acquiring the Invention, the Patents, the
Patent Rights, the Background Documents and the Know-how, all as defined below. Further, the Buyer, through a wholly owned subsidiary, is interested in acquiring a company performing business relating to the Invention, the Patents, the Patent Rights, the Background Documents and the Know-how, as defined below, and has on the day of this Patent Transfer Agreement also entered into a share transfer agreement regarding purchase of the shares of Picosolve AB, (the “Company”) from Starta Eget Boxen 11629 AB and Ettore J. Coringrato Jr. NOTE 1

1.3
The Seller agrees to sell and the Buyer agrees to purchase the Invention, the Patents, the Patent Rights, the Background Documents and the Know-how, as defined below, on the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement.

 
2
Definitions
 
 
In this Patent Transfer Agreement, the following definitions are used:
 
 
NOTE 1:      Contains seller's confidential information.
 
 
Page 42 of 54


 
 
Affiliated Person ” means a closely related Person ( Sw. närstående ) as set out in Chapter 21 § 1 of the Swedish Companies Act ( Sw. Aktiebolagslagen (2005:551 )) or a Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Seller or the Buyer (as the case may be);

 
“Background Documents” : means the tangible copy of all written and electronic communications between any Person that were involved in claiming rights with respect to the Patents including any patent agent involved in namely: (i) the preparation of the Patents’ application; (ii) the filing of the Patents’ applications; (iii) the registration of the Patents; (iv) the maintenance of the Patents; or (v) any other communication related to the Patents. Notwithstanding Buyer obtaining such Background Documents in accordance with the terms of this Patent Transfer Agreement, the Background Documents shall maintain their confidential and privileged status.
 
 
“Business Day” means a day when banks are open for general banking business in Sweden and in Canada;
 
 
“Buyer” means EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc. ;

 
“Confidential Information ” means any information of any kind or nature whatsoever, whether written or oral, including, without limitation, this Patent Transfer Agreement and financial information, trade secrets and other information regarding the Buyer, the Invention, the Patents, the Patent Rights, the Background Documents and/or the Know-how, which is not know to the general public;

 
“Earn-out” means the purchase price for the Invention, the Patents, the Patent Rights, the Background Documents and the Know-how including the First Earn-out, the Second Earn-out, the Third Earn-out  and the Fourth Earn-out and as further set out in Section 3;

 
“Earn-Out period” has the meaning set out in section 3;

 
“Effective Date” means the date when this Patent Transfer Agreement becomes effective as set out in Section 4;

 
“Encumbrance” means any mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, option or other security interest or restriction of any kind, including any licenses;

 
“Invention” means the inventions, as further described in the Patents, and all-optical phase sensitive sampling arrangement that have or are yet to be submitted;
 
 
Page 43 of 54


 
 
“Know-how” means the knowledge, experience, data, drawings, models and descriptions and any other information and knowledge concerning the Invention, the Patents and the Patent Rights;

 
“Net selling price” means the price payable by the customer, exclusive of taxes, freights, customs and other external charges;

 
Open Source Software ” means software licensed under terms pursuant to which the software licensed may be used, modified and/or redistributed in source code and/or object code forms without the payment of a license fee, including but not limited to those licensed approved by the Open Source Initiative (see www.opensource.org), such as the GNU General Public License (GPL), the GNU Library or Lesser General Public License (LGPL), the Mozilla Public Licence and the Apache License;

 
“Party” means the Seller or the Buyer, and “Parties” means the Seller and the Buyer, collectively;

 
”Patent Rights” means the Patents, as defined below, and all present and future patent applications and issued patents in every country claiming priority from the Patents including any extension, supplemental protection certification, registration, confirmation, reissue, continuation, divisional, continuation-in-part, re-examination or renewal thereof and any and all present and future patent applications in relation to the Invention;

 
”Patents” NOTE 2

 
Person” means any individual, firm, company, corporation or other corporate body, government, state or agency of a state or any joint venture, trust, association or partnership (general or limited), whether or not incorporated, and whether or not its owners enjoy limited liability, and any other legal entity;
 

 
“Seller” means Starta Eget Boxen 11629 AB, under change of name to AWS Holding AB;

 
“Technology” NOTE 2
 
 
NOTE 2:      Contains confidential information that would be prejudicial to the interests of EXFO.

 
Page 44 of 54

 
 
 
“Valid Bookings” means confirmed purchase orders, for products developed or based on the Technology, received by the EXFO Group and accepted by the EXFO Group under their normal business terms NOTE 2

 
2
Assignment
 
2.1
The Seller hereby sells, transfers and conveys and the Buyer hereby acquires all right, title and interest in and to the Invention, the Patents, the Patent Rights, the Background Documents and the Know-how, including the right to apply for intellectual property protection such as patent protection in any country.

2.2
The Seller shall always be of reasonable assistance and further execute free of charge any document required in Buyer’s reasonable opinion for protection of the Invention and all other documents which may be required to perfect the Buyer’s title to the Invention, the Patents, the Patent Rights, the Background Documents and the Know-how.

2.3
The Buyer shall bear the costs for filing, prosecuting and maintaining the Patents and the Patent Rights incurred as from the Effective Date of this Patent Transfer Agreement, including any fees payable to patent offices for the assignment of the Patent Rights.

 
3
Purchase Price
 
3.1            Earn-out; i.e First Earn-out, Second Earn-out, Third Earn-out
 
and Fourth Earn-out
 
3.1.1
The purchase price for the Invention, the Patents, the Patent Rights, the Background Documents and the Know-how shall consist of the First Earn-out, the Second Earn-out, the Third Earn-out and the Fourth Earn-out NOTE 2
 
 
NOTE 2:      Contains confidential information that would be prejudicial to the interests of EXFO.
 
 
Page 45 of 54


 
3.1.2
NOTE 2

3.1.3
NOTE 2

3.1.4
NOTE 2

3.1.5
NOTE 2

3.1.4
NOTE 2

 
3.2             Calculation of Earn-out
 
3.2.1
The Buyer shall calculate earned Earn-Out for the respective period above after the expiry of the period. The calculation shall be made in USD as per the Buyer’s accounting system.

 
Appendix 3.2.1 sets out an example of the calculation of the Earn-out amounts.
 
 
NOTE 2:      Contains confidential information that would be prejudicial to the interests of EXFO.
 
 
Page 46 of 54


 
3.2.2
The Seller may audit the Buyers calculation of Earn-Out at any time through an Independent Accounting Firm.

 
3.3              Dates for Payment of the Earn-out
 
3.3.1
NOTE 2

3.3.2
NOTE 2

 
4
Effective Date
 
 
This Patent Transfer Agreement is effective as of the date of this Patent Transfer Agreement.

 
5
Warranties
 
The Seller make the following warranties, all of which are made as as of the Effective Date.
 
5.1
The Seller is the exclusive owner of  the Invention, the Patents, the Patent Rights, the Background Documents and the Know-how with full right of disposition and not subject to any Encumbrances, including licenses.
 
5.2
The Patents and the Patent Rights are subsisting, valid, enforceable and not withdrawn, cancelled or abandoned. All Invention, Patents and Patent Rights which may be registered have been duly registered. All application fees and renewal fees for such Invention, Patents and Patent Rights have been paid in full and the registrations and applications are in all other respects being maintained and asserted.
 
5.3
No litigation, proceedings, investigations, claims or actions of such nature are pending or are threatened in respect of the Invention, the Patents, the Patent Rights and/or the Know-how.
 
 
5.4
No Person has been engaged, is engaging or is expected to engage in   any activity or use that infringes, misappropriates, or otherwise violates or conflicts with the Invention, the Patents, the Patent Rights and the Know-how.
 
 
NOTE 2:      Contains confidential information that would be prejudicial to the interests of EXFO.
 
 
Page 47 of 54

 
 
5.5
None of the Invention, the Patents, the Patent Rights, the Background Documents and/or the Know-how has been, is or is expected to become, subject to any outstanding consents, settlements or judgments restricting the use of such Invention, Patents, Patent Rights, the Background Documents and/or Know-how or adversely effecting the commercial value of the right to such Technology, Invention, Patents, Patent Rights and/or Know-how or that would impair the validity or enforceability of such Invention, Patents, Patent Rights and/or  Know-how and the Seller, including the Seller’s predecessors, has not granted, or is obliged to grant, any licence, assignment or other right in respect of any Invention, Patents, Patent Rights, the Background Documents and/or Know-how, or is obliged to disclose any Technology, Invention, Patents, Patent Rights, the Background Documents and/or Know-how to any Person.
 
5.6
The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Patent Transfer Agreement will not cause any impairment of any  Invention, Patents, Patent Rights, the Background Documents and/or Know-how.
 
5.7
All software used by the Seller, including the Seller’s predecessors, in relation to the Invention, the Patents, the Patent Rights, the Background Documents and/or the Know-how is free of all viruses, worms, Trojan horses and other contaminants and does not contain any bugs, errors, or problems of a material nature that disrupt its operation or have an adverse impact on the operation of other software programs or operating systems.
 
5.8
No Open Source Software has been used in relation to the Invention, the Patents, the Patent Rights, the Background Documents and/or the Know-how and no product or item developed or distributed by the Company has been distributed with, or is designed to link with or access in any way any Open Source Software.
 
5.9
All employees and consultants who contributed to the discovery or development of any of the Invention, the Patents, the Patent Rights, the Background Documents and/or the Know-how have fully and finally (without any compensation remaining to be paid) assigned all rights to such  Invention, Patents, Patent Rights, the Background Documents and/or  Know-how to the Seller.
 
5.10
No public disclosure of the Invention or the Patents has been made that would impair patentability of the Invention or the Patent, or validity of the Patents or Patent Rights.
 
 
Page 48 of 54

 
 
6
Confidentiality
 
 
The Seller undertakes not to use or disclose any Confidential Information unless (i) required to do so by law or pursuant to any order of court or other competent authority or tribunal (ii) required to do so by any applicable stock exchange regulations or the regulations of any other recognised market place (iii) such disclosure has been consented to by the Buyer in writing (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) or (iv) to its professional advisers (who are bound to such party by a duty of confidentiality which applies to any information disclosed). If the Seller becomes required, in circumstances contemplated by (i) or (ii) to disclose any information, the Seller shall use its reasonable endeavours to consult with the Buyer prior to any such disclosure.

7                 Announcements
 
 
All press releases, public announcements and public relations activities by the Parties with regard to this Patent Transfer Agreement or the transaction contemplated by it shall be mutually approved by the Parties in advance of such release, announcement or activity. A Party shall, however, not be prevented from, after reasonable consultation with the other Party, disclosing such information which is required under law or pursuant to any order of court or other competent authority or tribunal or under any applicable stock exchange regulations or the regulations of any other recognised market place.
 
 
Notwithstanding the above, the Seller shall not make any announcement whatsoever without the prior written approval of the Buyer, which shall not unreasonably be withheld.

8                Costs
 
 
Each Party shall pay its own costs and expenses in connection with the preparation and completion of the transaction contemplated by this Patent Transfer Agreement.
 

9                 Entire Agreement
 
 
This Patent Transfer Agreement represents the entire understanding and agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior negotiations, understandings and agreements relating to the subject matter hereof.
 

10              Amendments and Waivers
 
 
This Patent Transfer Agreement may only be amended by an instrument in writing duly executed by the Parties. No change, termination, modification or waiver of any provision, term or condition of this Patent Transfer Agreement shall be binding on the Parties, unless it is made in writing.
 
 
Page 49 of 54

 
 
11             Notices
 
 
All notices, requests, demands, approvals, waivers and other communications required or permitted under this Patent Transfer Agreement must be in writing in the English language and shall be deemed to have been received by a Party when:
 
(a)  
delivered by post, unless actually received earlier, on the third Business Day after posting, if posted within Sweden, or the fifth Business Day, if posted to or from a place outside Sweden;
(b)  
delivered by hand, on the day of delivery;
(c)  
delivered by fax, on the day of dispatch if supported by a written confirmation from the sender’s fax machine that the message has been properly transmitted.

 
All such notices and communications shall be addressed as set out below or to such other addresses as may be given by written notice in accordance with this Section.

            NOTES 1 AND 3
 
 
NOTE 1:      Contains seller's confidential information.
NOTE 3:      Contains third party confidential information.

 
Page 50 of 54

 
 
 
For the purposes of this Patent Transfer Agreement, “writing” or “written” shall include faxes but not e-mails.

12             Assignments
 
 
No Party may assign, delegate, sub-contract, or otherwise transfer or pledge or grant any other security interest in or over any of its rights or obligations under this Patent Transfer Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party, except that the Buyer may transfer or assign, in whole or in part, to one or more of its group companies from time to time the right to purchase all or a portion of the Invention, the Patents, the Patent Rights, the Background Documents and/or the Know-how, provided that no such transfer will relieve the Buyer of its obligations, or affect the rights of the Seller, under this Patent Transfer Agreement.
 
 
13             Partial Invalidity
 
 
If any provision of this Patent Transfer Agreement or the application of it shall be declared or deemed void, invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part for any reason, the remaining provisions of this Patent Transfer Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. The Parties shall seek to amend such void, invalid or unenforceable provisions and thereby this Patent Transfer Agreement in order to give effect to, so far as is possible, the spirit of this Patent Transfer Agreement and to achieve the purposes intended by the Parties.
 
 
14             Governing Law and Disputes
 
14.1
This Patent Transfer Agreement shall be governed by and in accordance with the laws of Sweden.
 
14.2
Any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Patent Transfer Agreement shall be finally settled by arbitration in accordance with the rules of the Arbitration Institute of the Stockholm Chamber of Commerce and the decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding upon the Parties both as to law and to fact, and shall not be appealable to any court in any jurisdiction. The Parties shall share the expenses of the arbitrator equally, unless the arbitrator determines that expenses shall be otherwise assessed.

 
Notwithstanding the above, the Buyer shall have the right to initiate proceedings in any competent court of law for the granting of interim measures, such as injunctions or other actions to prevent, minimize or prohibit any threatened or ongoing breach of this Patent Transfer Agreement.
 
 
Page 51 of 54


 
14.3
The place of arbitration shall be Göteborg, Sweden. The language to be used in the arbitral proceedings shall be English. The arbitration shall be conducted by one (1) arbitrator unless either Party requests that an arbitral tribunal composed of three (3) arbitrators shall adjuciate the dispute and such Party shall be solely responsible for the expenses of theses arbitrators, unless theses arbitrators determine that expenses shall be otherwise assessed.
 
14.4
The Parties undertake and agree that all arbitral proceedings conducted with reference to this arbitration clause will be kept strictly confidential. This confidentiality undertaking shall cover all information disclosed in the course of such arbitral proceedings, as well as any decision or award that is made or declared during the proceedings. Information covered by this confidentiality undertaking may not, in any form, be disclosed to a third party without the written consent of the other Party. This notwithstanding, a Party shall not be prevented from disclosing such information in order to safeguard in the best possible way his rights vis-à-vis the other Party in connection with the dispute, or if the Party is obliged to so disclose pursuant to statute, regulation, a decision by an authority, a stock exchange contract or similar.
 
14.5
In case this Patent Transfer Agreement or any part of it is assigned or transferred to a third party, such third party shall automatically be bound by the provisions of this arbitration clause.
 



_____________________
 
 
Page 52 of 54


 
This Patent Transfer Agreement has been duly executed in two (2) original copies, of which each of the Parties have taken one (1) copy.

Place:                                                                   Place:
Date:                                                                   Date:
 
NOTES 2 AND 4
 
 
NO TE 2:      Contains confidential information that would be prejudicial to the interests of EXFO.
NOTE 4:      Contains confidential employee related information.
 

Page 53 of 54


Appendix 3.2.1
 
 
NOTE 2:      Contains confidential information that would be prejudicial to the interests of EXFO.
 
 
Page 54 of 54
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Industry Canada    Industrie Canada
 
 

Certificate
of Amendment
 
Certificat
de modification
Canada Business
Corporations Act
Loi canadienne sur
les sociétés par actions


 
EXFO Ingénierie Électro-Optique inc./
 
 
 
   
EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering inc.
 
 
197586-2
    _____________________________________       ________________________________
Name of corporation-Dénomination de la société
 
 
 
    Corporation number-Numéro de la société
I hereby certify that the articles of the
above-named corporation were amended:
 
 
 
    Je certifie que les statuts de la société
    susmentionnée ont été modifiés :
a)    under section 13 of the Canada
       Business Corporations Act in
       accordance with the attached notice;
 
o
a)   en vertu de l’article 13 de la Loi
       canadienne sur les sociétés par
       actions , conformément à l’avis ci-joint;
b)   under section 27 of the Canada
       Business Corporations Act as set out in
       the attached articles of amendment
       designating a series of shares;
 
o
b)   en vertu de l’article 27 de la Loi
       canadienne sur les sociétés par
       actions , tel qu’il est indiqué dans les
       clauses modificatrices ci-jointes
       désignant une série d’actions;
 
c)    under section 179 of the Canada
       Business Corporations Act as set out in
       the attached articles of amendment;
 
þ
c)   en vertu de l’article 179 de la Loi
       canadienne sur les sociétés par
       actions , tel qu’il est indiqué dans les
       clauses modificatrices ci-jointes;
 
d)    under section 191 of the Canada
       Business Corporations Act as set out in
       the attached articles of reorganization;
 
 
 
 
 
 
o
d)   en vertu de l’article 191 de la Loi
       canadienne sur les sociétés par
       actions , tel qu’il est indiqué dans les
       clauses de réorganisation ci-jointes;
/s/ signed
 
 
February 6, 2003 / le 6 février 200 3
Director - Directeur
 
Date of Amendment / Date de modification
 
 
Canada

  Copy / Copie
 

 


 
Industry Canada
Industrie Canada
     
     
FORM 4
FORMULE 4
 
 
Canada Business
Corporations Act
Loi canadienne sur les
Sociétés par actions
ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
(SECTION 27 OR 177)
CLAUSES MODIFICATRICES
(ARTICLES 27 OU 177)
 
 
 
1- Name of corporation – Dénomination de la société
 
2- Corporation No. – N o de la société
EXFO Ingénierie Électro-Optique Inc. /
EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc.
 
197586-2
 
3- The articles of the above-named corporation are amended as follows :
 
Les statuts de la société mentionnée ci-dessus sont modifiés de la façon
suivante :



Article 7: Other Provisions, if any:

1.  
Article 7 of the Restated Articles of Incorporation dated June 29, 2000 shall be amended by inserting the
following immediately after the last paragraph of item 7 “Other Provisions” thereof:

“The annual meeting of shareholders of the Corporation (whether or not also held as a special meeting) may be held outside Canada, in the following places:

a)  
the greater metropolitan area of any following cities in the United States of America: Boston (Massachusetts), Chicago (Illinois), Dallas (Texas), Denver (Colorado), Detroit (Michigan), Houston (Texas), Los Angeles (California), Miami (Florida), New York (New York), Philadelphia (Pennsylvania), San Francisco (California), Seattle (Washington), Washington (District of Columbia);

b)  
to the extent permitted by the Canada Business Corporations Act , any other city outside Canada designated from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Corporation in connection with the then next annual meeting of shareholders”.


















Date
 
Signature
Title-Titre
January 24, 2003
/s/ Kimberly Okell
Secretary and Legal Counsel
 
 
Kimberly Okell
 
FOR DEPARTMENTAL USE ONLY - À L’USAGE DU MINISTÈRE SEULEMENT
Filed - Déposée
IC 3069 (2/96)
 

  Copy / Copie
 

 

 
Exhibit 12.1
Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Germain Lamonde, certify that:
 
1.  
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 20-F of EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc. ("EXFO");
 
2.  
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.  
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of EXFO as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.  
EXFO's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for EXFO and have:
 
a.  
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to EXFO, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
b.  
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
c.  
Evaluated the effectiveness of EXFO's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
d.  
Disclosed in this report any change in EXFO's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, EXFO's internal control over financial reporting.
 
5.  
EXFO's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to EXFO's auditors and the audit committee of EXFO's board of directors:
 
a.  
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect EXFO's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
b.  
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in EXFO’s internal control over financial reporting.
 

Date: November 25, 2009
 
 
/s/ Germain Lamonde
Germain Lamonde
Chairman of the Board,
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
 
 
Exhibit 12.2
Certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of section 1350, chapter 63 of title 18, United States Code), the undersigned officer of EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc., hereby certifies, that:

1.  
The Annual Report of Form 20-F for the year ended August 31, 2009 of EXFO fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2.  
The information contained in this Annual Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of EXFO.


Date:           November 25, 2009



/s/   Germain Lamonde
Germain Lamonde
Chairman of the Board,
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of section 1350, chapter 63 of title 18, United States Code) and is not being filed as part of the Report or as separate disclosure document.


 
 
Exhibit 13.1
Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Pierre Plamondon, certify that:
 
1.  
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 20-F of EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc. ("EXFO");
 
2.  
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.  
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of EXFO as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.  
EXFO's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for EXFO and have:
 
a.  
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to EXFO, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
b.  
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
c.  
Evaluated the effectiveness of EXFO's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
d.  
Disclosed in this report any change in EXFO's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, EXFO's internal control over financial reporting.
 
5.  
EXFO's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to EXFO's auditors and the audit committee of EXFO's board of directors:
 
a.  
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect EXFO's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
b.  
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in EXFO's internal control over financial reporting.
 

Date: November 25, 2009


/s/ Pierre Plamondon
Pierre Plamondon, CA
Vice-President Finance
and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 13.2
Certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of section 1350, chapter 63 of title 18, United States Code), the undersigned officer of EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc., hereby certifies, that:

1.  
The Annual Report of Form 20-F for the year ended August 31, 2009 of EXFO fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2.  
The information contained in this Annual Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of EXFO.


Date:           November 25, 2009



/s/ Pierre Plamondon
Pierre Plamondon, CA
Vice-President Finance
and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of section 1350, chapter 63 of title 18, United States Code) and is not being filed as part of the Report or as separate disclosure document.